[Congressional Record Volume 152, Number 81 (Wednesday, June 21, 2006)]
[Senate]
[Pages S6191-S6274]
From the Congressional Record Online through the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]




        NATIONAL DEFENSE AUTHORIZATION ACT FOR FISCAL YEAR 2007

  The PRESIDENT pro tempore. Under the previous order, the Senate will 
resume the consideration of S. 2766, which the clerk will report.
  The assistant legislative clerk read as follows:

       A bill (S. 2766) to authorize appropriations for fiscal 
     year 2007 for military activities of the Department of 
     Defense, for military construction, and for defense 
     activities of the Department of Energy, to prescribe 
     personnel strengths for such fiscal year for the Armed 
     Forces, and for other purposes.

  Pending:

       McCain amendment No. 4241, to name the act after John 
     Warner, a Senator from Virginia.
       Kennedy amendment No. 4322, to amend the Fair Labor 
     Standards Act of 1938 to provide for an increase in the 
     Federal minimum wage.
       Enzi amendment No. 4376, to promote job creation and small 
     business preservation in the adjustment of the Federal 
     minimum wage.

  The PRESIDENT pro tempore. Under the previous order, there will be 
1\1/2\ hours equally divided for debate between the Senator from 
Wyoming, Mr. Enzi, and the Senator from Massachusetts, Mr. Kennedy or 
their designees.
  Who yields time? The Senator from Massachusetts is recognized.
  Mr. KENNEDY. Mr. President, in a short while, we will have an 
opportunity in the Senate to vote on whether we are going to provide an 
increase in the minimum wage that will affect approximately 15 million 
Americans. We have not, as has been pointed out in our discussions 
yesterday and the day before, increased the minimum wage in the last 9 
years. Even the $5.15 an hour, the current minimum wage, has lost, 
since 9 years ago, about 20 percent of its purchasing power.
  The men and women who earn the minimum wage are men and women of 
dignity. They take pride in doing the jobs they do, although they do 
very menial work at the bottom rung of the economic ladder. They work 
as teachers assistants in our schools. They work in the nursing homes 
looking after the men and women who have made this country the great 
country it is. They provide the essential services in many of the 
buildings of our Nation, where American commerce is taking place. They 
work and they play by the rules and still they fall further and further 
behind.
  I think there is a broad agreement in this body--there should be--
that if you are going to work in the United States and you are going to 
work 40 hours a week, 52 weeks a year, you should not have to live in 
poverty. But these individuals do. We have seen what has happened to 
the minimum wage over recent years. The minimum wage jobs are not jobs 
that get you out of poverty. Minimum wage jobs are jobs that keep you 
in poverty. That is a rather dramatic difference from what we have had 
historically when we had Democratic and Republican administrations all 
voting for an increase in the minimum wage and an expansion of minimum 
wage coverage.
  So that is the issue that is going to be before us, whether we are 
going to go over a 2-year period and raise the minimum wage to $7.25 an 
hour. There are those who are strongly opposed to it. We heard some of 
those voices yesterday. They say let's let the market decide on these 
issues. Let's let the market make the judgment and decide whether $5.15 
is fair or whether we should see even a reduction. We have a number of 
States that have no minimum wage whatsoever, none. It is amazing. Six 
States have no minimum wage. One State has minimum wage of $2.65 an 
hour.
  I think Americans have made the judgment that a minimum wage ought to 
be a minimum wage and people who work ought to be able to at least get 
the essentials in life. Of course, that is impossible today with the 
explosion in costs. We have seen the explosion of costs taking place, 
whether it is gasoline, education funds, health care or whether it is 
food, but we have not seen an increase in the minimum wage. We have 
seen an increase in salaries of the Members of the Senate. That has 
gone through. We have seen that over the last 9 years.
  We have increased our salaries with the cost of living by some 
$30,000, but we refuse to provide an increase in the minimum wage for 
primarily women because 59 percent of these individuals who would 
benefit are women. They work hard. Many of those women have children. 
So it is a women's issue and a children's issue. It is also a family 
issue. We hear a great deal in the public discourse about family 
values, about our value system in the United States. Is X, Y, and Z 
public policy issue consistent with our values? Certainly, if you are 
talking about having someone who is going to work 40 hours a week, a 
women who works hard and is trying to raise a child, whether they are 
going to be able to have any family time together effectively or 
whether that woman is going to have to work two or three jobs and have 
little or no time with that child is a family issue and is a values 
issue.

  Americans understand that. So this is a values issue. The leaders of 
our great religions understand it.
  That is why the members of the churches in our country have been in 
strong support--and I will come back to that in a minute--of an 
increase in the minimum wage. It is also a civil rights issue because 
so many of those men and women entering the job market at this level 
are men and women of color. It is a children's issue, a women's issue 
and, mostly I as I have said many times and continue to say, it is a 
fairness issue. Americans understand fairness. Work hard and play by 
the rules in the richest country in the world and you should not have 
to live in poverty. Yet we find that at the end of the year, these 
families are $6,000 below the poverty line and they are falling further 
behind.
  This is it. We'are not going to get another chance. Arguments will be 
made that, well, you should not offer it on this particular 
legislation. This is the Defense authorization bill. We say: Look, Mr. 
Republican leader, give us a chance to have a direct up-or-down vote on 
the increase in the minimum wage. You have your alternative on it. Give 
us a freestanding bill and I have indicated that we would withdraw this 
amendment, but we have been unable to get that.
  All of us understand legislatively that we are moving more and more 
rapidly into the appropriations, and there is going to be a point of 
order made against legislating on appropriations. This legislation is 
appropriate for a very basic and fundamental reason. That is why our 
men and women who wear the American uniform are fighting in Iraq and 
fighting in Afghanistan--to defend American values and ideals. One of 
the American values is fairness here at home. It is treating people 
fairly for a day's work. That is an American value. That is one of the 
values these Americans are fighting for. That is why it is appropriate 
here. I don't know offhand, though, if we had more time--and I will 
find out next time we debate this issue because even if we get $7.25 an 
hour, we are still failing to meet the needs of working poor. I don't 
know how many servicemen are in the military serving overseas whose 
parents are earning the minimum wage, but there are scores of them.
  So this is about the values we hold in this country and the values 
worth protecting by the military of this country. That is what it is 
talking about. We understand there are important debates going on 
through noontime, and as far as I am concerned, they can go on through 
the evening. The idea that we are taking a few moments this morning to 
talk about an issue that affects some 15 million of our fellow 
citizens--this Senate could find plenty of time to debate the estate 
taxes, plenty

[[Page S6192]]

of time to debate flag burning. I don't know when the last flag was 
burned in my State of Massachusetts, but we have plenty of time to deal 
with that. We have had plenty of time on the Federal marriage 
amendment. But we don't want to deal with an increase in the minimum 
wage that affects 15 million people.

  There you are. There are the priorities. It could not be clearer. So 
we know where we stand. We are always asked how we stand on different 
issues: What do you believe in?
  We will have a very good opportunity this morning to indicate what we 
believe in. That is basically the framework of this issue.
  Mr. President, how much time have I used?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER (Mr. Isakson). Thirty-four minutes.
  Mr. KENNEDY. I yield myself 4 more minutes.
  Mr. President, this letter is from the heads of 33 major religious 
groups calling on Congress to do its moral duty to raise the minimum 
wage. This is the Let Justice Roll, which is an organization of faith 
and community leaders:

       As leaders of our respective faith communities, we call on 
     Congress to raise the Federal minimum wage in the 109th 
     session. For too long, the ranks of the working poor have 
     grown in this country. For too long, low-wage workers have 
     been unable to support themselves and their families, even 
     though they work several jobs, trying to make ends meet. 
     Poverty has become a disease, striking at the very heart of 
     the United States, attacking the most vulnerable, even as the 
     wealthy few continue to accumulate far more than their 
     reasonable share. It is unacceptable that such a state of 
     affairs be allowed to continue, as year after year, Congress 
     fails to pass an increase in the Federal minimum wage.
       Prophetic voices through the ages have called upon their 
     nations to show justice to the poorest and most vulnerable in 
     society. The Prophet Amos exhorts the people of Israel, 
     ``Hate evil and love good, and establish justice. Let justice 
     roll down like waters and righteousness like an ever-flowing 
     stream.'' Then, and now, the assembled people of God are 
     called upon to establish justice for low-wage workers, whose 
     cries are so often heard across our land.

  Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that the letter and the 
signers be printed in the Record.
  There being no objection, the material was ordered to be printed in 
the Record, as follows:

                                         Living Wage Campaign,

                                                 November 7, 2005.
       Dear Members of Congress: As leaders of our respective 
     faith communities, we call on Congress to raise the Federal 
     minimum wage in the 109th session. For too long, the ranks of 
     the working poor have grown in this country. For too long, 
     low-wage workers have been unable to support themselves and 
     their families, even though they work several jobs, trying to 
     make ends meet. Poverty has become a disease, striking at the 
     very heart of the United States, attacking the most 
     vulnerable, even as the wealthy few continue to accumulate 
     far more than their reasonable share. It is unacceptable that 
     such a state of affairs be allowed to continue, as year after 
     year, Congress fails to pass an increase in the Federal 
     minimum wage.
       Prophetic voices throughout the ages have called upon their 
     nations to show justice to the poorest and most vulnerable in 
     society. The Prophet Amos exhorts the people of Israel, 
     ``Hate evil and love good, and establish justice. Let justice 
     roll down like waters, and righteousness like an ever-flowing 
     stream.'' Then, and now, the assembled people of God are 
     called upon to establish justice for low-wage workers, whose 
     cries are so often heard across our land.
       The situation among America's minimum wage workers is 
     particularly dire. A minimum wage employee--making $5.15 an 
     hour, working 40 hours a week, 52 weeks a year, earns $10,700 
     a year--$5,000 below the Federal poverty line for a family of 
     three. The real value of the minimum wage today is nearly 
     $4.00 less than it was in 1968. Indeed, in order for the 
     minimum wage to have the same purchasing power as it did in 
     1968, the Federal minimum would have to be raised to more 
     than $9.00. This situation is unconscionable, as the wealth 
     of our Nation continues to be built on the backs of the 
     working poor.
       In his Where Do We Go from Here: Chaos or Community?, our 
     modern-day prophet, the Rev. Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., 
     says, ``There is nothing new about poverty. What is new, 
     however, is that we now have the resources to get rid of 
     it.'' It is time to heed the call of the prophets, both 
     ancient and modern. It is time to recognize that a minimum 
     wage should be a fair, just, and living wage.
           Signed,
         Kim Bobo, Executive Director of Interfaith Worker 
           Justice; The Reverend Dr. Robert W. Edgar, General 
           Secretary of the National Council of Churches of 
           Christ; The Reverend C. Welton Gaddy, President of The 
           Interfaith Alliance and the Interfaith Alliance 
           Foundation; The Most Reverend Frank T. Griswold, 
           Presiding Bishop and Primate of the Episcopal Church; 
           The Reverend Dr. Stan Hastey, Executive Director of the 
           Alliance of Baptists; James E. Hug, S.J., President of 
           Center of Concern; The Reverend Dr. Clifton 
           Kirkpatrick, Stated Clerk of the General Assembly of 
           the Presbyterian Church (U.S.A.); The Reverend Timothy 
           McDonald III and the Reverend Dr. Robert P. Shine, Sr., 
           Chair and Vice-Chair of African American Ministers in 
           Action.
         Mary Ellen McNish, General Secretary of the American 
           Friends Service Committee; Bishop William B. Oden, Head 
           of Communion and Ecumenical Officer of the United 
           Methodist Church; Bishop Roy Riley, Chair of the 
           Evangelical Lutheran Church Conference of Bishops; 
           Rabbi David Saperstein, Director and Counsel of the 
           Religious Action Center of Reform Judaism; Alexander 
           Sharp, Executive Director of Protestants for the Common 
           Good; The Reverend William G. Sinkford, President of 
           the Unitarian Universalist Association; The Reverend 
           John H. Thomas, General Minister and President of the 
           United Church of Christ; The Reverend Romal J. Tune, 
           CEO of Clergy Strategic Alliances, LLC.
         The Reverend Dr. Sharon Watkins, General Minister and 
           President of the Christian Church (Disciples of 
           Christ); Rabbi Eric Yoffie, President of the Union for 
           Reform Judaism; Scott D. Anderson, Executive Director 
           of the Wisconsin Council of Churches; The Reverend John 
           Boonstra, Executive Minister of the Washington State 
           Association of Churches; The Reverend Albert G. Cohen, 
           Executive Director of the Southern California 
           Ecumenical Council; The Reverend Stephen Copley, 
           President of the Arkansas Interfaith Conference; The 
           Reverend Dr. Barbara Dua, Executive Director of the New 
           Mexico Conference of Churches' The Reverend Nancy Jo 
           Kemper, Executive Director of the Kentucky Council of 
           Churches.
         David Lamarre-Vincent, Executive Director of the New 
           Hampshire Council of Churches; David A. Leslie, 
           Executive Director of Ecumenical Ministries of Oregon; 
           Marilyn P. Mecham, Exeutive of Interchurch Ministries 
           of Nebraska; The Reverend J. George Reed, Executive 
           Director of the North Carolina Council of Churches; The 
           Reverend Dr. Stephen J. Sidorak, Jr., Executive 
           Director of the Christian Conference of Connecticut; 
           The Reverend C. Douglas Smith, Executive Director of 
           the Virginia Interfaith Center for Public Policy; The 
           Reverend Dennis Sparks, Executive Director of the West 
           Virginia Council of Churches; The Reverend Sandra L. 
           Strauss Director of Public Advocacy of the Pennsylvania 
           Council of Churches; The Reverend Rebecca Tollefson, 
           Executive Director of the Ohio Council of Churches.

  Mr. KENNEDY. Mr. President, when we asked people to sign on as 
citizen cosponsors of the Fair Minimum Wage Act, 1,000 religious 
leaders answered the call. They took a stand to say that minimum wage 
is a moral issue that must be addressed. They have come together from 
all denominations, all walks of life to send this important message.
  I will take a couple more moments.
  First, I remind my colleagues in the Senate that support for an 
increase in the minimum wage is going like a wildfire across the 
country. This chart indicates in red those States which have increased 
the minimum wage above the Federal Government minimum wage. Look at 
this: Arkansas and Illinois.
  The States in yellow are those States where the minimum wage will 
likely be on the ballot this fall.
  Illinois, Florida, North Carolina--red States--passed an increase in 
the minimum wage in both houses, but they have not been reconciled. 
North Carolina, Arkansas, the home of Wal-Mart, increased the minimum 
wage.
  This is happening in the countryside. I remind the Senate again, with 
the failure to increase the minimum wage, what the impact has been on 
families and on the poor.
  From 2000 to 2004, we failed to increase the minimum wage and 1.4 
million more children have fallen into poverty. If we look at what has 
been happening to families, 5.4 million more Americans are in poverty 
over the last 4 years. This does not bring it up to 2006. This would 
continue to grow. It is 5.4 million now. The best estimate is we have 
1.4 million more children who are now in poverty.
  In terms of the industrialized nations of the world, this is what has 
happened: We have the highest child poverty rate in the industrialized 
world, and we haven't increased our minimum wage.
  I remind my colleagues what has been happening in other countries.

[[Page S6193]]

Tony Blair said 7 years ago that he was going to end poverty in Britain 
by 2020. There were 4 million children living in poverty, and he said, 
as a matter of national direction and vision, that he was going to 
eliminate poverty for children by 2020. This is what they have done. 
They will have a minimum wage of $9.80--$9.80--an hour this October. 
They have moved 1.8 million children out of poverty over the last 4 
years. The United States has refused to increase the minimum wage, and 
we have put 1.4 million children into poverty. That is completely 
unacceptable.
  This is the time.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator has consumed 5 minutes.
  Mr. KENNEDY. Mr. President, I reserve the remainder of my time. How 
much time do I have remaining?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator has 28 minutes 48 seconds 
remaining.
  Mr. KENNEDY. I reserve the remainder of my time.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Wyoming.
  Mr. ENZI. Mr. President, I yield 15 minutes to the Senator from 
Alabama.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Alabama.
  Mr. SESSIONS. Mr. President, I ask that I be notified when I have 
consumed 12 minutes.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Chair will so notify the Senator.
  Mr. SESSIONS. Mr. President, I didn't expect to hear the Democratic 
leader talk about the immigration bill this morning and his and Senator 
Kennedy's desire to rush it through the House of Representatives, 
calling for action now. It is a very bad bill, and it impacts directly 
the issues we are talking about today--wages for working Americans. I 
am going to talk about that issue and ask our colleagues to give 
serious thought to the matters I will raise.
  With regard to our colleagues who claim they are concerned about 
poverty among American workers, I ask those Members--Senator Reid and 
Senator Kennedy--who proposed the immigration bill and tried to rush it 
through this Senate without any amendments to consider some of the 
concerns of their own allies, economists and professors, who believe 
that if passed, it would damage the wages of American workers.
  I agree that we have a troubling condition in our country. People 
have referred to it often as the wage gap, that higher income people 
seem to be doing well, but there has been a lag in performance among 
lower income workers. That has caused quite a bit of concern. I am not 
sure exactly what the economic numbers show on that, but repeatedly, we 
have been told often from our Democratic colleagues--but not so much 
lately--that there is a growing gap in income. Why is this occurring? I 
wish to share some thoughts about it because I believe it is important.
  Let me mention this: I don't want the American worker to have a 
$7.25-an-hour job; I want them to have a $15-an-hour job, a $30-an-hour 
job. That is what we want in an economy that is growing and prosperous. 
We want a full-employment economy where people can choose jobs that 
fulfill their highest aspirations and pay them a good wage, with good 
retirement and good health care, and we are creating a growing economy 
that nurtures that. But for some reason, the wages in some job markets 
have not kept up as well as they should.

  I will read from a number of experts on this matter and ask my 
colleagues to think about it, not what I say but what the experts say. 
I am looking at a Washington Post article from Jonathan Weisman, March 
31, dealing with this precise issue of minimum wage and immigration. It 
is titled ``Immigration Divides Allies, Guest Worker Plan Sets 
Democratic Supports Against Organized Labor.'' It starts off saying 
this:

       A growing body of economic research contends that the 
     recent surge of foreign workers has depressed wages for low-
     skilled workers, especially for high school dropouts, and has 
     even begun displacing native-born workers.

  Then the article quotes Professor George Borjas, an economist at 
Harvard University's John F. Kennedy School of Government. He has 
written a definitive book on immigration, ``Heaven's Door.'' He says:

       What immigration really does is redistribute wealth away 
     from workers toward employers.

  I did mention my good friend Senator Kennedy. Senator Kennedy has 
been a champion for civil rights, and a champion for helping us fight 
poverty, and he cares about this issue very deeply. He sincerely does. 
But I suggest he is not always perfectly correct on how to fix it. We 
can have a legitimate debate about how to improve the wages of working 
Americans, and that is what we need to be talking about.
  The article says:

       Kennedy, the Senate's liberal lion and an unflagging ally 
     of organized labor, says the [immigration] legislation he co-
     wrote would help all low-wage workers by applying minimum-
     wage laws and other . . . protections.

  The AFL-CIO disagrees. According to John Sweeney, the AFL-CIO 
President:

       Guest-worker programs cast [American] workers into a 
     perennial second-class status and unfairly put their fates 
     into their employers' hands, creating a situation ripe for 
     exploitation. . . .

  He goes on:

     ``They encourage employers to turn good jobs into temporary 
     jobs at reduced wages and diminished working conditions and 
     contribute to the growing class of workers laboring in 
     poverty.''

  That was Mr. Sweeney. Mr. Weisman, the staff writer for the 
Washington Post, then quotes Professor Borjas:

       But some of those macroeconomic gains have come at the 
     expense of low-wage workers, especially the 10 percent of the 
     labor force that dropped out of high school. In recent years, 
     competition from low-skilled immigrant workers has reduced 
     the wages of high school dropouts by as much as 8 percent, 
     Borjas said.

  How about another professor, Andrew Sum, director of Northeastern 
University's Center for Labor Market Studies. The article says quotes 
him:

       Looking at annual earnings, the percentage losses are in 
     the double digits, said Andrew Sum, director of Northeastern 
     University's Center for Labor Market Studies, because jobs 
     that once provided year-round employment are increasingly 
     becoming temporary.
       A Northeastern University study found that nearly 86 
     percent----

  Listen to this, I say to my colleagues, this is important for us.

       A Northeastern study found that nearly 86 percent of all 
     newly employed workers hired from 2000 to 2005 were 
     immigrants. For men, the statistics were more stark. In that 
     time, the labor market for men rose by 2.66 million while 
     2.77 million foreign-born men found work.

  Listen to that: The Northeastern study found that foreign-born 
workers filled all of the new jobs created for men between 2000 and 
2005, plus some other jobs.

       In other words, Sum said, immigrants have begun replacing 
     native-born male workers.

  In the immigration bill floor debate, if we not forced the Democratic 
side to allow us to have some amendments and reduce some of the 
incredible increases in immigration under the bill as presented, it 
would have been shocking what the immigration bill would have done to 
the jobs and wages of American workers. Even after successful 
amendments that cut the numbers of low-skilled workers allowed to come 
in the future, the Senate bill will still, over 20 years, virtually 
triple the number of people coming into our country legally, not 
counting those who will continue to come illegally. That will 
undoubtedly impact our economy. That is why the House of 
Representatives needs to examine this bill very carefully before we go 
to conference.
  How about this one? Professor Sum is quoted again in the Post 
article: ``Young guys are being displaced by immigrants,'' he said. 
``Some of my good liberal friends take issue, but if you're a young 
worker under 25, poorly educated, probably African American, the higher 
the share of new immigrants in your community, the worse your 
employment prospects are becoming.''
  How about Carol Swain, a law professor and political scientist at 
Vanderbilt University? She is also quoted in the Post article:

       ``What they're doing is increasing the pool of people 
     eligible to compete for the very limited resources that are 
     available for the people at the bottom. . . .The obligation 
     of the nation should be for the people who have been here for 
     decades.''

  How about the famous economics professor Robert Samuelson? He wrote 
an article in May in the Washington Post titled ``Still Dodging 
Immigration's Truths.'' He quotes approvingly

[[Page S6194]]

from the testimony before our Judiciary Committee of Barry Chiswick, 
University of Illinois, an immigration scholar, most respected, who 
said the presence of immigrants in the labor market:

       Increases competition for low-skilled jobs, reducing the 
     earnings of low-skilled native-born workers. Because of their 
     low earnings, low-skilled immigrants also tend to pay less in 
     taxes than they receive in public benefits. . . . Hardly 
     anyone is discussing these issues candidly. We can be a 
     lawful society and a welcoming society simultaneously [as 
     President Bush has said] but we cannot be a welcoming society 
     for limitless numbers . . . without seriously compromising 
     our own future.

  Part of the future he is talking about, is the future of the American 
worker. Samuelson goes on to say, and I quote the line from Professor 
Samuelson's article: ``Competition among them [low-skilled workers] 
depresses wages.'' He is talking about the additional flow of illegal 
immigrants into our country, or legal immigrants, for that matter. 
Increasing competition for the American worker by increasing the number 
of immigrant workers available in the labor market will depress the 
wages for the American worker.
  In another article, Professor Samuelson, says this. He notes that 
illegal immigrants already here represent only about 4.9 percent of the 
labor force, and in no major occupation are immigrants a majority. They 
are 36 percent of insulation workers, 28 percent of drywall installers, 
and 20 percent of cooks who are drawn here by wage differences, not 
labor shortages. He writes about how most new illegal immigrants get 
work by accepting wages below the prevailing rates. What would happen, 
he asks, if new, illegal immigration stopped and wasn't replaced by 
guest workers? Well, some employers would raise wages to attract U.S. 
workers.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator has 3 minutes remaining.
  Mr. SESSIONS. I thank the Chair. He goes on to say: Facing greater 
labor costs, some would find ways to minimize costs. But he goes on to 
ask this question, and let me quote Professor Samuelson:

       What is wrong with higher wages for the poorest workers? 
     From 1994 to 2004, the wages of high school dropouts rose 
     only 2.3 percent after inflation, compared with 11.9 percent 
     for college graduates. The number of native high school 
     dropouts with jobs declined by 1.3 million from 2000 to 2005. 
     Some lost jobs to immigrants. Unemployment remains high for 
     some groups; 9.3 percent for African Americans.

  I know that is true in my State. Although we have a great 
unemployment rate in Alabama--under 4 percent--we still have a far too 
high rate among the African-American community. And 12.7 percent for 
white teenagers, he notes. He says this: Poor immigrant workers hurt 
the wages of unskilled Americans; the only question is how much. One 
estimate, he said, was 10 percent.
  We discussed these issues in the Judiciary Committee. We had one 
hearing on it. We had a number of professors, including Professor 
Freeman, the Ascherman Professor of Economics at Harvard. He said these 
things about the jobs and wages of American workers:

       One of the concerns when immigrants come in is they may 
     take jobs from some Americans and drive down the wages of 
     some Americans and obviously, if there are a large number of 
     immigrants coming in, if they are coming in at a bad economic 
     time, that is very likely to happen.

  Professor Chiswick, University of Illinois at Chicago said the 
following:

       The large increase in low-skilled immigration has had the 
     effect of decreasing the wages and employment opportunities 
     of low-skilled workers who are currently resident in the 
     United States.

  He said this:

       Over the past two decades, the real earnings of high-
     skilled workers has risen substantially. The real earnings of 
     low-skilled workers have either stagnated or decreased.

  These economists are telling us what other people will not. We are 
being told by the business community that there is this incredible 
shortage out there--they can't find workers so they have to have 
foreign workers--but now we know the earnings of low-skilled workers 
have stagnated and decreased. Why? If a business wants to find more 
workers, they will usually increase wages, not decrease them.
  He goes on to say--my time is about up, but I have quite a number of 
others.
  Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent for 2 additional minutes.
  Mr. ENZI. Mr. President, may I ask unanimous consent that the 
Senator's additional comments be printed in the Record.
  Mr. SESSIONS. I yield the floor, Mr. President.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Massachusetts.
  Mr. KENNEDY. Mr. President, I will take 2 minutes to respond to my 
friend from Alabama, and then I see the Senator from Connecticut on the 
floor.
  The Senator from Alabama has made the best case for comprehensive 
immigration reform because if you are not going to have the 
comprehensive reform, you are going to have the continuation of the 
pressure of driving wages down, as we find our employers hiring the 
undocumented workers. It has been his administration--according to the 
General Accounting Office, the Republican administration--that has 
refused to enforce employer sanctions against the employers who are 
currently doing it. There have been three cases in the last 4 years, 
$220,000 in fines. If he is so worried about this, I would say, Why 
aren't we after the Labor Department to try to do something about it?
  Second point: For those who are going to come into the United 
States--and they ought to be able to come into the United States as 
workers, if there is a job an American does not take--there is going to 
be the labor protections, which do not exist today. There is going to 
be prevailing wage protections, there are Davis-Bacon protections, if 
they work in contract, if they work in construction, and service 
contract employees. None of that has been mentioned by the Senator from 
Alabama. That is an entirely different current situation. And we are 
going to have 7,000 inspectors to make sure that it is enforced, which 
does not exist now and is a principal reason why we have the kinds of 
results the Senator from Alabama refers to.
  Mr. President, he has made the best case possible for passing a 
comprehensive program so that those conditions would not exist.
  How much time remains?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Massachusetts has 26 minutes 
45 seconds.
  Mr. DODD. If I could have 10 or 12 minutes, if that is appropriate.

  Mr. KENNEDY. Why don't we start with 10.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Connecticut is recognized for 
10 minutes.
  Mr. KENNEDY. Mr. President, does the Senator from Alabama want 30 
seconds? I will be glad to take this at another time when we have the 
time. I yield 30 seconds to the Senator from Alabama.
  Mr. SESSIONS. Mr. President, I thank the Senator. I would note we 
wrestled before Y2K as to how many high-skilled foreign workers the 
U.S. needed to let in for that period--you and I both discussed that in 
the Judiciary Committee and whether it would adversely impact the wages 
of high-skilled American workers. I would say that the current rate of 
immigration, legal and illegal--and I believe there is a growing 
consensus that supports this view--has depressed the wages of low-
skilled American workers. I would ask the Senator if he would dispute 
the fact that the immigration bill he introduced would have greatly 
increased the number of immigrants into the country and wouldn't that 
have further adversely impacted the wages of low-skilled American 
workers?
  Mr. KENNEDY. Mr. President, 15 seconds in response. The legislation 
we have introduced would require that there be a job that an American 
worker has not been interested in and refused to accept. Those are the 
jobs individuals would be eligible for under the guest worker program. 
I look forward to continuing this debate with my friend from Alabama.
  I yield 10 minutes to the Senator from Connecticut.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Connecticut is recognized for 
10 minutes.
  Mr. DODD. Mr. President, let me begin by thanking, again, my 
colleague from Massachusetts and others who have fought so long and 
hard over the last decade to have an increase in the minimum wage in 
our country, from the $5.15 that was adopted about a decade ago, to the 
suggestion today that

[[Page S6195]]

we raise it by $2.10. To many, $2.10 is nothing more than a cup of 
coffee at a high-priced coffee shop today or a few sodas or a sandwich 
along the way, but it makes a difference, Mr. President.
  An increase in the minimum wage of $2.10, after nearly a decade, will 
add some $4,400 to the incomes of people who are depending upon the 
minimum wage to provide for themselves and their families. Remember 
whom we are talking about. The overwhelming majority of minimum wage 
workers are not teenagers, but are adults--working people trying to 
raise families, 60 percent of whom are women, many of whom are raising 
children on their own. So this $2.10 increase after nearly a decade, an 
additional $4,400 per year, means a great deal.
  We are told by those who do the math on all of this that the increase 
could buy as much as 15 months of groceries for that families, 8 months 
of rent, 20 months of childcare--an issue that I worked with our 
colleague on many years ago--the importance of having a decent 
childcare program. As you are saying to these people, you have to stay 
at work and you have young children, where do the children go? The 
average cost of childcare rises all the time for people in this 
country. How do you expect someone making a minimum wage of $5.15 per 
hour who has two or three young children to keep them in a safe place 
with that kind of an income level? That $4,400 would be a tremendous 
help at that income level. That is the kind of difference we are 
talking about.
  A group called America's Second Harvest has recently reported that 
they provide emergency hunger relief services to more than 25.3 million 
low-income people in the United States each year. That is an 18-percent 
increase since 1997. No other organization in our country does as much 
on a national level as Second Harvest does.
  The numbers are quite clear. Over the last 4 or 5 years, we have 
watched an increase in children living in poverty in the United States 
climb by 1.4 million. What we are talking about is some 13 million 
children today who are living in poverty. Of the 37 million in our 
country, 13 million children who, through no fault of their own, 
through the accident of birth, are born into difficult circumstances. 
Those poverty numbers are going up. They are not going down.
  What do we do about these children? How do we guarantee this child 
will get a good education? How do you learn anything in a school today 
if you are going to that school hungry? Talk to any grade school 
teacher in America in any community you wish and ask them the simple 
question: What is the difference between a child who has a decent meal 
in the morning and one who doesn't, in terms of their ability to learn, 
and they will tell you categorically that a child who is hungry doesn't 
learn.
  We talk all the time about making sure America is going to be strong 
and vital and economically competitive in the global marketplace of the 
21st century. If we continue increasing child poverty at the rate it is 
increasing now, this country will have a very difficult time, in my 
view, of meeting the competitive challenges it will face in this 
century.
  So this proposal does make a difference--a huge difference--in the 
lives of people who struggle every day, good Americans out there who 
are trying to keep their families together. How does anyone expect a 
family today, particularly a family with two or three children, to live 
on a full-time salary of $10,700 a year? That is what you get with 
$5.15--$10,700 per year. I don't know of anyone who believes that you 
can meet your obligations of housing and food, of medical care you may 
need. You have to make terrible choices at that level.
  I am not suggesting that $7.25 is going to solve all of those 
problems. But the cost of living has gone up. Everyone knows that. What 
has happened to gasoline prices and energy prices over the last number 
of months?
  We have increased our salaries as Members of Congress by over $31,000 
since 1997. Again, I have supported a number of those increases. How do 
we look in the mirror and say: A $31,000 increase for a Senator, a 
Congressman. Yet we can't provide a $2.10 per hour increase for someone 
making the minimum wage? How do we answer that question? We know the 
cost of living has gone up. We see it every single day. Minimum wage 
workers see it in a more painful way.
  So I hope my colleagues, in the next 45 minutes when we have a chance 
to vote on this issue, vote for the Kennedy amendment. Raise the 
minimum wage that $2.10 and give these people a chance. Let's bring 
these poverty numbers down. All of us, regardless of party, ideology or 
anything else, ought to be committed to see to it in the United States 
of America that child poverty doesn't go up, it goes down. These are 
innocents. They didn't do anything except be born into a circumstance 
not of their choosing. We owe them and we owe the future of this 
country a lot better than they are getting. After one long decade of 
increasing prices, $2.10 is very little to ask. Democrats and 
Republicans ought to be able to come together around that request.

  I hope that we can make that kind of difference. My colleague from 
Massachusetts and others want to be heard on this issue. I have great 
respect for my colleague from Wyoming who chairs our committee and does 
a terrific job, and we work together on many issues. But my hope is we 
accept the Kennedy amendment.
  I didn't go into the problems of the alternative proposal, but it 
would mean that millions of children will get a lot less than they will 
if you adopt the Kennedy proposal of $2.10. This is a time when we 
ought to be doing what we can to strengthen those in our country who 
need some help now. That is all we are asking.
  I have some 350,000 people in my State who show up at food shelters 
to get some assistance. That is in the most affluent State of the 
country on a per-capita basis, and even the State of Connecticut faces 
difficulties on this issue.
  I know my colleagues from less affluent States see the problem in a 
far more dramatic way. It is not lost on me that States that have the 
lowest minimum wage at the State level have the highest levels of child 
poverty. With all the money we spend here, this is little to ask.
  Small business is interested. A poll conducted among small businesses 
found that 86 percent of small businesses responded that an increase 
like this in the minimum wage is acceptable to them. In fact, studies 
in other countries have pointed out that their economies have not been 
adversely affected by this.
  If small businesses said an increase is warranted, we as Members of 
the Congress ought not be holding back. If people who pay this wage 
believe it is the right thing to do, Members of Congress ought to join 
with them.
  I urge my colleagues to support the Kennedy amendment--$2.10 to make 
life a little easier for people out there struggling every day to make 
ends meet. This is the United States of America. These children deserve 
better. Their families deserve at least an opportunity to get out from 
under the tremendous burdens they are facing every day. I urge adoption 
of the amendment when the vote occurs.
  I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Wyoming.
  Mr. ENZI. Mr. President, I yield 10 minutes to the Senator from New 
Hampshire.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from New Hampshire is recognized 
for 10 minutes.
  Mr. GREGG. I thank the Senator for his proposal which I think is a 
very thoughtful and effective way of addressing many issues, which 
especially single women in the workplace, especially single moms in the 
workplace have today. These are issues which are not addressed by the 
Kennedy amendment.
  Whether it is $1.10 or $2.05, that is an important debate because it 
will have an important effect on how many jobs are created, and the 
impact on job creation and jobs is what we are talking about here. If 
you start losing jobs because you raise the minimum wage too quickly, 
so fast that small employers can't afford it, that is going to have an 
effect on people's opportunity to work.
  I think the Senator from Wyoming has put forth a much more balanced 
approach as to what number the minimum wage should be raised by, but 
that is not what is going to make the workplace a more tolerable event 
and a

[[Page S6196]]

more acceptable event for the single mother who has kids at home. What 
would help a lot in this area is additional language in the Enzi 
proposal which is called ``family time.'' It is resisted aggressively 
by the other side of the aisle, and I don't understand it.
  We just heard an impassioned plea from the Senator from Connecticut 
about working moms, single mothers--especially single mothers in low-
paying jobs who have a very difficult time maintaining the quality of 
their household and taking care of their kids. Yet they resist a 
proposal which all Federal employees have had the right to since 1978, 
which is called ``family time.'' They stiff-arm the working mother in 
this country.
  This may have been acceptable because the unions demanded that they 
do this back in the 1950s and 1960s, when there were not that many 
single mothers working in the workplace. But today there is a huge 
participation in the workplace from single mothers. Back in 1940, only 
28 percent of the workplace were women. Today, 60 percent of the 
workplace are women. You have almost 7.3 million single mothers in the 
workplace, raising a family and trying to take care of their kids' 
needs at home. The Enzi proposal says to those mothers, if you want to, 
you can work out an agreement with an employer--the employer can't 
demand that you do it, it is entirely up to you to sign on to that 
agreement; it is at your discretion; you can't be compelled to 
participate in this--where 1 week you can work up to 10 extra hours and 
the next week you work 10 less hours.
  Why is that important, especially to a single mother? Because they 
may have a child who is going to have to have some sort of operation, 
they may have a child who has some sporting event that goes on for a 
period of days, or has a rehearsal, or just a period in their life 
where that child needs their mother at home for a greater period of 
time. This doesn't just apply to single mothers, it applies to working 
families, husbands and wives, but it is a really important right a 
single mother should have in the workplace. It is so important, in 
fact, that we gave it to Federal employees back in 1978. Yet year in 
and year out the concept of family time has been resisted by the other 
side of the aisle.
  They come forward with these statements of compassion, which are very 
compelling and which are well delivered--especially by the Senator from 
Connecticut for whom I have great regard--but if they truly believed in 
that they would have incorporated in their bill the flextime proposal 
which Senator Enzi has put in his proposal. That is where real 
compassion is. That is going to affect a lot of people. Literally 
millions of working parents will be positively impacted if the Enzi 
bill passes.
  Sure, the minimum wage is important. But there are a lot more people 
who are going to be affected by the family time language in this bill 
and improve their quality of life and their ability to raise their 
children well than by the increase in the minimum wage. The family time 
will apply to everybody who works in the workplace, especially--well, 
everybody who works on a fixed, 40-hour week.
  If you want to look at the essence of what will really help an 
American family, and especially an American family with a single 
breadwinner in it--not a single breadwinner but a single person 
working, single mother specifically--if you want to look at what will 
really help that family, you have to look at the Enzi bill and the 
family time language.
  Let me again explain what it does. It says, over a 2-week period, at 
the discretion of the working mother or the working father--or if they 
are both working, if they are together and they are both working--they 
can reach an agreement with their employer which says, 1 week I can 
work an extra 10 hours and, in exchange, the next week--or up to an 
extra 10 hours--I can work less 10 hours.
  The impact of that is just huge on a family. It is not necessary they 
do it. They can continue their 40-hour week if they wish. But there are 
a lot of events that occur in the raising of children where you do need 
those extra hours to be at home, where you do need those extra hours to 
take your child on something that is really important to them--a trip 
or an event that maybe involves a number of days, a 3-day basketball 
tournament or a 3-day recital event, or maybe just a situation where 
you need that extra day to be at home and make sure your children have 
you there.
  This opportunity, this benefit which we make available to all Federal 
employees, should clearly be available to people who are not in the 
Federal Government. Senator Enzi has, in a very reasonable way, put 
this language in his bill. I actually think this is much more important 
than the issue of this fight between the $1.10 and the $2 or $2.05 or 
whatever, because it is going to impact so many more people. Just on 
this issue alone you should vote for the Enzi bill because if you 
really want to improve the quality of the workplace, especially for the 
single mother, this bill will do it through the family time language he 
has put in here.
  I congratulate the Senator from Wyoming for bringing this package 
forward. I think this package, just because this language is in there, 
is dramatically better, dramatically more compassionate. We hear a lot 
of language about compassion. It is dramatically more attentive to the 
needs of children in this country and proper parenting of children in 
this country than the package that has been brought forward from the 
other side. Why don't we include this on the other side? We know why 
they don't: Because labor unions are against it. It is a knee-jerk 
reaction on the part of organized big labor to this language. But we 
should not allow that sort of knee-jerk reaction to control our ability 
to give working mothers and families the opportunity to have this sort 
of benefit, which will clearly improve the ability of those people to 
take care of their children and to raise their children and to be good 
parents and do what they want to do, in order to make sure they are 
available when their kids need them.
  I congratulate the Senator from Wyoming. I think he has put together 
an excellent package. I hope everyone will support it.
  I yield the remainder of my time to the Senator from Wyoming.
  Mr. KENNEDY. Mr. President, how much time do I have?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER (Mr. Graham). The Senator has 16 minutes and 14 
seconds.
  Mr. KENNEDY. I yield myself 4 minutes.
  I listened very carefully to the Senator from New Hampshire talk 
about flextime. Flextime is something that those of us on this side of 
the aisle support. But that is not what is in the bill. That is not 
what is in the bill. The Federal Government has what they call core 
time--core agency hours. That means that they have to work from 11 to 2 
or 11 to 3, and then the other hours they can make the judgment whether 
they want to use that, in terms of flextime. That is the kind of 
proposal that makes some sense. That is what we would support. But that 
is not in this legislation.
  The person who decides whether Mrs. Smith is going to get the time 
off to go to see her child's play or to see the ballgame is going to be 
the employer--period. Make no mistake about it. That is the way it is 
written here on page 4 of their legislation. If we are talking about 
providing a degree of flextime--we have been through this; we 
understand what it is--flextime is not the time that is allocated just 
by the employer when the employer makes the sole judgment and decision, 
as they do under the Enzi proposal--No. 1.
  No. 2, the Senator from New Hampshire says, let's let that person 
work 50 hours a week this week and maybe 30 hours a week the next week. 
Here it is on page 4, which says:

     in which more than 40 hours of the work requirement may occur 
     in a week of the period, except that no more than 10 hours 
     may be shifted between the 2 weeks involved.

  That means you can work 50 hours 1 week and 30 hours at the present 
time. What is the current law? The current law is, if you work 50 hours 
1 week and then 30 hours the second week, you get the overtime for the 
10 hours here. Do you think that is in the Enzi proposal? No. It is not 
there. They have eliminated it. You work the extra hours and you don't 
get the extra pay. Some deal--some deal for someone. That is called 
flextime. If you can sell that, you can sell the Brooklyn Bridge.
  This is what you are doing. Instead of giving the person the 
overtime, as has

[[Page S6197]]

gone on under the Federal Labor Standards Act, that has been 
eliminated.
  There is something else that the women of the country who are 
concerned about equal pay for equal work ought to understand. In the 
legislation under the Enzi amendment, because of the fact that you 
raise the exemption for companies that will be covered from $500,000 to 
$1 million, and because you eliminate the Federal Labor Standards Act 
protection for those who are involved in interstate commerce--that is 
all spelled out on page 13--that means 10 million workers will not have 
the protections of the minimum wage or the Federal Labor Standards Act, 
which means that the equal pay for equal work protections that are 
there for 4 to 5 million women will not be there.

  Does America understand the difficulty we have had in this Chamber 
trying to get equal pay for equal work, let alone equal pay for 
comparable work? We have been able to get it under the Fair Labor 
Standards Act, and that is being eliminated for 4 to 5 million women.
  Mr. DODD. Mr. President, will my colleague yield on that point?
  Mr. KENNEDY. Yes.
  Mr. DODD. The Senator has spent a lot of time on this issue over the 
years. We have modified the Fair Labor Standards Act several times over 
the last 40 years. In each of those cases, as I recall, we modified the 
law to expand the number of people who would be covered by the minimum 
wage and the overtime pay and equal pay for equal work. This would be 
the first time, as I understand it, that we would be taking the 
opposite direction; the very first time that we are going to shrink the 
number of people who would have the right to overtime pay, thus, 
excluding some 10 million people who would otherwise be covered by the 
minimum wage.
  Am I correct?
  Mr. KENNEDY. The Senator is absolutely correct.
  For those who are even thinking about voting for the Enzi proposal, 
you are eliminating the protections, and you are getting the serious 
cutbacks. That is why the $1.10 increase would impact 1.8 million. Ours 
would be 6.6 million directly and 8 million on top of that.
  The Senator makes a very good point.
  This is not a base increase for the minimum wage.
  This would be gutting the minimum wage protections for millions of 
Americans.
  That is a fine ``how do you do.''
  Mr. DODD. Every time we have modified the Fair Labor Standards Act, 
we were expanding the opportunity for workers. I believe this would be 
the first time in the history of our country that we actually go in the 
opposite direction. Those in poverty would be excluded from getting the 
overtime pay and protections for equal pay for equal work.
  Mr. KENNEDY. The Senator stated it correctly. We are having a 
discussion and debate about the fact that we haven't increased the 
minimum wage in 9 years.
  As the Senator pointed out and as I have pointed out, we have had 
this explosion of poverty with children, an explosion of poverty with 
minimum wage workers, and an explosion of hunger. What we do have as an 
alternative is an increase in reduction of protection, unlike the 
historical debate for an increase in the minimum wage.
  Mr. President, how much time do we have remaining on our side?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. There is 9 minutes 15 seconds.
  Mr. KENNEDY. I yield 4 minutes to the Senator from Maryland.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Maryland is recognized.
  Mr. SARBANES. Mr. President, I thank the distinguished Senator from 
Massachusetts and my colleague, the able Senator from Connecticut.
  Mr. President, this is an extremely important issue before us. The 
last time the minimum wage was raised was in September of 1997. If we 
fail to increase the minimum wage before the end of the year, we will 
have gone the longest time without adjusting it since it was first 
enacted in 1938. That is a dismal performance on the part of the 
Congress.
  Since 1997, inflation has drastically reduced the purchasing power of 
the minimum wage. It is now the lowest it has been in more than 40 
years. To match the last increase, in terms of purchasing power, the 
minimum wage would have to be increased 25 percent above what it is 
now. And as we fail to act, the purchasing power of the current minimum 
wage continues to be eroded by the steady march of inflation--
contributing to two serious problems in our society, rising poverty and 
increased inequality.
  Thirty years ago, a worker paid the minimum wage who worked 40 hours 
a week for 52 weeks made enough to keep a family of three out of 
poverty. Now that worker is 35 percent below the poverty level.
  People at the bottom of the wage scale have been falling further and 
further behind the rest of the workforce. In the 1950s and 1960s, the 
minimum wage averaged about 50 percent of the average wage. Today, at 
$5.15 an hour, the current minimum wage is only 31 percent of the 
average hourly wage. If we fail to act, minimum wage earners will 
continue to fall further behind.
  Nearly 15 million Americans would benefit from raising the minimum 
wage to $7.25 an hour. 6.6 million would benefit directly because they 
make less than $7.25 an hour. Based on past experience with minimum 
wage hikes, another 8 million who make a little more than $7.25 an hour 
should enjoy a wage increase as well.
  There are those who say only teenagers benefit from an increase in 
the minimum wage. However, eighty percent of the workers who would 
benefit from raising the minimum wage--12 million of those 15 million 
workers--are adults.
  As Congress fails to act, States are raising the minimum wage 
themselves. My own State did that last January. And various studies 
indicate that job growth has been faster in the States that have raised 
the minimum wage than in those that have not raised the minimum wage. 
Economic studies by leading economists found that increases such as the 
proposed minimum wage hike would not reduce employment, which is an 
argument that is made against this amendment.
  A hike in the minimum wage, in fact, has been found to reduce 
turnover of employees which has several advantages. You get a more 
experienced and productive workforce, lower costs for recruiting new 
workers, and lower costs for training new workers.
  In fact, a letter in support of raising the minimum wage was signed 
by over 500 economists, including four Nobel laureate winners.
  Last week, the House Appropriations Committee accepted an amendment 
offered in the committee by my able colleague, Congressman Hoyer, to 
raise the minimum wage to $7.25. It was accepted by the committee on a 
bipartisan basis. The bill had been scheduled to come to the House 
floor this week, but it has been pulled from consideration. News 
reports suggest--I hope wrongly--that the House leadership wants to 
avoid a debate on the minimum wage until after the November elections.
  Mr. President, we should pass the Kennedy amendment to raise the 
minimum wage. It will lower poverty, reduce inequality, and provide 
vital income gains to 15 million workers and their families.
  I thank the Chair.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Who yields time?
  Mr. ENZI. Mr. President, I yield 5 minutes to the Senator from 
Georgia.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Georgia is recognized.
  Mr. ISAKSON. Mr. President, I thank the Senator from Wyoming. I 
appreciate the opportunity to participate in the debate one more time. 
I want to make a couple of points as clearly as I can.
  First of all, the debate we have heard this morning is a classic 
debate about two very different philosophies--one that believes in the 
marketplace, the competitive system we have in the United States of 
America of competition and entrepreneurship, and the second is the 
argument that says Government knows better in the top-down mandates 
work.
  In 1970, Republicans tried wage and price controls to control 
inflation. They worked miserably. Democrats have tried, time and again, 
for wage controls, and they failed to have the intended consequences. 
They have because you are interjecting yourself into

[[Page S6198]]

the marketplace but only in one segment.
  Second, the Senator from Massachusetts yesterday held up Europe as an 
example of how higher minimum wages work.
  I have just returned from two of those European countries--Germany 
and France.
  I would like to make the clear point as to why the Senator from 
Wyoming is right and, with all due respect, the Senator from 
Massachusetts is wrong.
  High minimum wage laws in the countries of France and Germany have 
caused the following:
  France's unemployment is 10 percent more, or two times that of the 
United States of America. Unemployment for youth in France is over 20 
percent.
  We have seen on the nightly news--and I saw firsthand when I was 
there--the tremendous economic problems the Government of France is 
having in driving its own economy. And it has declared itself its own 
worst enemy but could not get concessions to pull back some of these 
mandates. Therefore, the French economy is growing at 1.6 percent a 
year this year, a rate less than half that of the United States, with a 
minimum wage rate that is compounded over that of the United States.
  Our great trading partner and great friend, Germany, has an 
unemployment rate of 11 percent.
  Those are the two countries that were cited yesterday as the example 
as to why the higher minimum wage works.
  In fact, they are an example of it not working.
  Second, with regard to State minimum wages going up, that is 
precisely where our Constitution, our country, and our Founding Fathers 
believed these decisions should be made; that is, at the State level.
  In fact, the Senator from Connecticut talked about raising the 
Federal minimum wage to a level less than the minimum wage in the State 
of Connecticut today and much less than what it goes to next year. It 
is right for the States to control those minimum wages.
  Lastly, I have heard three times about the survey of small businesses 
where 86 percent say this is not an issue that is being quoted as a 
reason why we shouldn't even be debating this.
  I ran a small business. I understand small business. The reason it 
wasn't an issue for 86 percent of them is mostly because people pay 
more than the Federal minimum wage anyway.
  That is the name of the game in this country--for the marketplace to 
dictate.
  But go find out who those 14 percent are. I will tell you. They are 
the people affected by the unintended consequence of a raise in the 
minimum wage. The 68 percent are either independent contractors or 
higher skilled workers, where the Federal minimum wage rate is not in 
effect in the first place. But those 14 percent are in the tourism 
industry, in the construction industry, in the maintenance industry, in 
the short-order cook industry or in the fast food industry. They are 
the ones who are getting their foot on the ladder.
  Go interview those 14 percent, and you will find that the economic 
study I quoted yesterday is, in fact, correct. Every increase in the 
minimum wage will cost some of them their jobs.
  In our free enterprise system, there are three components to the 
price of a product. One is the cost of goods, the second one is the 
cost to sell the goods, and third is the profit. If you raise the cost 
of goods sold, which you do by raising the wage rate, you either have 
to lower the marketing, lower your profits or increase your 
productivity.
  What will every business do? First, they will increase their 
productivity. They will try to ask more of their workers so the 
mandated increase in their wages is neutralized by employing less 
people.
  I commend the Senator from Wyoming on his legislation. It is a 21st 
century approach to the American workforce and the free enterprise 
system. And I respectfully oppose the proposal of the Senator from 
Massachusetts.
  I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Who yields time?
  Mr. ENZI. Mr. President, I yield myself 10 minutes.
  I have listened patiently through 4 hours yesterday and quite a bit 
of time this morning. There are some things that need to be said.
  I appreciate the comments from our side of the aisle and from 
everybody who has gone before me. I particularly appreciate the 
comments of the Senator from Georgia because some of those things have 
been grating on us a little bit as we have listened to what has been 
said. We have seen the charts which show that small businesses in this 
country are in favor of that kind of a tax increase.
  I spoke to the Federation of Independent Businesses yesterday 
morning. They do the most complete job of surveying their members than 
any association that I know of. They do not back anything unless there 
is a strong consensus by their members.
  They are opposed, by their vote, to the minimum wage increase that 
Senator Kennedy is suggesting.
  I do not know where they find that 86 percent. But I have seen 
surveys before that are able to manufacture the kinds of numbers that 
people want to have.
  From the manufacturing members, I suggest that it sounds reasonable 
to people.
  I saw a chart over here last night that showed the average CEO in 
America is making $11.8 million compared to what a minimum wage person 
is making.
  That is an average CEO. What do you suppose the good ones are making? 
Eleven million eight hundred thousand dollars a year for the average 
CEO in this country? I think that must be the average CEO in the top 
100 companies in the world. But that is apples and oranges when you are 
talking about the minimum wage.
  We have heard some pretty big numbers about how many people are in 
poverty and under the minimum wage.
  The purpose is to take the 1.9 million people who are at the minimum 
wage and get them higher wages. We all agree on that. What we don't 
agree on is how to do that.
  The Senator from Massachusetts earlier today said minimum wage jobs 
don't get you out of poverty; that they keep you in poverty.
  That was his quote this morning. I absolutely agree with that. What 
we need to do is get higher skills in this country. We need to reduce 
the number of dropouts in this country. It is dropouts who are working 
at the minimum wage. It is people who have made some choices that put 
them in a position where they have to take the lower paying jobs. We 
need to change that.

  When I first came to Washington, welfare reform was going into 
effect. The newspapers were full of stories that on the day that went 
into effect, people were going to drop through the cracks. It was going 
to be this tragedy for American people. After it happened, there were 
not many stories on that. That is because the tragedies did not happen. 
People improved their lot in life with jobs.
  I happened to be in an ice cream shop where they shared the tables 
fairly closely. This was fine, but it made it impossible for me not to 
hear the conversation at the table abutted up to my table. It was a 
woman and her husband talking to a sister who had a child with her. She 
was talking about the change that welfare reform had made in her life 
because she had gotten some additional training, she had gotten a good 
job, and she was so pleased with her job she was going to shift some 
hours so she could be at work when her sister was in training. She 
would take care of that child who was sitting there so her sister could 
have the same kind of benefit she had.
  That is the way we change America. We get people better jobs. We take 
care of things so people can get better training.
  Better training reminds me of the Workforce Investment Act. I have 
been trying to get the Workforce Investment Act through this process 
for 3 years now. That is a bill that would train 900,000 people a year 
to higher paying jobs. That is what we want, higher paying jobs. Do you 
think we have been able to get it through the process? No. For 2 years 
we were not able to get a conference committee. Now we are being 
blocked from having it brought to the Senate for debate. That would 
solve a lot of the problems.
  We talk about the difference in wages between men and women. We had a 
great hearing in our Committee on

[[Page S6199]]

Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions. I liked one of the people whom 
Senator Kennedy selected to give testimony, a lady from New York City. 
She was talking about the value of taking nontraditional jobs. She 
happened to be a stone mason, a person who works with bricks, rock, and 
marble. She makes things beautiful. She started with basic 
construction, and she worked her way up to where she was hanging marble 
on skyscrapers. She shared with us the progression in pay she had 
gotten. She is making more than I am. She made that progression rather 
rapidly, but she had to take a job that was nontraditional for women. 
She wears a hard hat and safety toes and goes up skyscrapers. You do 
not necessarily have to do that to make more money.
  I always point out in Wyoming we have a shortage of people to work. 
That shortage is providing power for this country. Over a third of the 
coal that is mined in this country is mined in Campbell County, WY, 
which is where Gillette is. That is where I am from. Their problem now 
is getting people to drive haul trucks. They are big trucks. Two of 
them would not fit in this Chamber. They would be as high as the 
ceiling. They are big equipment. They have power steering, power 
brakes, enclosed cabs with air conditioning. They drive almost like a 
car. If a person can drive and pass a drug test, they can start at 
$60,000 a year and get the training to work on that truck. That is way 
above minimum wage, folks. That is $60,000 a year. If they want to put 
in some overtime--they would not be allowed flextime at the present 
time--they can make more than that.
  We need to have people look at some of the nontraditional jobs and 
look at some of the other areas of the country. If they are in an area 
with a lot of people and not many jobs, they will have lower paying 
jobs. We need to get more job training. We need to have the people be 
where the good-paying jobs are. They would find pretty good quality of 
life, too.
  I need to correct a couple of other things. First of all, we make 
some of these charts sound as if everyone working at minimum wage is a 
single mom with lots of kids. That does not fit with the statistics. 
There are 1.9 million people at the minimum wage. Fully 85 percent of 
the minimum wage earners live with their parents--I would think most of 
the parents hope that means they are teenagers--or they have a working 
spouse or are living alone without children. So 41 percent live with a 
parent or relative, 23 percent are single or are the sole breadwinner 
in a household with no children, and 21 percent live with another wage 
earner. A lot of those are teenagers. Yes, they are in poverty if that 
is all they are making.
  I have had some minimum wage jobs. I don't know how many in this 
Chamber have had minimum wage jobs. I worked in the summers and while I 
was going to college, even when I was considerably younger than that. 
One of the things I discovered was if I was interested in what I was 
doing and I learned as much as I could about it, I was not at the 
minimum wage very long. I got a promotion. I got more pay. But of 
course the reason I got more pay is because I was able to do more 
things. I was more skilled. Minimum wage equals minimum skills.
  McDonald's takes a real rap for starting people at minimum wage, and 
I have a friend named Jack Preiss who owns several McDonald's. He 
pointed out to me he has three of his employees who started at minimum 
wage who now own 20 McDonald's.
  That is the way we want America to work. We do not want minimum wage 
jobs that don't get you out of poverty. They keep you in poverty. Yes, 
we want higher skills, better jobs, and the opportunity for people to 
have higher wages. If people are locked into the fact they are going to 
have a minimum wage job their whole life, they are going to have a 
minimum wage job their whole life. But there are options. There are 
opportunities out there. And there could be more if we could do the 
Workforce Investment Act.
  Flextime is one of six provisions in this bill that make a difference 
to small business.
  I reserve the remainder of my time.
  Mrs. MURRAY. Mr. President, I rise today in strong support of Senator 
Kennedy's amendment to increase the minimum wage. Not only is it the 
right thing to do for working families, but my State has shown that a 
living wage is compatible with a growing economy.
  The facts speak for themselves, and they speak loudly. Let's just 
take three numbers: 9, 37, and 50.
  Nine is the number of years since the minimum wage was last 
increased. This is the longest time the Nation has gone without raising 
the minimum wage since it was implemented in 1938. The real value of 
the current minimum wage is already $4 below what it was in 1968.
  Thirty-seven is the millions of Americans--37 million--who are 
currently living in poverty, including 13 million children.
  Fifty is the percent by which poverty has increased in the past 
generation--freezing out an ever larger portion of our working citizens 
from the advantages of a higher standard of living that most of us 
enjoy.
  I believe these numbers are a very strong signal that we are long 
past the time for the Nation, as a whole, to raise the level of the 
Federal minimum wage. I am proud that my home State of Washington has 
the highest minimum wage in the country, and it is indexed yearly to 
ensure that our workers are properly compensated for their hard work.
  We in Washington State offer direct proof that a living minimum wage 
is compatible with a growing economy. May marked our 34th consecutive 
month of job growth. Our unemployment rate, even with the highest 
minimum wage in the country, is essentially at the national average. 
Our poverty rate stands at 11 percent, which is significantly below the 
national average of 12.5 percent. Our median household income stands at 
$48,000, much higher than the national average of $43,000. Good labor 
policies make for good labor productivity and a healthy state economy.
  Ever since the Fair Minimum Wage Act was passed in 1938, opponents 
have kept raising the same baseless arguments. Even 68 years ago, 
opponents tried to paint a bleak picture of disastrous effects, like 
``factories closed,'' ``industries forced into bankruptcy,'' and 
``people who will be thrown out of employment.'' It wasn't true then. 
It is not true today. The fact is that this wage provides more economic 
opportunities for people to support their families and contribute to 
their communities.
  Opponents often cite a negative impact on jobs as their prime 
argument to oppose an increase in the minimum wage. This tired argument 
is simply not true. In fact, the 4 years following our last minimum 
wage increase marked the strongest economic growth in three decades, 
creating almost 12 million new jobs. In contrast, during the past 4 
years we have only seen the creation of about 4.7 million new jobs.
  As elected representatives, it is our job not only to represent the 
people in our States, but also to stand up for the millions of 
Americans whose voices cannot be heard. Just since 2000, the number of 
Americans living in poverty has increased by a stunning 5.4 million 
people. A minimum wage employee, working 52 weeks a year for 40 hours a 
week, makes almost $6,000 below the Federal poverty guidelines for a 
family of three. At this rate, it will be a long time before we see 
significant progress against the scourge of poverty for America's 
families.
  By raising the minimum wage to $7.25, we can put an extra $4,400 a 
year into the pockets of these workers, enabling them to better support 
their families. This meager amount can make a world of difference to 
the poor among us. It could mean 19 months of utilities, 15 months of 
groceries, 8 months of rent or tuition for a community college degree. 
These are the basics, not the luxuries, of life today.
  It is important to continually remind ourselves who is going to 
benefit from an increase. Here are some numbers to help set the record 
straight. This amendment will benefit nearly 15 million Americans, 80 
percent of whom are adults, not teenagers trying to earn some extra 
spending money. In fact, more than one-third of these adults are the 
sole source of income for their families. And let's not forget the 7 
million children of those minimum wage workers who will benefit from 
this increase.
  This Congress has substantially cut the tax rates for the wealthiest 
people

[[Page S6200]]

in this country, saving them millions of dollars over the last 5 years. 
But so far, this Congress has been unwilling to spend a few cents more 
to help the poorest of our working citizens.
  I have carefully considered all aspects of this amendment and have 
come to the conclusion that we have no acceptable alternative. I see 
the growth of the job market and the strong economy in my State. I see 
how we have worked in Washington State to ensure that low-wage workers 
share in this success. I know that this is what our Nation needs. We 
should follow the lead of my State and the other 20 that have already 
increased their minimum wages and allow all Americans to share in these 
benefits.
  Overall, this slight increase in the minimum wage would allow a 
significant portion of our Nation, people who are working hard and 
playing by the rules, to have an increased opportunity to share in the 
American dream. They will be able to better support their families and 
will not have to make unacceptable decisions like whether to buy 
groceries or pay the rent.
  If any of my colleagues oppose this amendment, I would like them to 
consider living on $10,700 a year--and not just living on it, but 
rather, trying to raise a family of 4 on that low income. That would 
mean having about $7 a day per person, not adding in all the bills. Now 
just think about how much you spent on your last meal. If we think of 
the debate that we are having in these terms, it is clear that raising 
the minimum wage is the right thing to do.
  I urge all of my colleagues to vote in favor of this amendment to 
increase the minimum wage. Let's show them that we have got our 
priorities straight, and let's finally give low-income workers the 
raise that they are long overdue. It is the right thing to do for 
workers and the right thing to do for our economy.
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, this is a very important week in the 
Senate. For much of the week our focus has been on the war in Iraq--a 
necessary debate that is long overdue. But, today our focus is on a 
different kind of war: the war on poverty.
  Since President Bush took office, the number of Americans living in 
poverty has increased by 5.4 million, and today 37 million Americans 
live in poverty, 13 million of whom are children. What is even more 
disturbing is that over 70 percent of children in poverty live in a 
home where at least one parent works. So we have a situation in which 
today in America, millions of children are living in poverty despite 
the fact that they are in homes with a working adult. In fact the 
reality is that among full-time, year-round workers, poverty has 
increased by 50 percent since the late 1970s.
  This may be surprising, but if you take a minute to look at what is 
going on, it is not hard to understand. Consider a single mother of two 
working a minimum wage job 40 hours a week for 52 weeks a year. Without 
taking any time off for illness or vacation--she earns just $10,700 a 
year--nearly $6,000 below the Federal poverty line for a family of 
three.
  This is an outrage. And it is not how things should be in America. No 
American working a full time job should live below the poverty line. If 
you work hard and play by the rules, you should be able to make a good 
life for yourself and be able to get ahead. That is the American dream.
  Unfortunately, instead of helping people achieve the American dream, 
our leadership in Washington has repeatedly turned its back on them. 
Congress has failed to give minimum wage earners a raise in almost a 
decade. In fact, the real value of the minimum wage--taking into 
account the impact of inflation--has dropped. Since 1997 when we last 
raised the minimum wage, the real value of the minimum wage has fallen 
by 20 percent--effectively reversing all the gains made by the last 
increase. Never before in the history of the minimum wage have we let 
so much time lapse before adjusting the minimum wage.
  Members of Congress understand the concept of real value. After all, 
even though Congress has failed to increase the minimum wage since 
1997, it has given itself eight annual pay raises. This is 
indefensible. No Member of the House or Senate should have the gumption 
to argue in support of a pay raise for themselves and against a pay 
raise for hardworking Americans.
  The Congress should follow the lead of the 12 States that have raised 
their minimum wages since January 2004. In fact, 17 States and the 
District of Columbia--representing 45 percent of the U.S. population--
have set minimums above the Federal rate of $5.15. The State of 
Washington has the highest minimum wage in the country at $7.63 as of 
January 1, 2006. Oregon's is $7.50. My own State of Massachusetts is 
considering a minimum wage of $8.25. And the city of Santa Fe, NM has a 
minimum wage of $9.50.
  Of course, not all States have taken the minimum wage so seriously. 
Thirty-three States have a minimum wage at or even below the Federal 
level. That is why we need a Federal minimum wage. The value of an hour 
of the same work should not vary State to State. We have a national 
poverty crisis, and we need a national solution.
  It is time for Congress to get its priorities straight.
  America's minimum wage isn't rising, but other basic costs for 
families are. Since President Bush took office, the cost of family 
health insurance has risen more than 70 percent, or an average of 
$4,500 per family. Six million more Americans are uninsured because 
they cannot afford coverage.
  Since President Bush took office, gas prices have more than doubled. 
In many places the price of gas exceeds $3.00 per gallon--something 
many working Americans have to buy just to get to work. In my home 
State of Massachusetts working families have faced gas price increases 
of $1.41 a gallon--a 94 percent increase. Yet rather than rewarding 
work, the Republican leadership would rather reward oil and gas 
companies with sweetheart deals.
  Since President Bush took office, the cost of a 4-year college 
education has increased by nearly $8,000, or 57 percent, at public 
universities and nearly $21,000, 32 percent, at private universities. 
Yet instead of working to ensure that American families can afford to 
send their kids to college, our Republican leadership is more 
interested in working to cut $12 billion from college student aid, 
increasing the costs of loans; and freezing Pell grants for higher 
education.
  These are the wrong priorities. Raising the minimum wage is not just 
an economic issue; it is a moral issue. It is a question of values. And 
this is a values debate I think we need to have. The question is 
whether we value those who work hard and play by the rules and whether 
we will fight to ensure they receive a livable wage.
  Don't be fooled by the side-by-side amendment that my colleague from 
Wyoming has introduced. It does not value those who work hard and play 
by the rules. Yes, it increases the minimum wage by $1.10, but it is 
loaded with poison pills that actually decrease the number of people 
who are eligible for the minimum wage. It cuts overtime pay, and would 
deny more than 10 million workers the minimum wage, overtime pay, and 
equal pay rights they currently receive. Rather than giving hard-
working Americans a step up, it would force many more further into 
poverty. That is hardly the American way.
  Before I end, I would like to take a moment to dispel a common myth 
about the minimum wage. Some argue that increasing the minimum wage 
will hurt small businesses. That is simply not the case. A new study 
from the Center for American Progress and Policy Matters in Ohio found 
that the ``11 States with a minimum wage above the Federal minimum wage 
. . . had higher rates of small business growth between 1997 and 
2003.'' That is right--more growth. Small business employment in those 
States grew by 9.4 percent while small business employment in States 
with the Federal minimum wage grew by only 6.6 percent. What this 
report reveals is that having a higher minimum wage does not impair the 
growth of small businesses.
  This is not new news. In 1999, a Levy Institute survey of small 
businesses revealed that more than three-quarters of the firms surveyed 
said their employment practices would not be affected by an increase in 
the minimum wage. In fact, jobless rates fell after the last minimum-
wage increase.
  Mr. President, it is time for us to give the working people of 
America the respect they deserve. It is time for Congress to give 
working Americans a pay

[[Page S6201]]

raise. It is time for us to get our priorities straight. I am proud to 
cosponsor my colleague, Senator Kennedy's, amendment to increase the 
minimum wage. I urge my colleagues to join me in voting in its favor.
  Mr. REID. Mr. President, I rise today in support of giving 56,000 
Nevandans a raise by increasing the Federal minimum wage to $7.25 an 
hour.
  My colleagues have done an excellent job of making the case for this 
raise. My side has pointed out it has been nearly 10 years since the 
minimum wage was last increased. We have communicated that the current 
wage is woefully inadequate, that someone who works full-time and makes 
the minimum wage lives below the poverty line. We have also talked 
about how minimum wage workers don't make enough to provide their 
families adequate housing, food, and essentials like clothing. We have 
talked about all the facts. So what I wish to do now is appeal to the 
Senate's sense of fairness.
  All of us in the Senate, don't we believe that someone working full 
time should be able to live a life out of poverty? I believe the answer 
is yes, and I believe that is reason enough for us all to vote yes to 
increasing this wage. Three times in the last Congress the Republican 
leadership brought down a minimum wage bill rather than have an up-or-
down vote. We can't wait any longer. There are only a few weeks left in 
this Congress, and those 56,000 Nevadans deserve a raise.
  I know the majority has a proposal to raise the minimum wage by about 
a dollar an hour but it is not enough. It doesn't impact nearly enough 
Americans and won't make a big enough difference. Whereas an increase 
to $7.25 will help over 5 million Americans, the majority amendment 
will help only 2. Moreover, our amendment will mean an additional 
$4,370 a year to help minimum wage earners support their families. An 
increase of this size can help offset the cost of high gas prices, not 
to mention the costs of health care, food, and other needs.
  Mr. President, I urge my colleagues to pass a graduated increase of 
the minimum wage to $7.25 per hour.
  Mr. FEINGOLD. Mr. President, I speak today in support of efforts to 
increase the Federal minimum wage and urge my colleagues to vote in 
support of Senator Kennedy's amendment to increase the Federal minimum 
wage to $7.25 an hour over the next 2 years. This much-needed increase 
would benefit over 7 million Americans directly and approximately 8 
million Americans indirectly. The Federal minimum wage has not been 
increased in almost 9 years and action by Congress is long overdue. The 
Center on Budget and Policy Priorities notes that after adjusting for 
inflation, the value of the minimum wage is at its lowest level since 
1955. As the costs of housing, health care, energy, and education 
continue to skyrocket, we must raise the minimum wage to provide 
millions of hard-working Americans the respect and dignity their work 
demands.
  I think it is unconscionable that in the almost 9 years that we have 
not raised the minimum wage, Congress has voted to increase its own pay 
by $31,600. Most recently, last November we allowed the $3,100 pay 
raise to go through for Members of Congress. People will find it hard 
to understand why Members of Congress received substantial pay raises 
at a time when the real value of the minimum wage has eroded by 20 
percent since 1997. As my colleagues know, I have long fought against 
automatic congressional pay increases and will continue to do so. I 
have introduced legislation that would put an end to automatic cost-of-
living adjustments for congressional pay. We have Americans who are 
working full time, 52 weeks a year and they cannot afford health care, 
housing, and child care. They don't have the power to automatically 
raise their pay--they are dependent on Congress to raise the Federal 
minimum wage. But instead of working to raise the minimum wage, we in 
Congress have worked to protect our automatic pay raises.
  Over 20 States and the District of Columbia have responded to 
congressional inaction and have passed or are in the process of passing 
State minimum wage increases above the Federal level. I am proud to 
report that my State of Wisconsin is one of these States that have 
passed a minimum wage increase. Last June, Wisconsin raised its minimum 
wage to $5.70 an hour and earlier this month, raised its minimum wage 
again to $6.50 an hour. The State Department of Workforce Development 
estimates that this modest two-step increase will benefit an estimated 
200,000 low wage workers in Wisconsin.
  While this increase is a step in the right direction, it is still not 
enough to even ensure that minimum wage employees can pay for 
affordable housing in Wisconsin. The National Low Income Housing 
Coalition estimates that the fair market rent for a two-bedroom 
apartment in Wisconsin is $647 a month and calculates that a full-time 
minimum wage employee needs to work 77 hours a week, 52 weeks a year to 
afford a two-bedroom apartment. Mr. President, 77 hours a week is 
almost the equivalent of two full-time minimum wage workers and the 
number of hours of work required to cover the costs of an apartment are 
even higher in States with higher housing costs. It is a disgrace that 
in many cases, minimum wage workers cannot afford adequate housing or 
are forced to pay a huge share of their income to cover housing costs.
  Housing costs are not the only necessity of life that minimum wage 
workers have to provide for themselves and their families. They also 
have to purchase groceries, provide health care, pay for higher 
education, pay for increasingly expensive gas and electric costs, and 
provide child care for their children. Some Americans may think that 
the majority of minimum wage workers are teenagers in the first job; 
that perception is incorrect. The Economic Policy Institute notes that 
over 70 percent of minimum wage workers are adults and in Wisconsin, 
over 80 percent of minimum wage workers are adults. Moreover, of these 
adult minimum wage workers, over 30 percent are the sole breadwinners 
of their families.
  More and more of these working Americans find themselves mired in 
poverty or living on the cusp of poverty. Currently, there are 37 
million Americans living in poverty, including 13 million children. 
Among full-time, year-round workers, poverty has increased by 50 
percent in the late 1970s. Minimum wage workers who work full time earn 
$10,700 a year, which is almost $6,000 below the Federal poverty 
guidelines for a family of three. No American should work full-time, 
year-round and still live in poverty. This modest increase in the 
Federal minimum wage will not eliminate poverty, but it will provide 
hard-working Americans with a much-needed increase in their wages. This 
increase would provide more money for workers to purchase prescription 
drugs, to pay utilities and rent, to provide child care for their 
children, and to invest in higher education opportunities. This 
increase is needed because the majority of the poor people in our 
country are working and are holding down low-paying jobs with stagnant 
wages that do not allow them to finally break free from poverty.
  Opponents of this amendment argue that it hurts the economy and job 
growth. In the 4 years after the last minimum wage increase, nearly 12 
million new jobs were created. In the last 4 years, only 4.7 million 
jobs have been created and the real value minimum wage continues to 
erode. A 1998 Economic Policy Institute study did not find significant 
job loss associated with the 1997 minimum wage increase. Additionally, 
the Center on Wisconsin Strategy examined job growth after the June 
2005 increase in Wisconsin's minimum wage and found that Wisconsin had 
an average growth of 30,000 more jobs, not a job loss. History shows 
that minimum wage increases have not had a negative impact on 
unemployment.
  I was proud to vote for the 1996-1997 increase bringing the minimum 
wage to its current level of $5.15 an hour and I am pleased to be a 
cosponsor of this amendment by Senator Kennedy to increase the minimum 
wage to $7.25 an hour. When the minimum wage was established in 1938, 
its purpose was to ensure that American workers were fairly compensated 
for a day's work. But today, the minimum wage isn't living up to that 
promise. Far more work needs to be done to support hard-working 
American families, and Congress can start by increasing the minimum 
wage.

[[Page S6202]]

  Mr. KENNEDY. How much time do I have?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator has 4 minutes 38 seconds.
  Mr. KENNEDY. I yield 2 minutes to the Senator from California.
  Mrs. BOXER. Mr. President, Senator Enzi says this debate is grating 
on the Republican side of the aisle. Sorry, that is how it is when you 
are on the wrong side of the truth. It is grating to have to hear the 
truth as Senator Kennedy and others have spoken of.
  It has been 9 long years since there has been an increase in the 
minimum wage. It is a disgrace. While we see our friends on the other 
side fight for the CEOs of oil companies, in the Committee on Commerce, 
they would not even swear them in. They are all on that side. When it 
comes to working families, forget about it.
  Then Senator Enzi implies this does not have anything to do with 
women. Women make up 59 percent of the workers who would be affected as 
a result of raising the minimum wage; 1.4 million working mothers would 
benefit directly, 760,000 single moms would get an immediate raise, and 
over 3 million kids have parents who would get an immediate raise.
  What has happened to family values on the other side of the aisle? It 
seems to me it is just so many empty words.
  Then they scare you and say the economy will suffer. All you have to 
do, again, is look at the facts and look at the truth. In the 4 years 
after the last minimum wage increase passed, the economy experienced 
its strongest growth in over three decades. All the talk about how bad 
a minimum wage increase is for the economy is not true.
  I say to my Republican friends, support the Kennedy increase in the 
minimum wage. The truth shall set you free.
  I reserve the remainder of my time.
  Mr. ENZI. Mr. President, I yield myself 4 additional minutes.
  The Senator from Massachusetts has said: Let's have an up-or-down 
vote. There are a lot of things around here that we talk about having 
an up-or-down vote on. We have not been able to have up-or-down votes, 
and it is always because there are some other amendments that might 
make the bill better. Sometimes they are even germane to the bill we 
are talking about.
  The one we are talking about, the amendment we are putting this on 
now is Department of Defense. Yes, you can make some arguments about 
how this is defense related, I guess, but what we would normally do, if 
we were serious on an issue such as this, is bring it up as a separate 
issue and allow amendments to it. But that is not going to happen 
because there are a few things in my bill that the other side of the 
aisle would not like to have.
  One of those is flextime. They show that chart where the person could 
make 50 hours this one week and get overtime and then make 30 hours in 
the next week. That is not how the real world works either. They would 
earn 40 hours in one week, which would not be overtime, and 40 hours in 
the next week, which would not be overtime. That is still the same 80 
hours. With the agreement of the person asking for the flextime, they 
could put the 50 hours in one week, the 30 hours in the other week, 
have the extra day to do whatever they want with their kids.
  If flextime is a bad idea, why did we let the Federal employees do 
it? The problem in my State is with the person who works for a private 
industry in Wyoming who is married to someone who works for the Federal 
Government because the Federal Government lets them do the flextime 
that the Senator from Massachusetts says steals overtime. If it stole 
overtime, does anyone think our Federal employees would be interested 
in it? No; they have other values.
  When we did flextime for the Federal Government, Senator Kennedy 
voted to ensure that the Federal employees would have access to 
flextime, to have the scheduling options necessary to balance work and 
family life. Senator Kennedy, along with 11 other Democrats, 
cosponsored the Nickles bill that extended flextime and comp time to 
State and local employees. If it is a bad idea, why would they do it 
for Federal employees and State and local employees? And why don't we 
do it for the private employees? The argument is, nasty employers would 
never let them have the time.
  That is a terrible rap for business. Small business understands the 
needs of their people better than big business because they work with 
them every day, they go to church with them every weekend, they are in 
civic organizations with them, their kids go to the same schools, and 
they are the ones who have to deliver the bad news that they are not 
going to be allowed to do that flextime, and they cannot afford to do 
it a different way.
  Sometimes the employees in small business make more than the 
employers in small business. Those are some of the CEOs whom I am 
worried about, the ones who have to wake up in the middle of the night 
and say, How am I going to make payroll this week? I would like to be 
paying my people more, but I don't know how I am going to pay them at 
all.

  That is a reality in small business. I know small businessmen across 
the country who are hearing me say that are saying: He's got it. He 
understands our problem. What can you do to help us?
  So we put together some provisions that in a normal situation we 
would be able to debate one of those at a time and decide on some of 
them and reject some of them. That is how it ought to work. But it is 
not just as simple as saying we can get everybody and all the kids out 
of poverty if we were just to raise the minimum wage.
  Mr. President, I yield the floor and reserve the remainder of my 
time.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Massachusetts.
  Mr. KENNEDY. Mr. President, as I understand, I have 2 minutes 50 
seconds left.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. That is correct.
  Mr. KENNEDY. Mr. President, there are going to be two votes, and the 
first vote will be on my increase in the minimum wage; am I correct?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. That is correct.
  Mr. KENNEDY. Mr. President, in just about 5 minutes from now the 
Senate will have an opportunity to make a judgment as to whether we are 
going to offer a helping hand to some 15 million Americans who are at 
the lower end of the economic ladder who are earning the minimum wage 
and just above.
  These workers are men and women of dignity. They take pride in their 
work. They are overwhelmingly women. If you care, this is a women's 
issue, having an increase in the minimum wage. It is a children's issue 
because a great majority of the women have children.
  So many of these mothers look in the eyes of their child, and they 
wonder if they are going to be able to feed that child. They are 
worried whether that child is $80 sick, when they hear that child cry 
in the night because they know they have to pay $80 to go to an 
emergency room.
  They know they cannot afford a birthday present for their child, to 
be able to go to a neighbor's house, to be able to enjoy the things 
every child who is a son or a daughter of a Member of Congress can 
enjoy.
  That is what is happening out across America. It is a women's issue, 
a children's issue; it is a civil rights issue because so many of those 
workers are men and women of color. It is a family issue. It is a 
values issue. Don't talk to us on the other side of the aisle about 
family values. This is it.
  This is an issue of decency and fairness. Americans understand 
decency. Americans understand fairness. Americans understand that if 
you work hard, 40 hours a week, 52 weeks of the year, you should not 
live in poverty. And that is what is happening. Nine years they have 
waited. Nine years they have waited--but not the Members of the U.S. 
Senate.
  Mr. President, $30,000 we have increased our salary, and in 9 years 
we have refused to provide an increase for the men and women who are 
working on the lowest rung of the economic ladder. That is obscene.
  We have a right to alter that and change that now when the roll is 
called. Let's say that we stand for those workers who are working hard, 
trying to make a difference for their families, playing by the rules. I 
hear from my friend from Wyoming they should not be on the Defense 
authorization bill. How many soldiers who are over there fighting in 
Iraq, mothers or fathers, might have been earning the minimum wage? 
What are they fighting for? They are fighting for American values.

[[Page S6203]]

  American values are to treat people fairly and with respect. Increase 
the minimum wage, and we will have taken a very important step down 
that road.
  Mr. President, I understand my time has expired.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator's time has expired.
  The Senator from Wyoming.
  Mr. ENZI. Mr. President, I would quote the Senator from Massachusetts 
again who said: Minimum wage jobs don't get you out of poverty, they 
keep you in poverty. Until we get a Workforce Investment Act passed 
around here that increases job training for 900,000 people a year so 
they can get higher-skilled jobs so they can get the jobs of the 
future, not the jobs of the past, we are going to have problems with 
the minimum wage and poverty.
  We need to be able to give people more choices, not less choices. 
There is a definite difference in philosophy. We think that free 
enterprise can work and that it is working and that it does work, and 
also that States rights work. States are changing the minimum wage to 
match the economy of their State. Although, if they have really good 
jobs, they will attract people, I hope. We are having a little problem 
attracting people to Wyoming, and those are not for the minimum wage 
jobs, those are for outstanding jobs.
  So people need to think a little bit about more training or moving a 
little bit to get better jobs and get out of the minimum wage rut that 
will cause a spiral. As we increase the minimum wage, we also cause an 
upward spiral that eliminates the value of that minimum wage.
  I ask you to vote against the Kennedy amendment and to vote for my 
amendment.
  Something that has been overlooked is my amendment includes a $1.10 
increase in the minimum wage over 18 months.
  Mr. President, I ask to have printed in the Record a letter dated 
June 13, 2006, to Senator Kennedy.
  There being no objection, the material was ordered to be printed in 
the Record, as follows:

         United States Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana 
           Islands, Office of the Resident Representative to the 
           United States,
                                    Washington, DC, June 13, 2006.
     Hon. Edward M. Kennedy,
     Russell Senate Office Building,
     Washington, DC.
       Dear Senator Kennedy: I understand that you have offered an 
     amendment to the Department of Defense bill that would raise 
     the minimum wage in the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana 
     Islands (CNMI). While I am a proponent for an increase in our 
     minimum wage as a step in creating opportunities for our 
     young indigenous people to find jobs in the CNMI, I want this 
     done in a rational and democratic manner. I object to the 
     manner in which your amendment was offered, and find it 
     rather arbitrary and capricious.
       The Northern Marianas joined this great country because of 
     the principles of democracy that are at the heart of almost 
     everything that is done. I will assume that your effort was 
     prompted out of the same frustration that has fueled your 
     colleague Congressman George Miller's desire for a quick fix 
     to a complex problem. I had hoped those days were behind us. 
     It is my desire that we enter into a new era of CNMI/Federal 
     relations, an era which includes open discussion, dialogue, 
     and a shared commitment to reform and to promote sustainable 
     development in the CNMI.
       You may not be aware that the CNMI's economy is on the 
     verge of collapse. Unemployment is at 14%, the economy is 
     down 23%, and this downward trend is showing no sign of 
     reversing in the near future. An increase in our minimum wage 
     implemented without economic considerations will surely 
     destroy what is left of our fragile economy. I strongly 
     believe that an appropriate increase must be a component in 
     our economic recovery, but done in isolation will insure that 
     recovery is impossible. Please don't take out your 
     frustration with former CNMI and Congressional leaders on the 
     CNMI as a whole. Your amendment may help a few, but will 
     surely further increase unemployment and the number of 
     business failures. Where is the American commitment to 
     compassion and fairness?
       I invite you to come to the CNMI and hold discussions with 
     employers, employees, and the CNMI Enterprise Group, an NGO 
     formed to promote sane and sustainable economic relief. I ask 
     that you support my request for a sound and responsible study 
     of the CNMI economy, and help us, not punish us.
       The CNMI is without a Delegate in the House of 
     Representatives. This fact alone prevents us from 
     experiencing the democracy that our people have chosen. The 
     rights of the people of the CNMI are unrepresented in the 
     halls of Congress, and we must rely on members like yourself 
     to see that they are treated with the same respect and 
     integrity that the citizens of your state enjoy. I hope that 
     we have the opportunity to discuss this matter further.
           Sincerely,
                                                 Pedro A. Tenorio,
                                          Resident Representative.

  Mr. ENZI. I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. All time has expired.
  The question is on agreeing to the Kennedy amendment.
  Mr. KENNEDY. Mr. President, I ask for the yeas and nays.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The yeas and nays have been requested.
  Is there a sufficient second?
  There appears to be a sufficient second.
  The clerk will call the roll.
  The legislative clerk called the roll.
  Mr. McCONNELL. The following Senator was necessarily absent: the 
Senator from Alabama (Mr. Shelby).
  Mr. DURBIN. I announce that the Senator from West Virginia (Mr. 
Rockefeller) is necessarily absent.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Are there any other Senators in the Chamber 
desiring to vote?
  The result was announced--yeas 52, nays 46, as follows:

                      [Rollcall Vote No. 179 Leg.]

                                YEAS--52

     Akaka
     Baucus
     Bayh
     Biden
     Bingaman
     Boxer
     Byrd
     Cantwell
     Carper
     Chafee
     Clinton
     Coleman
     Collins
     Conrad
     Dayton
     DeWine
     Dodd
     Dorgan
     Durbin
     Feingold
     Feinstein
     Harkin
     Inouye
     Jeffords
     Johnson
     Kennedy
     Kerry
     Kohl
     Landrieu
     Lautenberg
     Leahy
     Levin
     Lieberman
     Lincoln
     Lugar
     Menendez
     Mikulski
     Murray
     Nelson (FL)
     Nelson (NE)
     Obama
     Pryor
     Reed
     Reid
     Salazar
     Sarbanes
     Schumer
     Snowe
     Specter
     Stabenow
     Warner
     Wyden

                                NAYS--46

     Alexander
     Allard
     Allen
     Bennett
     Bond
     Brownback
     Bunning
     Burns
     Burr
     Chambliss
     Coburn
     Cochran
     Cornyn
     Craig
     Crapo
     DeMint
     Dole
     Domenici
     Ensign
     Enzi
     Frist
     Graham
     Grassley
     Gregg
     Hagel
     Hatch
     Hutchison
     Inhofe
     Isakson
     Kyl
     Lott
     Martinez
     McCain
     McConnell
     Murkowski
     Roberts
     Santorum
     Sessions
     Smith
     Stevens
     Sununu
     Talent
     Thomas
     Thune
     Vitter
     Voinovich

                             NOT VOTING--2

     Rockefeller
     Shelby
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Under the previous order, the amendment is 
automatically withdrawn.
  Mr. KENNEDY. Mr. President, I move to reconsider the vote.
  Mr. DODD. I move to lay the motion on the table.
  The motion to lay on the table was agreed to.


                           Amendment No. 4376

  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The question is now on the Enzi amendment.
  Mr. ENZI. Mr. President, I ask for the yeas and nays.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Is there a sufficient second? There is a 
sufficient second.
  The question is on agreeing to the amendment.
  The clerk will call the roll.
  The legislative clerk called the roll.
  Mr. McCONNELL. The following Senator is necessarily absent: the 
Senator from Alabama (Mr. Shelby).
  Mr. DURBIN. I announce that the Senator from West Virginia (Mr. 
Rockefeller) is necessarily absent.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER (Ms. Murkowski). Are there any other Senators 
in the Chamber desiring to vote?
  The result was announced--yeas 45, nays 53, as follows:

                      [Rollcall Vote No. 180 Leg.]

                                YEAS--45

     Alexander
     Allen
     Bennett
     Brownback
     Bunning
     Burns
     Coburn
     Cochran
     Coleman
     Collins
     Craig
     Crapo
     DeWine
     Dole
     Domenici
     Ensign
     Enzi
     Frist
     Graham
     Grassley
     Gregg
     Hagel
     Hatch
     Hutchison
     Isakson
     Kyl
     Lott
     Lugar
     Martinez
     McCain
     McConnell
     Murkowski
     Roberts
     Santorum
     Sessions
     Smith
     Snowe
     Specter
     Stevens
     Sununu
     Talent
     Thomas
     Thune
     Voinovich
     Warner

[[Page S6204]]



                                NAYS--53

     Akaka
     Allard
     Baucus
     Bayh
     Biden
     Bingaman
     Bond
     Boxer
     Burr
     Byrd
     Cantwell
     Carper
     Chafee
     Chambliss
     Clinton
     Conrad
     Cornyn
     Dayton
     DeMint
     Dodd
     Dorgan
     Durbin
     Feingold
     Feinstein
     Harkin
     Inhofe
     Inouye
     Jeffords
     Johnson
     Kennedy
     Kerry
     Kohl
     Landrieu
     Lautenberg
     Leahy
     Levin
     Lieberman
     Lincoln
     Menendez
     Mikulski
     Murray
     Nelson (FL)
     Nelson (NE)
     Obama
     Pryor
     Reed
     Reid
     Salazar
     Sarbanes
     Schumer
     Stabenow
     Vitter
     Wyden

                             NOT VOTING--2

     Rockefeller
     Shelby
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Under the previous order, the amendment is 
automatically withdrawn.
  Mr. LEVIN. I move to reconsider the vote, and I move to lay that 
motion on the table.
  The motion to lay on the table was agreed to.
  Mr. LEVIN. Madam President, I ask unanimous consent that Senator 
Schumer be granted 5 minutes to speak as in morning business, and the 5 
minutes would come off our time on this side from the Iraq amendment.
  Mr. WARNER. Madam President, reserving the right to object, and I 
will not object, I simply wish to acquaint Senators with the fact that 
we are beginning a 5-hour debate on the Levin amendment; is that 
correct?
  Mr. LEVIN. That is correct.
  Mr. WARNER. And within that period of time, speaking for my time, I 
will manage the time, but I would be anxious to have those colleagues 
who wish to participate to indicate to me the periods which would be 
most convenient for them, and I will do my very best to accommodate all 
of the speakers.
  Mr. LEVIN. Madam President, I would make the same statement on behalf 
of our side, that Senators who do wish to speak in support of my 
amendment let us know, and we will try to work in as many as possible. 
There is a great demand for time, but it would help us a great deal to 
know who it is who seeks to speak, and we will try to sequence people 
to the best of our ability for the convenience of everyone.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Is there objection? Without objection, it is 
so ordered.
  The Senator from New York is recognized.


            Homeland Security Funding Shortages for New York

  Mr. SCHUMER. Madam President, I want to thank my colleagues from 
Michigan and Virginia for their graciousness. I am about to speak at a 
hearing that is occurring across the hall in the House on homeland 
security funds.
  As you know, Madam President, homeland security funds were struck a 
cruel blow against the city and State of New York. Despite the fact 
that we are the epicenter of terrorism, despite the fact that every day 
the New York Police and Fire Departments have to go all out to protect 
us, our funding was cut by 40 percent in the city funding and 36 
percent in New York State funding. It came as a total shock and 
surprise to all of us, particularly since Secretary Chertoff had 
promised that he was going to rectify the funding inadequacies and 
restore New York to full funding. He did that for 1 year, but then we 
went right back to receiving an inadequate amount.
  Just recently we learned from Mr. Suskind's book that New York 
subways were targeted with cyanide by al-Qaida. The bottom line is very 
simple. There are threats against New York regularly, and every week 
and every day the brave police officers and firefighters and others in 
New York are on vigilance to make sure we are not struck by terror. All 
of a sudden the funding is cut--a slap in the face to this Nation's 
promise for New York.
  At today's hearing, there is a gentleman who is missing: Secretary 
Chertoff. He should be testifying and answering questions, not sending 
a subaltern to answer those questions, but he should be there himself 
because he made commitments to New York, commitments that have not been 
lived up to by the Department of Homeland Security.
  There are so many questions about why funding was cut. Just take the 
rationale that they want to fund systems more than they want to fund 
personnel. First, against cyanide, there are no systems to be funded. 
Cyanide can be made easily. We don't have any kind of detector. The 
only way to guard against the threat that occurred in 2003 is better 
training and more personnel on the subways. That is what New York City 
did.
  Second, New York did apply for funding in terms of equipment. The so-
called ring of steel, which would have protected downtown, was part of 
New York's grant. Yet the funding was cut. Secretary Chertoff bounces 
from rationale to rationale to rationale as to why our funding was cut, 
but none of them are satisfactory.
  Unfortunately, there is terrorism in the world. Unfortunately, New 
York City has always been, is today, and will continue to be the No. 1 
target of terrorists. And for this Department of Homeland Security and 
this Government to abdicate its responsibility and not provide New York 
with the funding that it needs is an absolute disgrace. The funding 
cut, the percentage that we went down is just unpardonable.
  I am urging Secretary Chertoff to come clean and to testify before 
the House and the Senate and to answer the questions that New Yorkers 
and all Americans of goodwill have. He is not there today. He should 
be. But make no mistake about it. As a united delegation, Democrats and 
Republicans together, we will press the issue to both try and get the 
kind of funding we deserve this year out of other pots of money and 
change the formula for next year so that this kind of poor treatment of 
the No. 1 target of terrorists in America--New York--will not continue.
  Again, I thank my colleagues for their graciousness, and I yield the 
floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Who yields time?


                           Amendment No. 4320

  Mr. LEVIN. Madam President, I call up amendment No. 4320 and ask for 
its immediate consideration.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The clerk will report.
  The assistant legislative clerk read as follows:

       The Senator from Michigan [Mr. Levin], for himself, Mr. 
     Reed, Mrs. Feinstein, Mr. Salazar, Mrs. Clinton, and Mr. 
     Biden, proposes an amendment numbered 4320.

  Mr. LEVIN. Madam President, I ask unanimous consent that further 
reading of the amendment be dispensed with.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Without objection, it is so ordered.
  The amendment is as follows:


                           amendment no. 4320

  (Purpose: To state the sense of Congress on United States policy on 
                                 Iraq)

       At the end of subtitle A of title XII, add the following:

     SEC. 1209. UNITED STATES POLICY ON IRAQ.

       (a) Short Title.--This section may be cited as the ``United 
     States Policy on Iraq Act of 2006''.
       (b) Findings.--Congress makes the following findings:
       (1) Global terrorist networks, including those that 
     attacked the United States on September 11, 2001, continue to 
     threaten the national security of the United States and are 
     recruiting, planning, and developing capabilities to attack 
     the United States and its allies throughout the world.
       (2) Winning the fight against terrorist networks requires 
     an integrated, comprehensive effort that uses all facets of 
     power of the United States and the members of the 
     international community who value democracy, freedom, and the 
     rule of law.
       (3) The United States Armed Forces, particularly the Army 
     and Marine Corps, are stretched thin, and many soldiers and 
     Marines have experienced three or more deployments to combat 
     zones.
       (4) Sectarian violence has surpassed the insurgency and 
     terrorism as the main security threat in Iraq, increasing the 
     prospects of a broader civil war which could draw in Iraq's 
     neighbors.
       (5) United States and coalition forces have trained and 
     equipped more than 116,000 Iraqi soldiers, sailors, and 
     airmen, and more than 148,000 Iraqi police, highway patrol, 
     and other Ministry of Interior forces.
       (6) Of the 102 operational Iraqi Army combat battalions, 69 
     are either in the lead or operating independently, according 
     to the May 2006 report of the Administration to Congress 
     entitled ``Measuring Stability and Security in Iraq'';
       (7) Congress expressed its sense in the National Defense 
     Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2006 (119 Stat. 3466) that 
     ``calendar year 2006 should be a period of significant 
     transition to full Iraqi sovereignty, with Iraqi security 
     forces taking the lead for the security of a free and 
     sovereign Iraq, thereby creating the conditions for the 
     phased redeployment of United States forces from Iraq''.

[[Page S6205]]

       (8) Iraq's security forces are heavily infiltrated by 
     sectarian militia, which has greatly increased sectarian 
     tensions and impeded the development of effective security 
     services loyal to the Iraq Government.
       (9) With the approval by the Iraqi Council of 
     Representatives of the ministers of defense, national 
     security, and the interior on June 7, 2006, the entire 
     cabinet of Prime Minister Maliki is now in place.
       (10) Pursuant to the Iraq Constitution, the Council of 
     Representatives is to appoint a Panel which will have 4 
     months to recommend changes to the Iraq Constitution.
       (11) Despite pledges of more than $8,000,000,000 in 
     assistance for Iraq by foreign governments other than the 
     United States at the Madrid International Donors' Conference 
     in October 2003, only $3,500,000,000 of such assistance has 
     been forthcoming.
       (12) The current open-ended commitment of United States 
     forces in Iraq is unsustainable and a deterrent to the Iraqis 
     making the political compromises and personnel and resource 
     commitments that are needed for the stability and security of 
     Iraq.
       (c) Sense of Congress.--It is the sense of Congress that in 
     order to change course from an open-ended commitment and to 
     promote the assumption of security responsibilities by the 
     Iraqis, thus advancing the chances for success in Iraq--
       (1) the following actions need to be taken to help achieve 
     the broad-based and sustainable political settlement so 
     essential for defeating the insurgency and preventing all-out 
     civil war--
       (A) there must be a fair sharing of political power and 
     economic resources among all the Iraqi groups so as to invest 
     them in the formation of an Iraqi nation by either amendments 
     to the Iraq Constitution or by legislation or other means, 
     within the timeframe provided for in the Iraq Constitution;
       (B) the President should convene an international 
     conference so as to more actively involve the international 
     community and Iraq's neighbors, promote a durable political 
     settlement among Iraqis, reduce regional interference in 
     Iraq's internal affairs, encourage more countries to 
     contribute to Iraq's extensive needs, and ensure that pledged 
     funds are forthcoming;
       (C) the Iraq Government should promptly and decisively 
     disarm the militias and remove those members of the Iraqi 
     security forces whose loyalty to the Iraq Government is in 
     doubt; and
       (D) the President should--
       (i) expedite the transition of United States forces in Iraq 
     to a limited presence and mission of training Iraqi security 
     forces, providing logistic support of Iraqi security forces, 
     protecting United States infrastructure and personnel, and 
     participating in targeted counterterrorism activities;
       (ii) after consultation with the Government of Iraq, begin 
     the phased redeployment of United States forces from Iraq 
     this year; and
       (iii) submit to Congress a plan by the end of 2006 with 
     estimated dates for the continued phased redeployment of 
     United States forces from Iraq, with the understanding that 
     unexpected contingencies may arise;
       (2) during and after the phased redeployment of United 
     States forces from Iraq, the United States will need to 
     sustain a nonmilitary effort to actively support 
     reconstruction, governance, and a durable political solution 
     in Iraq; and
       (3) the President should carefully assess the impact that 
     ongoing United States military operations in Iraq are having 
     on the capability of the United States Government to conduct 
     an effective counterterrorism campaign to defeat the broader 
     global terrorist networks that threaten the United States.

  Mr. LEVIN. Madam President, the current open-ended commitment of U.S. 
forces in Iraq is unsustainable and counterproductive, contributing as 
much to Iraqi instability as it does to Iraqi security.
  Our troops have performed magnificently in Iraq. We are all deeply 
grateful for their professionalism and their sacrifices. But, 
ultimately, as our military commanders have repeatedly said, stability 
in Iraq can only come through a political settlement by the Iraqis, and 
the best way to bring about that political settlement is to make it 
clear, in words not yet spoken by the administration, that our 
commitment is not open-ended, and that a phased redeployment of our 
forces from Iraq will begin by the end of this year.
  The administration's refrain that we are in Iraq as long as the 
Iraqis need us is creating a dependency of unlimited duration and gives 
the Iraqis the impression that their security is more in our hands than 
in theirs.
  The hallmarks of the administration's open-ended policy are the 
President's extraordinarily broad and vague description of our 
mission--nothing less than ``complete victory,'' as he put it, along 
with the President's explicit commitment to stay until the Iraqis can 
``govern themselves, sustain themselves, and defend themselves.'' The 
President's statement that American force levels in Iraq ``will be 
decided by future Presidents'' reinforced that unlimited commitment, as 
did Secretary Rice's statement that we will stay in Iraq ``as long as 
we are needed.''
  The President of Iraq, Mr. Talabani, reflected the Iraqi perception 
of the administration's policy when he said that U.S. forces are 
``ready to stay as long as we ask them no matter what the period is.'' 
That is what the President of Iraq says he understands our policy to 
be, that U.S. forces are ``ready to stay as long as we,'' the Iraqis, 
``ask them, no matter what the period is.'' We must change that Iraqi 
perception and the open-ended commitment which led to it, and that is 
what our amendment would do.
  Our amendment urges the President to begin the phased redeployment of 
U.S. troops from Iraq by the end of 2006--to begin the phased 
redeployment of U.S. troops by the end of 2006. Our amendment also 
calls for a number of actions to help achieve the broad-based and 
sustainable political settlement so essential for defeating the 
insurgency and preventing all-out civil war.
  It calls for adoption by the Iraqis of a fair sharing of political 
power and economic resources among all the Iraqi groups so as to invest 
them in the formation of an Iraqi Nation. That can be done by amendment 
to the Iraq Constitution or by legislation or other means, but it needs 
to be done within the timeframe provided for in the Iraqi Constitution; 
namely, 4 months from the beginning of the functioning of their 
parliament.
  An international conference needs to be convened so as to more 
actively involve the international community and Iraq's neighbors in 
promoting a durable political settlement among Iraqis and by reducing 
regional interference in Iraq's internal affairs. It is also important 
to encourage more countries to contribute to Iraq's extensive needs and 
to ensure that pledged funds are forthcoming.
  Our amendment also points out that it is critically important for the 
Government of Iraq to promptly and decisively disarm the militias and 
remove those members of the Iraqi security forces whose loyalty to the 
Iraqi Government is in doubt.
  Now, what does our amendment urge the President to do relative to our 
troops in Iraq?
  First, after consultation with the Government of Iraq, begin a phased 
redeployment of U.S. forces from Iraq by the end of this year.
  Second, submit to Congress a plan by the end of 2006 with estimated 
dates for the continued phased redeployment of U.S. forces from Iraq, 
with the understanding that unexpected contingencies may arise.
  Third, expedite the transition of U.S. forces in Iraq to a limited 
presence and mission of training, providing logistical support, 
protecting U.S. infrastructure and personnel, and participating in 
targeted counterterrorism activities.
  Our amendment does not establish a fixed ending date for 
redeployment. It doesn't set out fixed milestones once the phased 
redeployment has begun. So while it does not establish a timetable, it 
does establish a fixed, but not precipitous, time for the beginning of 
a phased redeployment--by the end of this year.
  Beginning the phased redeployment of American troops in 2006 would 
send a very clear message to the Iraqis: We have been in Iraq over 3 
years. We have lost 2,500 brave Americans and suffered more than seven 
times that number of casualties to make it possible for Iraq to become 
a free Nation. You, the Iraqis, must now decide whether you want a 
civil war or a nation.
  Madam President, sending that message to the Iraqis and ending the 
open-ended U.S. policy towards Iraq will prod the Iraqis to take the 
necessary steps to end the dominance of the militias; will reduce the 
Iraqi dependence on the U.S. security blanket which deters tough 
choices by the Iraqis; will change the perception that we are 
permanently occupying Iraq, a perception which plays into the hands of 
terrorists; will reduce the number of U.S. targets for terrorists and 
insurgents; and will reduce the strain on U.S. forces.
  Supporters of our amendment are just as determined to maximize 
prospects for success in Iraq as are the opponents of our amendment. We 
do not accuse opponents of our amendment of wanting failure or of 
advocating surrender to chaos and terror. We do believe that 
maintaining the status quo

[[Page S6206]]

and the open-ended commitment, which is the hallmark of that status quo 
and that open-ended commitment, and adhering to a bumper sticker slogan 
of ``stay the course'' is a recipe for continuing instability and 
failure.
  Success isn't assured in any event, but letting the Iraqis know that 
we are not there for as long as they want us is key to avoiding a 
culture of dependency. The bottom line is that our open-ended policy 
and presence has become a deterrent to the very success that we want to 
bring about. Although the administration policy is aimed at providing 
security, it is a major contributor to instability.
  The Iraqi leaders themselves have set a 6-month goal for making major 
progress in assuming their security responsibility. Iraqi Prime 
Minister al-Maliki said on May 22 that his government could take over 
security for 16 of Iraq's 18 provinces by the end of this year.
  On June 11, the Iraqi National Security Adviser, Mr. Rubaie said:

       I believe by the end of this year the number of the 
     multinational forces will be probably less than 100,000 in 
     this country.

  That amounts to a reduction of at least 30,000 U.S. forces by the end 
of this year. Mr. Rubaie repeated that position in an op-ed in 
yesterday's Washington Post. He, again, is the National Security 
Adviser to the Prime Minister. Our amendment's call for the beginning 
of a phased redeployment by the end of this year fits the very goals 
Iraq's leaders have set for themselves.
  Listen to what Mr. Rubaie wrote about the many benefits of Iraq 
reducing the number of coalition forces. This is benefits to Iraq of 
our reducing the number of coalition forces in Iraq:

       It will remove psychological barriers and the reason that 
     many Iraqis joined the so-called resistance in the first 
     place. The removal of troops will also allow the Iraqi 
     government to engage with some of our neighbors that have to 
     date been at the very least sympathetic to the resistance 
     because of what they call the coalition occupation.

  ``Moreover,'' Mr. Rubaie said:

     the removal of foreign troops will legitimize Iraq's 
     government in the eyes of its people . . . the drawdown of 
     foreign troops will strengthen our fledgling government to 
     last the full four years it is supposed to.

  Mr. Rubaie's words are similar to those of General George Casey, the 
commander of the U.S. and coalition forces in Iraq, who told Congress 
last fall:

       Increased coalition presence feeds the notion of 
     occupation, contributes to the dependency of Iraqi forces on 
     the coalition, extends the time it will take Iraqi security 
     forces to become self-reliant, and exposes more coalition 
     forces to attack at a time when Iraqi security forces are 
     increasingly available and capable.

  That is our commander talking about the disadvantages of having a 
large number of troops remain in Iraq.
  Regardless of one's views on whether it was wise to attack Iraq--and 
I for one thought it was unwise, and so voted--and regardless of one's 
views on whether the war has been well managed--and I have been 
critical of the administration's management--all of us want to maximize 
the chances for success in Iraq. To maximize the chances for success in 
Iraq, the Iraqis must take control of their country. Our approach, our 
amendment, maximizes the chance for success.
  Last year, by a bipartisan vote of 79 to 16, the Senate adopted an 
amendment stating that:

       [C]alendar year 2006 should be a period of significant 
     transition to full Iraqi sovereignty.

  The Senate language remained in the bill and was signed into law. Our 
amendment implements that policy direction. The Iraqis are standing up. 
U.S. and coalition forces have trained and equipped more than 250,000 
Iraq security forces. More than two-thirds of Iraq's Army combat 
battalions are either in the lead or operating independently, according 
to the administration's May 2006 report to Congress. It is now time for 
the United States to set a date for the beginning--the beginning of a 
standdown.
  Last fall, General Casey said that our presence in Iraq ``fuels the 
insurgency'' and that ``beginning to reduce our presence in Iraq'' as 
conditions warrant would result in ``taking away one of the elements 
that fuels the insurgency.'' That is our commander speaking. Conditions 
not only warrant the beginning of a reduction of our presence, 
conditions are such that only a phased, orderly redeployment beginning 
by the end of this year will maximize the chances of succeeding in 
Iraq.
  By making clear that a phased redeployment of our forces from Iraq 
needs to begin this year, we will send a clear message to the Iraqis 
that our presence is not an open-ended security blanket and that they 
need to assume responsibility for their own future.
  I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER (Mr. Burr). Who yields time?
  The Senator from Virginia.
  Mr. WARNER. I see the principal cosponsor, the Senator from Rhode 
Island, a member of our committee, is waiting to speak. I would just 
like to inquire the following of my colleague.
  I have found in our many years in this body that the most effective 
means to convey a message, the most effective way for the persons 
beyond this Chamber to follow proceedings on the floor, is often 
through a colloquy where we not just read speeches but we begin to 
exchange interpretations of what is before this body by virtue of your 
amendment and get the responses.
  Might I inquire of my colleague of his willingness to permit the 
Senator from Virginia, at such time as the Senator from Rhode Island 
has completed, to get up and propound questions chargeable to my side 
and responses that you wish to make, to the extent you wish to make 
them, chargeable to your side? Is that a procedure about which I can be 
persuasive to my colleague, which I find to be a very effective way to 
deal with this?
  Mr. LEVIN. Mr. President, am I responding on the time of the Senator 
from Virginia?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Yes, you are.
  Mr. LEVIN. I am perfectly happy to engage in a colloquy at the 
instigation of the Senator from Virginia. Indeed, I will probably have 
some questions which I would want to propound to the Senator from 
Virginia.
  On the other hand, I cannot agree that a colloquy which he instigates 
would be divided in terms of the time consumption. The usual policy 
around here is the persons who begin a colloquy have that colloquy 
charged to their time. I have more speakers than I have the time to 
allocate. It would be unfair to them for me to say that the time 
consumed in my answering the questions of the Senator from Virginia 
would come off the time for their remarks.
  I am not only happy to engage in a colloquy, I look forward to it, 
but I would want to follow the usual procedure, which is that those 
persons who wish to ask questions of somebody have that colloquy taken 
from their time rather than from the time of the person of whom they 
are asking the questions.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I would have to respectfully disagree with 
what is usual. Time and time again, Senators get up and allocate 
between themselves the question and answer. I have to take it we are 
confined primarily, I imagine, to the reading of speeches by 
individuals and limiting the ability to have a colloquy.
  Mr. LEVIN. If the Senator will allow a comment on that, we are not 
confined to that at all. I expect, when I ask questions of the Senator 
from Virginia or others who oppose this amendment, that their answers 
would come from my time and not from their time. I would apply the same 
rule to me as I suggest would be applied to the questions of the 
Senator.
  Mr. WARNER. The Senator has made clear his statement. I yield the 
floor as a courtesy to the Senator from Rhode Island.
  Mr. LEVIN. Mr. President, I yield 15 minutes to the Senator from 
Rhode Island.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Rhode Island is recognized 
for 15 minutes.
  Mr. REED. Mr. President, I join with my colleague, Senator Levin, and 
Senators Feinstein and Salazar, to offer this amendment. Too often, the 
Bush administration deals simply in slogans. We have heard them so 
often, so many times: mission accomplished; stay the course; don't cut 
and run; we will stand down when they stand up; complete victory. But a 
military operation such as this requires much more than slogans. It 
requires sufficient personnel and adequate equipment. It requires 
coherent strategic policy, and it requires detailed plans.

[[Page S6207]]

  At critical junctures in this effort in Iraq, this administration has 
been extraordinarily insufficient in all of this. We had insufficient 
personnel on the ground with the collapse of the government of Saddam 
Hussein. We opened up regions of Iraq so that insurgents could begin to 
form and begin to conduct this attack against their own people and 
against our people. Too often we went out to Iraq, visited the country, 
and were confronted by our own soldiers who complained that they didn't 
have armored humvees and body armor.
  I believe there has never been a really coherent strategic policy 
here. We heard the initial defenses of the approach to Iraq as we were 
going after weapons of mass destruction. They were not there. We are 
going to go after the heart of terrorism, when in fact the terrorists' 
connection to Saddam Hussein was tangential at most. Then, we are going 
to build an oasis of freedom and transform the Middle East. It is not 
an oasis today in Iraq.
  Certainly there were not detailed plans. We entered into this 
occupation without sufficient planning, without sufficient resources in 
so many different ways. The faults continue to plague us today. 
Insufficient resources to run detention facilities contributed in a 
significant way to Abu Ghraib, and that, as even the President admits, 
has been an extraordinary blot on our record and inhibits us today in 
our ability to achieve a stable Iraq.
  There is something else that you need to conduct military operations, 
and that is public support. Today, a majority of Americans would like 
to see a deadline to withdraw our forces from Iraq. They are not 
unpatriotic. They are not without grit and determination. They are 
terribly concerned, and they are looking for leadership.
  But I believe this leadership comes in not adopting some type of 
arbitrary timetable or deadline; it comes from adopting what is the 
most coherent and realistic policy we can today to stabilize the 
country of Iraq, to assist them in this stability, and to begin the 
phased redeployment of our forces from Iraq to begin this year. To 
begin, not with an arbitrary timetable or deadline, but to begin with 
the notion that these decisions will be based upon the advice of 
military commanders and based upon the conditions on the ground. But we 
must begin. We must begin because we have to send a strong signal to 
the Government of Iraq that they must take their future in their own 
hands, that they must make difficult choices about their constitution, 
about sharing political power, about eliminating sectarian elements 
from their security forces, and a host of other difficult problems. 
This rests upon the fundamental reality of the situation. Ultimately, 
it will be the Iraqis who stabilize their country and reform their 
country. We can help. We have helped. But it is up to them, and it must 
begin now.
  Also, this approach which we are proposing recognizes another 
reality. Our military forces, our Army and our Marine Corps, have been 
under tremendous pressure. They have done a magnificent job. The young 
men and women who wear the uniform of the United States have performed 
in an extraordinary fashion. But for some of them, it will be their 
third deployment to Iraq. Others have gone to both Iraq and 
Afghanistan. The wear and tear on these young Americans and their 
families is significant. The wear and tear on our equipment is 
significant. There is a $50 billion pricetag just to repair the 
equipment that has accumulated over the last several years in Iraq. So 
we have to recognize also that our forces need a signal that their 
mission will be coming to a conclusion, not in the next Presidency but, 
based upon a careful deliberation by the commanders, we hope in the 
near future.
  We also have to recognize that our threats are not confined to Iraq 
alone. Today we are all waiting anxiously to see what the North Koreans 
might do with respect to a scheduled--or at least a tentative launch of 
an intercontinental missile. We are today engaged in serious 
negotiations with our European colleagues with respect to the situation 
in Iran. We have seen in the last few weeks an Islamic government 
takeover on the streets of Mogadishu and Somalia. We have seen other 
areas of concern and conflict. Our commitment in Iraq, frankly, 
constrains our flexibility to deal with all these issues.
  Senator Levin and I have come forward today with a proposal that we 
believe will be an approach that begins a policy that we can achieve, 
that it is necessary for us to achieve, so we can move forward to begin 
to transition the burden from American military shoulders to those of 
the Iraqis. It begins with a phased redeployment which we believe 
should commence this year. Let me hasten to add again: There is no 
specific timetable. There is no deadline. This is based upon the advice 
of our military officers in the field. This is not cut and run or cut 
and jog or cut and anything else. It is an attempt to articulate a 
policy based upon the reality of Iraq, the reality of our present 
military forces, and the reality of a world which is engaged in 
conflicts in many different places.
  In the past weeks, we have seen some progress in Iraq--the 
installation of a government, the naming of a Prime Minister of 
Interior, and the naming of a Prime Minister of Defense. We have seen 
the death of Zarqawi. But still we recognize how turbulent and 
uncertain and how hostile the environment remains for our soldiers and 
the Iraqi security forces.
  We have about 127,000 forces there in the last 3 years, or more. We 
have seen more than 2,500 of these young Americans killed and more than 
18,000 wounded. Their sacrifices have to be respected and honored--not 
simply with force but with wisdom and with a policy that will work, a 
policy that is attuned with what is happening in Iraq and around the 
globe and not a policy based upon bumper stickers that have been 
trotted out at a moment's notice.
  We recognize that we have an interest certainly in Iraq in terms of 
succeeding. And this plan we hope and we believe will be a success. We 
are putting together a plan--more of a policy than a plan--because the 
planning is the province of the President, as it should be, as 
Commander in Chief. But a policy of redeployment beginning now is the 
right direction. It will require the President to begin to outline 
those steps. It will also require the Government of Iraq to begin to 
take responsibility for their own situation. It will require them to 
begin deliberations for constitutional changes. These changes are 
necessary to ensure that this is an inclusive Government in Iraq, that 
the Sunni community feels that they can have a future in the new Iraq.
  It also recognizes that we have to have a sharing of political power 
in Iraq so that Iraq will succeed.
  In addition, the Iraqis must address the issue of sectarian militias, 
and the infiltration of security forces by sectarian elements have to 
be dealt with and dealt with decisively.
  We also have to recognize that ultimately these decisions will be 
made and must be made by the Iraqis.
  In this proposal there is a clear signal to the Iraqis that they must 
make these decisions beginning now for their future and, we hope, for a 
stable region and a much more stable world.
  We also understand that we have to bring together the international 
community.
  Since October of 2002, I have argued that this unilateral approach to 
Iraq is not destined for success; that we have to have a multinational 
approach to be successful. We have carried the burden both militarily 
and in many other ways. It is time that the administration engage and 
energize the regional neighbors and the broader international community 
to help address the issues that are presented to us all throughout the 
world by Iraq.
  We understand, on a financial basis, that this is an expensive 
undertaking.
  Originally, the administration suggested that this would be $50 
billion or $60 billion. We understand now that we have already spent 
$320 billion, and the end is not in sight.
  In a recent study by Joseph Stiglitz, the Nobel prize economist, if 
you added all the costs, all the costs of rehabilitating our equipment 
when comes home, all of the cost of veterans' benefits and caring for 
those who have served so well, the price will reach perhaps $1 
trillion, if our commitment extends until 2010.
  Also, the international community has to do much more. The 
international community has pledged $8 billion, and only $3.5 billion 
of that money has been forthcoming. They need to do more, and we need 
to make them do more.

[[Page S6208]]

  This approach of going it alone has to end. And part of our amendment 
is to request that we engage in a much more multilateral approach to 
Iraq.
  We have trained 116,000 Iraqi soldiers, sailors, 148,000 Iraqi police 
and highway patrol and other Ministry of Interior forces. There are 102 
operational Iraqi combat battalions in their Army, and 69 are either in 
the lead or operating independently.
  We have made progress. We hope that they are ready, but we think that 
we have made enough progress to begin our redeployment. Again, the pace 
of that redeployment will be set by our military commanders.
  As General Casey pointed out:

       As we are able to draw down our forces, we will receive 
     additional benefits. A reduction in American forces will 
     essentially push more Iraqi troops to the front lines. This 
     is about the dependency.

  Those are General Casey's words.
  As long as we are there to do the heavy lifting, we will do the heavy 
lifting. That is an important point to be made and emphasized again and 
again.
  The Government of Iraq was formed. Their National Security Adviser, 
Mr. Rubaie, stated this week in an editorial that Iraq's position is 
that it have full control of the country by the end of 2008, and this 
will mean a significant foreign troop reduction. We envision U.S. troop 
presence by the year's end to be under 100,000 with the most of 
remaining troops to return home by 2007. The eventual removal of 
coalition troops will help the Iraqis who now see foreign troops 
occupying rather than as liberators. Moreover, the removal of foreign 
troops will legitimize the Iraqi Government in the eyes of its people.
  I do not know if my colleagues will come and accuse the Iraqi 
National Security Adviser of cutting and running on its own country. 
Perhaps they will, but they will be wrong.
  That is what a leading figure in the Government of Iraq is 
suggesting. A phased redeployment beginning this year, hopefully 
concluding by the end of 2007--but again we will leave that up to our 
military commanders. The benefits will be that the Iraqis will step 
forward, and also this notion of occupiers will be diminished 
substantially.
  From many different perspectives, this is the right policy at the 
right time. I hope that our colleagues, on a bipartisan basis, will 
embrace this policy.
  I retain the remainder of any time I have and yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Who yields time?
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I yield myself such time as I may require.
  Mr. President, I remember so well last year when we debated an 
amendment of great importance, and our colleague from Michigan laid 
down an amendment. Then I took that amendment and rewrote certain 
portions of it. A great majority of the Senate--I can't remember 
exactly how many but a vast majority of the Senate--supported that.
  I have waited patiently for this amendment. It was given to me 
yesterday. I have studied it ever so carefully. I didn't denounce the 
amendment. I said it was a serious amendment. It is a serious 
amendment. It deserves serious thought.
  But, regrettably, there is no way in which I can truthfully say to my 
side of the aisle and others that this amendment can be revised or 
modified such that we could hope to get what we achieved last year--a 
large majority of the Senate supporting the amendment.
  That is unfortunate because we start out on a basis of where we could 
well end up today along strong partisan lines. That comes at a time 
when our Nation--indeed, the world and, most importantly, the men and 
women of the Armed Forces--would like to see the Senate and, indeed, 
hopefully, the Congress standing behind them with strong 
bipartisanship. But I fear that it is going to be lost with this 
amendment.
  First, I carefully point out to those who are following this debate 
that this amendment in effect is nonbinding. It is the sense of the 
Senate, or Congress, as the case may be. But nevertheless it sends 
signals. It sort of states what this body feels should be done by the 
President of the United States as he continues to exercise his 
constitutional powers--I underline ``constitutional powers.'' He is the 
Commander in Chief, not Members of the Senate--constitutional powers in 
carrying forward the actions of our Armed Forces, and the actions of 
our Government as we try to support the newly elected unified 
Government of Iraq.
  As the nature of this free advice may be, my burden--and those of us 
on this side--is to point out how this can be misconstrued as the 
message crosses the ocean and as the Congress is trying to order the 
President to do certain things. That is not going to be the case.
  I have had recently the opportunity to have some private 
conversations with the President of the United States. My gray hair 
indicates that I have been privileged to serve in this institution now 
in my 28th year and before that for a number of years in the Department 
of Defense. I have worked with, I say with a sense of humility, many 
Presidents through many chapters of American history. But I must say I 
have yet to find any President with a stronger resolve, a stronger 
conviction to do what he believes is in the best interests of the 
American people, employing the forces of our men and women of the Armed 
Forces, employing every means this Government has to bring about 
solutions which he has outlined time and time again in Iraq and, 
indeed, Afghanistan. It is remarkable, unwavering, listening to advice, 
taking into consideration the views of others but clearly looking into 
the future, a future that generations long after we are gone will look 
back on this chapter of American history and I believe will decide that 
we pursued the correct course. Hopefully, those generations will be 
enjoying the measure of freedom that we have today. But that will only 
come to pass if the Congress of the United States provides this 
President the support that he needs.
  Therefore, it may be in the nature of free advice, but I want to 
clearly indicate to all following that there is much to be done to try 
and explain where I see there is fault in this amendment.
  Last week, the Senate overwhelmingly rejected a proposal to establish 
an arbitrary deadline of a timetable for withdrawal of United States 
forces from Iraq. An arbitrary deadline of a timetable would have been 
a serious strategic error, and a historic mistake of withdrawing our 
forces prior to the Iraqis being able to defend themselves. It would 
encourage terrorism, embolden al-Qaida, and threaten American security.
  Regrettably, the various courses of action that spring forth from the 
Democratic side of this aisle concern me greatly. They may not say it 
is a timetable.
  It is interesting that in the course of the presentation of this 
amendment in the media, I have watched my colleagues from that side of 
the aisle explain what it is they are going to put before the Senate 
today. Time and time again, they keep saying it is not a timetable; it 
is not a timetable.
  Why must they keep saying that the language is clear, that it is not 
a timetable?
  But let us start with the key paragraph in the amendment of my good 
friend and long-time colleague.
  I repeat it. It is on page 6.

       Submit to the Congress a plan by the end of 2006 with 
     estimated dates for the continued phased redeployment of 
     United States forces from Iraq.

  Folks, I don't mean to demean this, but that is the English language. 
It reads very clearly. It is a timetable, no matter how many times 
people protest it is not a timetable. It is the English language 
written with clarity.
  We cannot accept that.
  Our colleagues today on this side of the aisle will vigorously give 
their views as to why we cannot accept that.
  Foremost in my mind is the loss of our men and women of the Armed 
Forces, now 2,500 in number, that have given the ultimate that any 
human being, any soldier, any sailor, any marine, any airman can give 
and that of their families.
  I wonder how these individuals would look at this clause and find any 
other conclusion to draw but that this is a timetable--a timetable that 
could well cripple the ability of this new government created by the 
courageous actions of the Iraqi people time and time again in 
elections, after a hard fought political situation, in which emerges, 
hopefully, a strong Prime Minister.

  They are just beginning to take full seizure of the reins of 
sovereignty, something this Nation has not had for

[[Page S6209]]

a very long time. As they are seizing those reins, we are asked to 
stand in the Senate and to lay out in writing for all those who want to 
destabilize this new government the timetable on which we will remove 
our Armed Forces.
  Of course, there is a collateral question that is not addressed in 
this amendment. Maybe my colleague will address it. The United States, 
albeit, is the principal force of military. Great Britain, commensurate 
with the size of their armed forces and their nation and their 
population, has made a very significant contribution, as has Poland, 
and I could enumerate the other nations; modest though they may be, 
they are there. How are they to respond to this amendment? Are they to 
go on and pursue the missions they have laid out or are they to devise 
a timetable? That is one of the many unanswered questions I find in 
this amendment. Perhaps my colleagues will be forthcoming.
  The major events certainly of the last 10 days--the elimination of 
al-Zarqawi, a terrorist without parallel in the contemporary times of 
all mankind, his elimination, the formation of this new government--has 
given a momentum forward. It has spawned a measure of hope among the 
Iraqi people. It has spawned a measure of hope within our Armed Forces 
that there is clear proof our many sacrifices to date are beginning to 
produce concrete, visible results that cannot be challenged.
  We are moving toward establishing a secure and prosperous nation that 
will be an inspiration for the entire region of that world, and it is 
hard to think at this time we would take any action in this Senate to 
set back that momentum. The only way we are going to see our troops 
come home is if they seize that sovereignty, exercise that sovereignty, 
produce their own security and begin to reestablish their 
infrastructure.
  I do not see this amendment in any way helping. I see this amendment 
as impeding the progress.
  Give this new government a timetable. I ask my colleague, give them a 
timetable if you have to give a timetable to establish their goals, 
seize the reins of sovereignty. Do not broadcast through this amendment 
a timetable with regard to our forces.
  We all know there have been some very difficult days, tragic hours, 
the most recent of which is the loss of our two brave soldiers seized, 
and although not fully confirmed, certainly the probability is they 
were badly abused, not treated as prisoners of war but badly abused by 
someone in Iraq. Who knows who they may have been? Obviously, the 
insurgents, presumably al-Qaida.
  Our President, Secretaries of State and Defense, and our military 
commanders have all stood and said forthrightly, these are painful 
losses. Each one of these individuals I know and have worked with 
personally. They feel the loss of life. They feel for the injured. They 
feel for their families. But to attain the freedom, not just for the 
Iraqis but for this country, from terrorism, that pain has to be 
endured, those losses are likely to continue. I commend all for being 
forthright that the days ahead pose challenges and further losses.
  Any amendment requiring phased redeployment as our policy on a 
timetable to begin in 2006 sends that signal that begins to set back 
the progress we have achieved to date. That phrase about the timetable 
of redeployment will be examined with utmost care by those who are 
trying to destabilize this government--be they al-Qaida, insurgents, 
or, unfortunately, the sectarian violence. They are likely to say, we 
will wait out the timetable and then we will resume the violence and 
with every means we can to destabilize this government. That will be 
the result of this amendment.
  This is an inopportune time because in the last 10 days we witnessed 
the death of the most prominent terrorist in Iraq, the complete 
formation of the Iraqi Government, a historic meeting in Baghdad 
between President Bush and Prime Minister Maliki, more raids against 
al-Qaida cells in Iraq, and a plan for the way ahead for this new 
democratically elected government in Iraq. We have the momentum. We 
must take advantage of this moment and this opportunity and move 
forward.
  I know other colleagues are anxious to speak. I want to share this 
time.
  I pose a question to my distinguished colleague from Michigan about 
another paragraph in his amendment. This one I find particularly 
puzzling. It is written, again, in very clear language, so I feel the 
meaning of it is written explicitly on page 5.
  It says that the President of the United States should do the 
following:

       (i) expedite the transition of United States forces in Iraq 
     to a limited presence . . .

  What do you mean by ``limited presence''?

     . . . limited presence and mission of training Iraqi security 
     forces . . .

  That we are doing with every bit of vigor we can possibly muster.

     . . . providing logistic support of Iraqi security forces . . 
     .

  We are doing that as best we can.

     . . . protecting United States infrastructure and personnel, 
     and participating in targeted counterterrorism activities;

  Does that mean we limit our force structure to the special ops 
forces? What is it that the balance of our forces do? Do they begin to 
rotate back under this timetable?
  I hope at some point in this debate those questions can be fully 
answered because the President is the Commander in Chief. He makes the 
decisions with regard to how our Armed Forces are employed utilizing 
the advice of the professional military commanders to direct 
specifically the actions to carry out the missions to achieve our 
goals.
  I say to my good friend, this paragraph D, the President should 
expedite the transition, what is the nature of the transition of United 
States forces in Iraq to a limited presence?
  I see no contingency phrase in this as there is elsewhere in this 
amendment. If they were to have a tremendous insurrection, what do we 
do if we have transitioned our forces? Does that mean they are moved 
somewhere? Does that mean they stay in their bases?
  This paragraph, in effect, is usurping the rights under the 
Constitution of the Commander in Chief to direct the day-by-day 
operations and deployment and disposition of our Armed Forces. I hope 
in the course of this debate they will find time to explain with 
greater clarity what is meant by that paragraph.
  After consultation, No. 2, ``with the Government of Iraq, begin the 
phased redeployment of United States forces from Iraq this year,'' to 
me, again, lays down a marker that something is in the hip pocket 
regarding a timetable.
  Yes, we start with the government, and the Senator from Michigan 
cited some of the current government officials and some of the 
statements they have made. I freely say some of those statements do 
raise questions in my mind, but this government has only been in 
business a bare month. We have to give them time. We have to give the 
new Congress of the Iraqi Government an opportunity to voice its views 
in conjunction with those of the government officials.
  This word ``after consultation . . . begin the phased redeployment,'' 
how about if the government said we did not want a phased redeployment 
at this time? What would be the purpose of the consultation if they 
said, We do not want it at this time?
  That statement, in effect, has been stated time and time again while 
there have been remarks that, yes, we hope you will lure your forces 
away, the bottom line is, they know they cannot survive with this new 
government if we begin any major withdrawal of forces in the coming 2 
or 3 months while this government is taking root.
  That is clear. No one disputes that.
  But you say ``consultation,'' then ``begin the phased redeployment . 
. . from Iraq.'' That is not my idea of consultation. My idea of 
consultation is to take into consideration the viewpoints of both 
sides.
  So we come back to submit to Congress a plan by the end of the year 
2006 with estimated dates for the continued phased redeployment of 
United States forces from Iraq with the understanding that unexpected 
contingencies may arise.
  That is fortunate to have that in there, but that is sort of lost 
because of the prominence of the first sentence. That is what is going 
to be read and interpreted by the insurgents, all those who want to 
bring down this new government. That signal must not be sent by the 
Congress.

[[Page S6210]]

  Mr. President, I yield the floor at this time and reserve the 
remainder of my time.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Who yields time?
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, let me inquire of colleagues on this side 
who wish to speak. We started this morning by according the Senator 
from Michigan and the Senator from Rhode Island their opportunities. I 
have spoken on this side. I know Senator McCain has just arrived, and 
Senator Cornyn.
  So I say to Senator McCain, I think you were the first on the floor.
  Mr. McCAIN. I think Senator Cornyn was.
  Mr. CORNYN. Mr. President, I yield to Senator McCain and ask to be 
recognized following him.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I ask that Senator McCain follow me, and 
then we will rotate to this side and back to Senator Cornyn.
  So at this time, I yield the floor and ask unanimous consent that 
recognition be given to the Senator from Arizona.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Michigan.
  Mr. LEVIN. Mr. President, I am wondering if we could sequence 
speakers.
  Mr. WARNER. Why don't you designate someone?
  Mr. LEVIN. After Senator McCain is done, we would then seek to 
sequence the Senator from New York immediately after the Senator from 
Arizona.
  Mr. WARNER. Following that, Senator Cornyn will speak.
  Mr. LEVIN. And then Senator Salazar is here.
  Mr. WARNER. He would follow Senator McCain and the distinguished 
Senator from New York and the Senator from Texas.
  Mr. LEVIN. Let's leave it at that----
  Mr. WARNER. Then the Senator from Colorado.
  Mr. LEVIN. Because Senator Feinstein is now on the floor.
  Mr. WARNER. You designate that Senator.
  I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Is there objection to the request?
  Without objection, it is so ordered.
  The Senator from Arizona.
  Mr. McCAIN. Mr. President, I thank you. And I express my appreciation 
for the courtesy of the Senator from Texas who was on the floor before 
I was, and I appreciate his courtesy very much. I intend to take about 
12 minutes, if that is agreeable to the Senator.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, we grant 12 minutes to the Senator from 
Arizona.
  Mr. McCAIN. Mr. President, I strongly oppose the amendment offered by 
the Senators from Michigan and Rhode Island and the amendment offered 
by the Senator from Massachusetts. These amendments share the same 
problem: calling for a withdrawal of American troops tied to arbitrary 
timetables rather than conditions in-country.
  The amendment we are debating now states the sense of Congress that 
the President should begin the phased redeployment of U.S. forces from 
Iraq this year and that he should submit to Congress a plan with dates 
for this redeployment. I believe such a move would be a significant 
step on the road to disaster.
  There is an understandable desire, 3 years after our invasion, to 
seek a quick and easy end to our intervention in Iraq. We face real 
difficulties there, we have made serious mistakes, and the costs have 
been very high. But these would pale in comparison to what is likely to 
unfold should we follow the course advocated by this resolution.
  The violence we see on Iraqi streets today illustrates one 
fundamental fact: Iraqi forces are not yet capable of securing the 
country on their own. On the contrary, even with current troop levels, 
a level of violence in Iraq remains unacceptably high. To withdraw our 
forces would have one, all-too-predictable outcome--the violence 
currently constrained by our security operations around the country 
would rise commensurately. If the main enforcer of Government 
authority--coalition troops--draws down prematurely, the only questions 
will be the degree to which the increased violence engulfs the country 
and whether full-scale civil war erupts.
  Much has been said about the effect of an American withdrawal on the 
Iraqi Government, and the sponsors of this amendment argue that a 
withdrawal would somehow force the Government to take on 
responsibilities it currently evades. But consider for a moment the 
effect of a withdrawal timetable on individual Iraqis outside the 
Government. An Iraqi Shi'a living in Baghdad or perhaps a Sunni living 
in Kirkuk learns that the Congress has called on our President to begin 
withdrawing troops this year and to present a timetable by which they 
will all return home. This knowledge changes the calculation made by 
individuals like these, decisions critical to the eventual security of 
Iraq. It makes joining the police forces or the Iraqi Government look 
like an increasingly bad bet. Participation in a militia appears better 
by comparison. And by changing these calculations across the country, 
we have made the goal of stability in Iraq more difficult to achieve. 
By signaling that an end to the American intervention is near, we will 
alienate our friends, who fear an insurgent victory, and tempt 
undecideds to join the antigovernment ranks.
  Not every Member of this body agreed with the decision to topple 
Saddam Hussein, but when our country went to war, we incurred a moral 
duty to not abandon the people of Iraq to terrorists and killers. If we 
withdraw prematurely, risking all-out civil war, we will have done 
precisely that. I can hardly imagine that any U.S. Senator would want 
our Nation to suffer that moral stain.
  But the implications of premature withdrawal from Iraq are not moral 
alone; they directly involve our national security. Greater instability 
in Iraq would invite further Syrian and Iranian interference, 
bolstering the influence of two terror-sponsoring states firmly opposed 
to America's policy. Iraq's neighbors--from Saudi Arabia to Israel to 
Turkey--would feel their own security eroding and might be induced to 
act. This uncertain swirl of events would have a damaging impact on our 
ability to promote positive change in the Middle East, to say the 
least.
  Withdrawing before Iraqis can bring stability to the country on their 
own would turn that land into a failed state in the heart of the Middle 
East. We have seen once before a failed state emerge after U.S. 
disengagement, and it cost us terribly. In pre-9/11 Afghanistan, 
terrorists found sanctuary to train and plan attacks with impunity. We 
know that there are today in Iraq terrorists who are planning attacks 
against Americans. We cannot make this fatal mistake twice.
  Whether or not Members of this body believe that Iraq was part of the 
war on terror in 2003, it is simply incontrovertible that the war on 
terror is being fought there today. Al-Qaida is present in Iraq. 
Jihadists continue to cross the borders. Suicide bombers target 
American troops, Government personnel, and civilians. If we leave Iraq 
prematurely, the jihadists will interpret the withdrawal as a triumph 
of their brutal tactics against our power. And I do not believe they 
will stop with Iraq.

  The letter released last year from Ayman al-Zawahiri, bin Laden's 
lieutenant, to Abu Mus'ab al-Zarqawi draws out the implications. The 
Zawahiri letter is predicated on the assumption that the United States 
will leave Iraq and that al-Qaida's real game begins as soon as we 
abandon the country. In his missive, Zawahiri lays out a four-stage 
plan--establish a caliphate in Iraq, extend the ``jihad wave'' to the 
secular countries neighboring Iraq, clash with Israel--none of which 
shall commence until the completion of stage one: expel the Americans 
from Iraq. Zawahiri observes that the collapse of American power in 
Vietnam, ``and how they ran and left their agents,'' suggests that ``we 
must be ready starting now.'' We cannot let them start, now or ever. We 
must stay in Iraq until the Government there has fully functioning 
security forces that can keep the insurgents at bay and ultimately 
defeat them.
  Some argue that it is our very presence in Iraq that has created the 
insurgency and that if we end the occupation, we end the insurgency. 
But, in fact, by ending military operations, we are likely to empower 
the insurgency. The fighting is not simply against coalition forces; 
rather, the insurgents target the Iraqi Government, opposing militias, 
and various sects and ethnicities. There is no reason to think that an 
American drawdown would discourage these fights.

[[Page S6211]]

  Those who support a withdrawal might wish to examine the assumptions 
that lie behind their suggestion. What if we withdraw and the violence 
actually worsens, full-scale civil war ensues, or terrorists enjoy 
safe-haven to plan attacks against America and our friends? Do we then 
face the options only of tolerating this situation in perpetuity or 
reinvading the country?
  A few observers have argued that the United States has an option of 
somehow pulling our troops from Iraq but still managing things from 
afar. This is nonsense. The United States will have no leverage to 
manage things once we have left the country. The battle in Iraq, which 
is likely to remain counterinsurgency in character, is ill-suited to 
the extensive use of air power, which would be the foremost instrument 
available to us from outside. We could no more prevail in Iraq from 
outside than we could win the war in Vietnam by continuing to bomb the 
North. As tempting as it is to seek a solution that would let us both 
draw down our troops and preserve our military options in Iraq, that 
solution does not exist. The options on the table have been there from 
the beginning: withdraw and fail or commit and succeed.
  Don't take my word for it. Ask those whose security is at stake every 
day. The Iraqi Government does not want us to set an arbitrary timeline 
for withdrawal. As the Iraqi Minister for National Security wrote in 
yesterday's Washington Post, more important than some series of dates 
is the achievement of set objectives for restoring security. Similarly, 
our friends in the neighborhood fear a precipitous American withdrawal. 
Allies in Europe and Asia encourage us to see this war through to its 
end.
  Because we cannot pull out and hope for the best, because we cannot 
withdraw and manage things from afar, because morality and our security 
compel it, we have to see this mission through to completion. Drawdowns 
must be based on conditions in-country, not an arbitrary deadline 
rooted in our domestic politics.
  Our domestic politics do have an effect on the war in Iraq, and again 
I fear that this amendment would have a deleterious effect. Anyone 
reading it gets the sense that the Senate's foremost objective is the 
drawdown of American troops. The sense they should get is that 
America's first goal in Iraq is to win the war--that is what they 
should get--and that all other policy decisions support and are 
subordinate to the successful completion of our mission. Like the 
sponsors of this legislation, I hope we bring home American troops as 
soon as possible. But suggesting to the American people that withdrawal 
is at hand, we risk once again raising unrealistic expectations that 
can only cost domestic support for America's role in this conflict, a 
war we must win.
  None of this is to say that success in Iraq will be quick or easy. On 
the contrary, this war is long and it is hard and it is tough. We will 
see significant achievements, like the killing of Zarqawi and the 
completion of the Iraqi Cabinet, but we will see steps backward as 
well, like the continuing violence in Baghdad and the insurgency in 
Ramadi. No one should have any illusions about the costs of this 
conflict as it has been waged thus far or as it will be waged as we 
move ahead, but neither should anyone have illusions about the role of 
Iraq in the war on terror today. It has become a central battleground 
in our fight against those who wish us grave harm, and we cannot wish 
away this fundamental truth. We cannot fall prey to wishful thinking 
that we can put the costs and the difficulties and the frustrations 
aside by ignoring our challenges and responsibilities.
  I urge my colleagues to vote against this amendment.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Under the previous order, the Senator from New 
York is recognized.
  Mr. LEVIN. Mr. President, if the Senator will yield for a unanimous 
consent request?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Michigan.
  Mr. LEVIN. Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that Senator 
Rockefeller be added as a cosponsor of our amendment.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Without objection, it is so ordered.
  Mr. LEVIN. Mr. President, for the information of Senators--if I could 
get Senator Warner's attention--the order on our side will be Senators 
Clinton, Feinstein, and Salazar.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, the same order with the addition of 
Salazar.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER (Mr. Thune). The Senator from New York is 
recognized.
  Mrs. CLINTON. Mr. President, I rise in support of the Levin amendment 
of which I am proud to be an original cosponsor. At a moment when 
130,000 soldiers, sailors, Marines, airmen, active duty, Guard and 
Reserve are serving bravely in Iraq and when the debate in Congress 
over our Nation's Iraq policy has grown particularly divisive and 
heated, I believe it is time for the Members of this body to put 
politics aside and choose between success and the status quo.
  By playing politics and blindly following the President, too many are 
deaf to the hue and cry about the failures of this administration in 
the execution of its policies. And too often, our colleagues on the 
other side of the aisle in both Chambers are asking politically 
motivated questions, not engaging in the kinds of fruitful discussion 
that asks the tough national security questions we need to address and 
answer.
  I think it is time to choose whether we believe we have the right 
roadmap for success in Iraq. While our troops are serving bravely and 
with our national security in the balance, it is time to choose what is 
more important--a strategy to win in Iraq or a strategy for Republicans 
to win elections here at home.
  There are no easy answers as to how we solve the problems created by 
this administration. There are no easy answers as to how we work to 
enable the Iraqis to hold their country together and to keep it from 
becoming a terrorist refuge and launching pad.
  I simply do not believe it is a strategy or a solution for the 
President to continue declaring an open-ended and unconditional 
commitment, nor do I believe it is a solution or a strategy to set a 
date certain for withdrawal without regard to the consequences. 
Instead, I support this responsible way forward, a roadmap for success 
that will more quickly and effectively take advantage of Iraqi oil 
revenues, build up Iraqi infrastructure, foster Iraqi civil society, 
challenge Iraq's neighbors to do more to ensure stability in Iraq, and 
allow our troops to begin coming home.
  We all know that our troops are in harm's way right now in a volatile 
region of the world for which America has significant interests at 
stake. We are at a profound turning point for our Nation. We are 
entrusted by our constituents, both those who serve and those who do 
not, to do what we think is right for them, for our States, and our 
country.
  Let's be clear about what this debate is about. My friends on the 
other side of the aisle believe that the status quo is working in Iraq. 
They do not believe we need a fundamental change in policy. They choose 
to continue blindly following the President.
  We Democrats disagree. We believe we need a new direction in Iraq 
that will increase the chances for success on the ground. I may 
disagree with those who call for a date certain for withdrawal, but I 
do not doubt their patriotism. I may disagree with those who believe in 
an unconditional commitment without end, but I do not doubt their 
patriotism either.
  Sadly, however, there are those who do doubt the patriotism of many 
who raise serious questions about this war. They choose to tar all who 
disagree with an open-ended, unconditional commitment as unpatriotic, 
as waving the white flag of surrender.
  They may not have a war strategy, but they do have an election 
strategy. This is the road they took America down in 2002. It was a 
dead end for our country then; it is a dead end now.
  The politically motivated resolutions put forth by leading 
Republicans to gain tactical partisan advantage are a disgrace. In so 
doing, they have broken faith with those who serve and those of us who 
support our troops and who work for the success of this mission.
  It is wrong, plain and simple, to turn this serious debate about our 
policies and national security into a partisan squabble designed to 
mislead voters.

[[Page S6212]]

This is politics at its worst, played over war. And that is no way to 
honor the service and sacrifices of our troops and their families or to 
find a better way forward in Iraq.
  Like many in this Chamber, I have traveled to Iraq and to 
Afghanistan. I have met there and here with tough, smart, patriotic men 
and women who fill me with tremendous pride. They have been performing 
magnificently under difficult conditions. They have paid a heavy price 
since the war began in 2003.
  Last week we had a moment of silence to mark the day that the number 
of American servicemembers killed in Iraq reached 2,500. And more than 
18,000 others have been wounded. As of June 17, New York has lost 116 
soldiers. The combined number of New York soldiers killed and wounded 
is 1,038.
  I have spent time with wounded soldiers and Marines. I spent time on 
Saturday with grieving families, mourning lost loved ones. I have tried 
to answer the questions they ask. I have shared the grief they feel. 
Those who have not lost a loved one or seen him or her return injured 
still are anxious every day while a parent or a child or a spouse 
serves far from home. Not a day goes by that I do not pray for the safe 
return of every man and woman now stationed in dangerous places around 
the world--not a single day.

  This is not a time for partisanship. It is past time for this 
administration to level with the American people, for this Congress to 
find its voice and fulfill its constitutional duties to check and 
balance the executive branch, and for the Iraqis to chart a clear and 
responsible path to stability and peace.
  I call on our colleagues on the other side of the aisle to fairly and 
honestly consider the Levin amendment as an alternative to the status 
quo, when we know that the status quo has not, is not, and will not 
create the conditions needed for the Iraqis to achieve the stability 
and security they seek and for us to bring home our troops.
  The conflict in Iraq has now gone on longer than U.S. fighting in the 
Korean war before the armistice. We ought not to attack one another for 
asking the tough questions and presenting alternatives about how to 
achieve success, limit the loss and sacrifice of our young men and 
women.
  As we debate our next steps in Iraq, it is critical that we recognize 
and fix, as best we can, the mistakes that have already been made and 
not repeat them. The Bush administration misused the authority granted 
to it, choosing to act without allowing the inspectors to finish the 
job in order to rush to war, without a plan for securing the country, 
without an understanding of the insurgency or the true human, 
financial, and strategic cost of this war, all the while viewing the 
dangerous and unstable conditions in Iraq through rose-colored glasses 
and the prism of electoral politics here at home.
  It is time to put policy ahead of politics and success ahead of the 
status quo. It is time for a new strategy to produce what we need, a 
stable Iraq Government that takes over for its own people so our troops 
can finish their job.
  That is what the Levin amendment does. It calls for a comprehensive 
roadmap to achieve peace and stability. It also sets into motion the 
steps that should be taken for Iraq to move itself forward and become 
more capable of defending its territory, ending the sectarian violence, 
and purging the insurgency.
  The Levin amendment does put us on a responsible path by calling for 
stronger nonmilitary actions, such as a conference of neighboring 
nations, greater rebuilding efforts, and better internal political 
reconciliation, by requiring the Iraqis to disarm road militias and 
take over more of their own security.
  The only way the new Iraqi Government can gain credibility is by 
proving they can handle an increasing share of the security of the 
country with fewer, not more, U.S. troops.
  It is clear in the Levin amendment that we recognize the President's 
role as Commander in Chief. It is the President who will make these 
decisions. What the amendment attempts to do is to provide a different 
roadmap, to set some conditions in contrast to the unconditional, open-
ended commitment that we have had for the last 3 years and 3 months.
  In yesterday's Washington Post, one expert laid out such a roadmap 
which described the importance of reducing our military presence in 
Iraq so as to enhance the legitimacy of the Iraqi Government in the 
eyes of both Iraqis and Iraq's neighbors. That expert was Iraq's own 
national security adviser.
  I commend the entire article to be read because as the national 
security adviser sets forth a roadmap for the way out of Iraq, he makes 
very clear that the removal of foreign troops will legitimize Iraq's 
government in the eyes of its people. That is not an American. That is 
not a Democrat. That is an Iraqi in this new government who recognizes 
what some, apparently, in this Chamber refuse to, which is, yes, we 
need conditions. The current policy has no conditions. It is 
unconditional.
  The Levin amendment sets forth conditions, sets forth the kind of 
steps and benchmarks that we as Americans in positions of 
responsibility have every right to expect that the Iraqis will step up 
and meet. Clearly, that is also the position of the new Iraqi 
Government. In fact, one can read this statement and find much in the 
Levin amendment that supports the position put forth by the Iraqi 
national security adviser.
  No war since Vietnam has stirred the emotion to the extent of our 
people as this one. I hear it all the time as I travel from one end of 
New York to the other. People stop and ask if there will be an end to 
the loss of American lives. They wonder what the goal is; how do we 
define success? The rhetoric on the other side is all about symbols and 
slogans, but how do we define success?
  They believe that we in Congress should not be wasting this country's 
time with partisan political slogans while we have troops in the field. 
They grieve over the mistakes that have been committed by an 
administration that failed at every turn to see the difficulties ahead 
of it or the benefits of using all the nonmilitary means available to 
it.
  Of course, there are always unexpected events in war that can change 
the best plan or put some detours into the roadmap. The Levin amendment 
takes that into account. But I believe we must end the current open-
ended, unconditional policy and focus on clear goals on all fronts and 
to make that absolutely clear to the Iraqi Government.
  If we do that, we can begin to bring our troops home this year. That 
is why I fervently believe members of both parties should support this 
resolution.
  How much time do I have left, Mr. President?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator has used 15\1/2\ minutes.
  Mrs. CLINTON. I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Texas is recognized.
  Mr. CORNYN. Mr. President, I want to start my remarks this afternoon 
by recognizing the ultimate sacrifice paid by one of our soldiers, one 
of my fellow Texans, who gave his life this week in Iraq.
  PFC Kristian Menchaca, age 23, of Houston, joined the military last 
year and was soon deployed to Iraq as part of the 1st Battalion, 502nd 
Infantry, 2nd Brigade, of the 101st Airborne based in Fort Campbell, 
KY.
  According to military reports, Menchaca and his fellow soldier, PFC 
Thomas Tucker of Oregon, were part of a unit checking vehicles near the 
Euphrates River south of Baghdad. They were taken when their checkpoint 
was attacked and, as we now know, they died in service to their Nation, 
and their bodies have since been recovered.
  Private First Class Menchaca is described by his family in various 
reports as a man who loved basketball and Mexican food. His cousin, 
Sylvia Grice, is quoted as saying:

       He talked about how happy he was that he was serving his 
     country. Everyone he met liked him. He had that kind of 
     personality. He liked to help people. He was just the kind of 
     person that you enjoyed being with.

  Private First Class Menchaca was married in September of last year, 
and he often talked of joining the Border Patrol when he finished his 
military service.
  Mr. President, I know I speak for a grateful Nation when I say I am 
thankful for the service of good men and women like Private First Class 
Menchaca who serve our country day in and day out and who place 
themselves in harm's way in the service of

[[Page S6213]]

freedom. I am glad there are people like Private First Class Menchaca, 
who was happy to serve his country, not knowing perhaps that that 
service to his country would end in the ultimate sacrifice for the 
cause of freedom.
  Mr. President, I have been listening to the debate so far on the 
amendments on the floor. I cannot help but be struck by those who would 
cast the only options available to America, when it comes to what is 
now the central front in the global war on terror in Iraq, as open-
ended, unconditional commitment versus arbitrary deadlines. We have 
more choices than that, and it is indeed the policy of our Government 
at the present time not to offer open-ended, unconditional commitments, 
or to set arbitrary deadlines that serve as an encouragement to the 
enemy, knowing that if they hunker down long enough and wait us out 
long enough, the American people will lose their resolve and simply 
give up.
  Mr. President, our policy is one based on conditions on the ground, 
and based on the sound advice of our professional military experts, 
people such as GEN John Abizaid, head of Central Command, and General 
Casey, head of the coalition forces in Iraq. These are the professional 
generals--those with knowledge of the facts on the ground--who are 
making the judgments and recommendations to the President and the 
Secretary of Defense and to this Congress about what our policy should 
be, and that policy is based on conditions on the ground.
  Those who suggest that our only choice is between open-ended, 
unconditional commitments and arbitrary deadlines are presenting us 
with a false choice, one that, in the end, simply looks a lot like 
giving up. I speak in opposition to any proposal to impose an arbitrary 
deadline for the removal of our troops from Iraq and to speak about 
what I believe and know others of my colleagues believe is our need to 
win the war on terror and, while doing so, to stand beside the Iraqi 
people as they work to build their fledgling democracy and work to 
expand their growing ability to secure themselves.
  The fundamental question we have before us today is: Are we going to 
base our military strategy in Iraq on an arbitrary timetable for 
withdrawal based upon defeatism, a policy of retreat, a policy of 
appeasement, a policy of surrender, or are we going to rely upon the 
military judgment of those who are currently leading us to victory in 
Iraq?
  It is clear, as in all wars, that our Nation is being tested. This is 
not so much a test for our professional military, which is the 
preeminent fighting force in the world today and no doubt the premier 
fighting force that the world has ever known--there is no military 
force that can defeat the United States of America--the only thing that 
can defeat the United States of America, when it comes to the global 
war on terror, is America itself, if we lose the courage of our 
convictions, if we simply give up.
  On October 11, 2002, 77 Members of this body voted to authorize the 
use of force to remove Saddam Hussein in Iraq. I will be interested to 
see, when we vote on these various amendments, how many of our 
colleagues have simply lost the courage or conviction they displayed 
then, in saying it was important to remove a terrible, bloodthirsty 
tyrant from Iraq. I have stood on the mass burial grave sites in Iraq 
where at least 400,000 Iraqis lie who were victims of that bloodthirsty 
dictator.
  We know that Abu Musab al-Zarqawi was in Iraq more than a year before 
American forces went in. We all know that Saddam Hussein, with his 
fantasies of developing weapons of mass destruction, teamed up with 
terrorists and presented a clear and imminent threat to the safety and 
security of the United States.
  We have much unfinished work to do. But we must not forget to honor 
the sacrifices of those 2,500 people, like Private First Class Menchaca 
of Texas, who have made the ultimate sacrifice for their country. Are 
we going to tell those brave patriots and their families that they have 
sacrificed in vain, that we were not really serious about our 
commitments both to the American people, to preserve their safety and 
security, as well as to our allies, the Iraqi people? I hope not.
  There is no victory in arbitrary withdrawal from Iraq, and victory 
must remain our sole resolve. Any suggestion that a withdrawal from 
Iraq would somehow accelerate or pressure the Iraqi Government, and 
Iraqis themselves, into supporting democracy more fervently is simply 
inconsistent with the facts. The people who are probably most anxious 
for the American and coalition forces to leave Iraq--second only to the 
American people's desire to have their sons and daughters come home--
the people most eager to see them come home, beyond their family 
members, are probably the Iraqi people themselves. But they understand 
that they are not yet prepared to defend themselves against the 
terrorists, against the insurgents, against the sectarian strife that 
is currently racking that country. Yet we find that the armchair 
generals in Washington, DC, are hardly in a position to determine the 
best military strategy. How could it be any other way? Who is in a 
better position to determine what that strategy should be, based on 
conditions on the ground, than those professional military men and 
women who study this issue daily, who live with it daily, and who have 
tremendous experience? Surely, they have a better idea about how we can 
win the war in Iraq than the armchair generals in Washington who are 
resigned to defeat and simply giving up.

  The Senator from New York quoted from a Washington Post article of 
yesterday and suggested that the National Security Adviser in Iraq had 
somehow endorsed the provisions of the Levin amendment. But I want to 
quote one sentence that clearly refutes that suggestion. The National 
Security Adviser said:

       This roadmap on foreign troop withdrawals is based not just 
     on a series of dates but, most important, on achievement of 
     set objectives for restoring security in Iraq.

  In other words, Iraq's National Security Adviser understands the 
foolishness of setting arbitrary deadlines that have no relationship to 
achievement of set objectives for restoring security in Iraq. Do we all 
wish that our troops could come home sooner rather than later? Of 
course we do. But it is simply foolishness and folly to impose an 
arbitrary timetable on our forces, requiring them to withdraw from Iraq 
before the job is done and while the going gets tough.
  I have in my hands a report from the U.S. Department of State that is 
19 pages long. Anybody with access to the Internet could copy this or 
view it online. It is called ``Significant Terrorist Incidents, 1961 to 
2003; A Brief Chronology.'' It is 19 pages long. I ask our colleagues 
who counsel retreat, who counsel self-defeatism, what do they think is 
going to happen if we leave Iraq prematurely, before the Iraqi security 
forces can defend themselves in that new democracy? What do they expect 
will happen? I think what we know will happen is that power void would 
be filled by those who are currently fighting and killing innocent 
people in Iraq and who, given the opportunity, would use that failed 
state, if we were to retreat prematurely, as a platform to plot, plan, 
finance, and export terrorist acts to the United States and elsewhere 
around the world.
  It is pure folly to think that the terrorists somehow would simply 
give up if we decided to come home prematurely, or that Iraq could 
stand on its own to fight and defend itself and have any chance of 
nursing this fledgling democracy into full maturity.
  Just yesterday I heard some of the Members on the other side of the 
aisle say that they, too, thought that troop withdrawal should be based 
upon the judgment of military commanders. But they added: As long as 
the generals agree with them, that withdrawal will take place within 6 
months.
  Another one of our colleagues who has a resolution that has been much 
discussed announced he would extend his initial proposal of a 6-month 
deadline to a 1-year deadline. I wonder what sort of wisdom he acquired 
over the course of a weekend that told him, no, the arbitrary deadline 
should not be 6 months but should now be a year. What sort of new 
information did he acquire that led him to the conclusion that a 
withdrawal in 1 year was better than a withdrawal 6 months from now?
  It is clear that such arbitrary decisions have no basis in military 
strategy. According to one news story last week, there were colleagues 
of ours on the other side of the aisle who were up all hours searching 
for a troop withdrawal position on the war on terror that would unite 
their political party.

[[Page S6214]]

  My question is: Can they really be serious? Can they really be 
serious that they are still searching for some unifying position? It 
appears that they have no unifying position, and they have no plan to 
lead the victory in Iraq, or to lead the American people during one of 
the toughest fights that our Nation has ever endured.
  It is indeed a time of testing for our Nation, and we must pass the 
test, not just for the safety and security of the Iraqi people, but for 
our own safety and security, and for the safety and security of our 
children and our children's children.
  So far, it appears that the only thing the critics can agree on is 
their willingness to criticize the efforts in the global war on terror, 
to harp on those things in a way that is not productive and certainly 
not helpful. And it has the consequence, unintended or not, of 
undermining public support and confidence for our efforts in Iraq and 
in the global war on terror.

  So it makes me wonder--and I am sure the American people must be 
wondering--are they more interested in the upcoming elections not in 
Iraq, but in America in November, or are they more interested in 
winning the global war on terror without regard to politics or 
elections?
  It is important that we put the situation in Iraq in perspective. We 
are moving forward. Every single day we are making progress. The Iraqi 
people and their military forces are reaching out and taking 
responsibility in their own country and the hope we are extending to 
them for democracy and freedom.
  Just over 3 years ago, Saddam Hussein ruled that country. We all know 
he killed hundreds of thousands of his own people whose only crime was 
to oppose his tyranny. Our military performed flawlessly in their march 
to Baghdad and overthrew Saddam Hussein. Then, in January 2005, the 
Iraqis held elections for a transitional national assembly to begin the 
drafting of the Iraqi Constitution. They overwhelmingly approved that 
Constitution in October of 2005. And then in December of 2005, they 
held elections for a permanent national assembly.
  The Iraqi Parliament then approved the Cabinet, including the most 
controversial post of Defense and Interior Ministers. I remind my 
colleagues that the Iraqi voter turnout during last year's elections 
for their national assembly and referendum on their Constitution was 
respectively 58 percent, 77 percent, and 63 percent. It is clear that 
the Iraqi people are participating in their political process and 
building their own institutions that will eventually allow them to 
govern themselves and determine their own future.
  On the security side, we have trained more than 260,000 Iraqi 
security forces and these forces are daily becoming more and more 
competent. They are now leading daily operations against insurgents and 
al-Qaida and the sectarian strife in Iraq.
  We know there is a price to be paid, and I guess in the end, the 
difference between those who would retreat prematurely and simply give 
up and those of us who believe the fight is worth fighting for and the 
sacrifices that this Nation has made in the cause of freedom are 
unfortunate but worth it, the differences between those who believe war 
is bad and must never be fought and those who believe that war is bad 
but sometimes must be fought for the right reasons.
  It is dispiriting that some politicians reading the polls in Iraq 
want us to set an arbitrary timetable for withdrawal, and this despite 
they have no plan for success for winning the war or what to do in the 
vacuum that will be created once we give up.
  We know that terrorists remain on the attack and, given our 
willingness to retreat, will simply take advantage of that 
vulnerability and attack America and other innocent people again.
  In conclusion, I think the policy of retreat and defeatism and simply 
giving up is not one that serves our Nation well. It does not serve the 
interests of the Iraqi people, and it would simply be the wrong 
decision for this Senate to make at this time.
  I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Virginia.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I wish to thank our colleague from Texas 
for his powerful message and also for his work on the Senate Armed 
Services Committee where he has labored long and hard and well into the 
future, I hope. I thank the Senator.
  I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER (Mr. Sununu). The Senator from California.
  Mrs. FEINSTEIN. Mr. President, as has been said, more than 2,500 
brave men and women of America's fighting forces have now been killed 
in Iraq. Another 18,500 have been wounded. The victims of this violence 
include two American soldiers captured in an ambush at a checkpoint 
south of Baghdad who were brutally tortured, killed, and left 
surrounded by roadside bombs. I join with all of my colleagues in 
offering our deepest sympathies.
  Yet with American troops now caught in the middle of raging sectarian 
violence, it is all too likely that such heinous acts will go on and 
on. This war, originally projected to last but a few months, has gone 
on for 39 months with no end in sight.
  Our Nation is spending $2.5 billion a week on the conflict, and the 
violence has worsened.
  Iraqis have suffered greatly. More than 30,000 civilians have been 
killed, including 4,000 in the past 3 months alone. And another 90,000 
Iraqis have had to flee their homes and their country to avoid the 
bloodshed.
  In the past 5 days alone, according to news reports, nearly 100 
civilians have been murdered in car bombings, shootings and other 
attacks, despite a new security crackdown by Iraqi and American forces.
  For example, on Friday, 16 people were killed and 28 wounded when a 
shoe bomber blew himself up inside the Buratha mosque during religious 
services.
  Saturday, one of the bloodiest days yet in recent months, over 40 
civilians died in a series of car bombs and mortar attacks around 
Baghdad.
  Day after day and month after month, we see that an open-ended 
commitment of United States forces neither controls nor abates the 
insurgency but, rather, it appears to inflame it.
  What is becoming very apparent is that the murderous conflicts that 
bloody Baghdad and other cities daily can only be reduced by Iraqis--
Iraqis who are willing and able to come together and stop this brutal 
and ruthless violence.
  So I rise today to say that the time has come for the United States 
to recognize that United States troops cannot abate this kind of 
sectarian violence; only Iraqis can.
  Late last year, Congress approved and President Bush signed into law 
an amendment that was in this very Defense authorization bill. That 
amendment pointed out that:

       Calendar year 2006--

  That this year--

     should be a period of significant transition to full Iraqi 
     sovereignty, with Iraqi security forces taking the lead for 
     the security of a free and sovereign Iraq, thereby creating 
     the conditions for the phased redeployment of United States 
     forces from Iraq.

  Mr. President, 79 Senators from both sides of the aisle voted for 
this amendment, and I believe the amendment presented today that we are 
debating right now is the right way to follow up on this earlier Senate 
initiative. It is not cut-and-run by any stretch of the imagination.
  When President Bush staged his brief visit to Baghdad last week, he 
told Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki that he came to look him ``in 
the eye.'' Now it is time for the President of the United States to 
look the American people in the eye.
  As a nation, we have had enough repetition of slogans and 
reassurances that have become increasingly hollow in the continuing 
blast of roadside bombs and the rattle of automatic gunfire. No longer 
will ``we stand down when they stand up'' suffice for policy. No, Mr. 
President, we want you to recognize this.
  Three years ago, the United States may have been misguided into war 
in Iraq, but now most certainly the country must not be misguided about 
the realities in Iraq today and the need to change our mission.
  What is victory in a land torn by its own warring factions? Is it 
quite possibly allowing Iraqis to solve Iraqi problems and to remove 
the shibboleth of an ongoing occupying army making decisions that 
should be left to Iraqis?
  Despite what may have been said these past few days, our amendment is 
not about cutting and running. Rather,

[[Page S6215]]

our amendment acknowledges that staying the course is a strategy that 
shows no promise of success, and it is time to change that strategy.
  There remains a thunderstorm of conflicting forces over much of Iraq. 
Questing for dominance are al-Qaida, nationalistic Baathists left over 
from the days of Saddam's tyranny, and an array of rival religious 
armies.
  The battle lines are as uncertain and diverse as are the competing 
objectives of the various combatants. True, there have been some other 
positive developments. Iraq finally put a constitutional government in 
place last month, 5 months after the December 15 election.
  After extensive deliberation and debate, the Iraqi Government is 
finally functioning, but much work remains to be done by the Iraqi 
people and their elected leaders, for only they can ultimately defeat 
the forces that have left the Iraqi nation on the brink of civil war. 
There are now over 260,000 Iraqi military and police personnel who have 
been trained and equipped, well over three-quarters of the way to 
reaching the Pentagon's stated goal of establishing an Iraqi force of 
325,000 troops. Of the 102 operational Iraqi Army combat battalions, 69 
are either in the lead or operating independently. That is over 60,000 
soldiers.
  Now that Iraqis have assumed the reins of control, it is critical 
that the United States not be caught in the middle of the ongoing 
carnage, sectarian violence, and civil strife.
  I believe strongly that our mission in Iraq needs to change--train 
police and military, provide necessary infrastructure assistance, 
advise when asked--but now that the entire Iraqi leadership is in 
place, it is time for the phased redeployment promised last year in 
this bill to begin.
  Our amendment calls on the administration to prepare and present to 
Congress and the American people by the end of this year a plan 
outlining the steps needed to proceed with the redeployment of our 
troops, either back to the United States or to other critical areas of 
potential terrorist conflict around the globe.
  This amendment would place the Senate on record asking that the 
President expedite the transition of U.S. forces in Iraq to a limited 
presence and confine the mission to training and providing logistical 
support to Iraqi security forces.
  We request the President to begin the phased redeployment of forces 
this year. It would ask that the President submit a plan to the 
Congress by the end of 2006 with estimated--estimated--days for the 
continued phased redeployment of U.S. forces from Iraq. Is this too 
much to ask 3 years and 3 months into the most costly conflict the 
United States has yet entered into?

  It would also ask the President to convene an international 
conference to bring together the international community to discuss and 
implement a strategy to assisting Iraq's development and 
infrastructure.
  This amendment also calls on the Iraqi Government to, one, achieve a 
broad-based and sustainable political settlement within its own groups 
of people; two, share political power and economic resources among all 
Iraqi groups; three, develop a unifying constitution; and, four, disarm 
the militias and remove members of the Iraqi security forces whose 
loyalty to the new government is in doubt.
  Moreover, and most importantly, it is increasingly clear that the 
Iraqis themselves wish to see a structured downsizing of American 
troops in their country. Why don't we listen?
  Senator Clinton eloquently pointed this out, and it bears repeating. 
The new Iraqi National Security Adviser first said a week ago, and then 
more recently in a Washington Post op-ed just yesterday, that the Iraqi 
Government hopes that by year's end, United States troop levels will be 
under 100,000, and that most of the remaining troops will return home 
by the end of 2007.
  We don't make accusations of the Iraqi National Security Adviser. I 
have a hard time understanding why the opposite side makes accusations 
of us when we simply say we agree with the Iraqis, whose business it is 
to know this, chart this, advise this, and carry this out.
  He states unequivocally that Iraq's ambition is to have full control 
of his country by the end of 2008. He says: The removal of coalition 
troops from Iraqi streets will help the Iraqis, who now see our troops 
as occupiers rather than the liberators they were meant to be.
  Members, this is the Iraqi National Security Adviser saying that the 
Iraqi people now see our troops as occupiers rather than the liberators 
they were once meant to be. This is a point worthy of serious 
consideration by this body.
  Al-Rubaie goes on to suggest that such a drawdown: ``Will legitimize 
Iraq's government in the eyes of its people'' and ``strengthen it to 
last the full 4 years it is supposed to.'' A drawdown, he says, will 
legitimize Iraq's Government in the eyes of its people and strengthen 
it to last the 4 years it is supposed to. Why don't we listen?
  And he concludes yesterday's op-ed by stating--and I find this 
eloquent:

       Iraq has to grow out of the shadow of the United States and 
     the coalition, take responsibility for its own decisions, 
     learn from its own mistakes, and find Iraqi solutions to 
     Iraqi problems, with the knowledge that our friends and 
     allies are standing by with support and help should we need 
     it.

  This is exactly what this legislation would do. If the Iraqi National 
Security Adviser is willing to put forward goals and timetables for the 
downsizing of the American troop presence in Iraq, why shouldn't the 
President of the United States?
  I hope this body will join together in a bipartisan fashion, as we 
did last year, and call for the redeployment and transition of the 
United States mission in Iraq beginning this year. Three years and 3 
months. This hasn't been 30 days, it hasn't been 60 days or 90 days. It 
has been 3 years and 3 months with ``stay the course,'' and things get 
worse and worse. Now we have the National Security Adviser in Iraq 
saying essentially exactly what the amendment before us today says. Are 
we going to listen to him or do we think we know better?
  I believe this is the right thing to do for our troops who have 
sacrificed so much. It is the right thing to do for their families who 
wait anxiously for them to return home. It is the right thing to do for 
the overwhelming majority of the American people who have stated 
clearly their desire for a change of course in Iraq.
  I believe it is the right thing to do for the Iraqi people. They are 
prepared to stand up. They are prepared to handle their own destiny. I 
believe Iraq should be for Iraqis.
  Thank you, and I yield the floor.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I yield myself just a minute or two. I 
listened carefully, as I do to all the comments made by my colleagues, 
and I believe I heard my distinguished colleague from California say 
that the most costly war ever is the one we are engaged in.
  I would like to remind my colleague and all those listening and all 
in America--we deeply grieve the 2,500 lives we have lost thus far and 
the 18,000 wounded--but I remember so well when I was but 17 or just 
turned 18. I was in the Navy during the last battle of World War II; 
just one of those battles in World War II. I was in the training 
command at that time awaiting my orders to go to the Pacific. It began 
on Easter Sunday morning, and it ended 81 days later. One battle, 81 
days, in 1945. Let me tell my colleague what America suffered. Twelve 
thousand men, and I expect some women, were killed or missing and never 
accounted for; 38,000 were wounded, 763 aircraft were lost, 368 U.S. 
naval ships either sunk or were severely damaged.
  We have to be cautious and put this conflict in context with the 
sacrifices that Americans have made. That was just one battle in World 
War II. The casualties eventually went over a half a million. That was 
only one battle.
  As we look at this conflict, yes, we grieve the losses, but we have 
to maintain this steadfast commitment, as we did in World War II, to 
put an end to this tyranny of terrorism. If not, we will not see 
casualties like Okinawa in any military conflict in the years to come 
between soldiers, sailors, airmen, and their counterparts, but we could 
see those casualties here at home if these terrorists acquire weapons 
of mass destruction or are given places in the world to have their 
training camps, and if they perceive that this Nation is in any way 
wavering its commitment to fight terrorism in every aspect we can.
  So I would say to my dear colleague, I don't think this is the most 
costly

[[Page S6216]]

war ever, as I believe the record will reflect.
  Mrs. FEINSTEIN. Mr. President, may I respond to that?
  Mr. WARNER. I yield the floor.
  Mrs. FEINSTEIN. I would respond just for a brief moment. I believe 
the total cost of World War II was $210 billion in real dollars. The 
cost thus far of just Iraq has been $320 billion; and if we include 
Afghanistan, my understanding is it is about $370 billion. So I did not 
mean it in terms of lives lost; I meant it in terms of dollars spent.
  Mr. WARNER. Well, that was not clear in the statement that you made. 
You used the word ``cost.'' I did not put down the cost of all the 
military equipment of the wars. But I think when we look at cost, we 
should think of lives expended. And we are here today exercising that 
freedom from that generation of World War II, the generation that 
fought in Korea, the generation that fought in Vietnam, and the 
generation that is fighting today.
  I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Texas is recognized.
  Mrs. HUTCHISON. Mr. President, I want to start my remarks in 
opposition to this resolution by sharing the story of Marine First 
Lieutenant David Lewis from Spring, TX. Following participation in the 
Corps of Cadets at Texas A&M University, he was commissioned on August 
10, 2001. He wanted to serve his country, and he found very quickly 
after he graduated that he would have that opportunity.
  Lieutenant Lewis has served two terms in Iraq, two tours in Operation 
Iraqi Freedom I and II. During his second tour, on August 5, 2004, 
Lieutenant Lewis was badly wounded in Najaf, while leading his platoon 
of 35 Marines into conflict against a group of insurgents. A rocket-
propelled grenade grazed off his helmet and exploded, leaving him 
blinded and severely wounded. He survived the blast, and following 
numerous surgeries after returning home, he has regained partial vision 
in one eye. He was awarded the Purple Heart, and the Navy and Marine 
Corps Commendation Medal with V for his service.
  But he still wanted to serve his country. He was frustrated by the 
negative image of the war portrayed by the media. So Lieutenant Lewis 
came to Washington and applied for a job on my staff. And I am very 
pleased to report that he is sitting with me on the floor today, a 
valuable member of my staff.
  Lieutenant Lewis, like so many of his brothers and sisters in the 
Armed Forces, has sacrificed for our country, none more than the three 
who were ambushed just last week and have given the ultimate sacrifice 
for our country. Private First Class Menchaca from Houston, TX, Private 
First Class Tucker from Madras, OR, and Specialist David Babineau from 
Springfield, MA. We are horrified by what we have heard of the deaths 
of Private First Class Menchaca and Private First Class Tucker. My 
thoughts and prayers go out to them and their families. But I cannot 
imagine anything worse than what has already happened to those two 
people and their families, along with Specialist Babineau and 
Lieutenant Lewis, I cannot imagine anything worse than for us to pass a 
resolution that says we are going to stop our commitment because we 
just can't take it anymore. It is like saying, the cause for which they 
have paid such a price really wasn't worth sticking with it.
  This war on terror must be won at all costs. If we step back and say 
we are willing to walk away because times are too tough, we have 
jeopardized the 2,502 who have given the ultimate sacrifice in this war 
on terror. Furthermore, we are giving away the security of future 
generations. We are saying that we are not going to protect freedom 
because it might be too tough.
  If we did this, the terrorists would surely be emboldened. They 
attacked us, according to Osama bin Laden, on 9/11 because of our 
reaction to previous attacks: The USS Cole, the bombings of our 
embassies in East Africa, Somalia, the bombing of Khobar Towers, and 
the first attacks on the World Trade Center. We treated it like this 
was going to be a criminal case, and we had to have justice in court. 
The terrorists got the message that America's attention span wouldn't 
last very long, not long enough certainly to see through an entire war 
on these people who would take away the freedom of our children.
  I cannot imagine telling the terrorists that if times get too tough, 
if you are too horrible, if you do things that we cannot even imagine 
because we are a civilized society, we are going to turn around and run 
away. I cannot imagine saying that America will not have the stamina to 
stand up and fight and win a war at all costs for the freedom of future 
generations.
  That is the message we would send to our enemies. What about the 
message we would send to our allies? You know, this resolution and 
previous resolutions have called on President Bush to get more 
international involvement in the war on terror. I know President Bush 
has tried to get international involvement, and we have international 
involvement. But what country would ever step up to the plate and be by 
the side of the United States of America in the future if we say: We 
are going to set a timetable, and if it gets too tough we are going to 
leave, but we sure appreciate your coming and being with us, until it 
gets too hard? That cannot be the role of the greatest country on 
Earth. If we show that kind of weakness, we will no longer have allies, 
and we will certainly have plenty of enemies.
  If we establish a timetable for redeploying our troops from Iraq by 
the end of the year or by July of next year, we are handing the enemy 
our playbook. We would be saying that in 194 days our commitment is 
going to end. Why they picked 194 days to say that our attention span 
would last, I don't know. But it would be 194 days for the Government 
of Iraq to get up and going, for the security forces to be trained, 194 
days to root out the insurgency, and 194 days to stand beside our 
allies and by the Government that is forming in Iraq. That is not the 
role of the United States of America.
  It has been mentioned on the floor that there is an opinion piece in 
the Washington Post yesterday from an Iraqi adviser saying Iraq needs 
to learn from its mistakes and Iraq needs to stand on its own. No one 
wants Iraq to be able to stand on its own more than the United States 
of America. We have shown that. But does anyone in this body believe 
that Iraq is totally in control of Iraqis today? Does anyone believe 
there are not insurgents and agitators from other parts of the world? 
Al-Qaida? Iran? Other terrorist organizations that have come into Iraq 
for the specific purpose of destabilizing that country?
  If you do believe it is just Iraqis who are there and if everyone 
else leaves they will be able to settle their differences, then this 
resolution would be just fine. But that is just a fantasy. Of course 
there are insurgents from other parts of the world. Of course there is 
al-Qaida right in the middle of Iraq. The last thing the terrorists 
want is a stabilized Iraq. That is why they are fighting so hard. So we 
would say to this fledgling Government that has just been able to get 
on its feet but is still struggling, that has trained soldiers but not 
nearly enough because the insurgents continue to bomb their police 
headquarters and recruiting headquarters, we would say to them: We are 
going to leave you on your own and hope for the best.
  Can you imagine what would happen in Iraq if America says we are 
leaving at the end of this year, we are going to start to pull out 
troops, and then we are going to finish by July of next year or 
whatever date would be determined by the authors of this amendment? Who 
would be in control of Iraq? Anybody who believes that it would be 
Iraqis, with the condition they are in, is just not looking at the 
reality. So I cannot think of anything worse that I could say to the 
family of Private Menchaca, from Houston, TX, or his 18-year-old wife 
who is with her family, than--the very week that this young man paid a 
terrible price for a cause he believed in--that we are not really 
committed to the cause. I cannot imagine anything more disheartening to 
Lieutenant Lewis, who has already served twice in Iraq and wanted to 
come and do more for his country, than to say: I am glad you are 
committed, but the Senate just isn't there with you.
  No. No. The United States of America and the Senate representing the 
50 States of this Nation must not pass a resolution that would walk 
away from our commitment to the cause of freedom for the citizens of 
the United

[[Page S6217]]

States, because that is what is at stake here. It is not the Iraqi 
people alone in this fight. We are fighting terrorists on their turf. 
We have not had an attack in the United States of America because we 
have been vigilant in keeping them on their turf, containing them on 
their turf, and building up our homeland security at the same time. We 
must keep the word and the commitment of the greatest Nation on Earth, 
and we must keep the trust of the people that we are going to keep the 
will to fight for freedom for their children and their children's 
children. That is what is at stake in this resolution.
  I urge my colleagues to think of the consequences of cutting and 
running from a fight that is much bigger than the stabilization of 
Iraq. It is for the freedom and the way of life of Americans and our 
allies throughout the world.
  I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Virginia.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, would you advise the managers as to the 
allocation of time still remaining under the control of each?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The majority has 1 hour 14 minutes; the 
minority has 1 hour 26 minutes.
  Mr. WARNER. I thank the Chair.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Who yields time? The Senator from Michigan.
  Mr. LEVIN. I yield 10 minutes to Senator Salazar.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Colorado is recognized.
  Mr. SALAZAR. Mr. President, I am proud to be an original cosponsor of 
the Levin-Reed amendment on our Iraq policy.
  The United States of America has already invested mightily in helping 
the Iraqi people. It is now time for the United States to make a clear 
and specific statement that the Iraqi people must assume the 
responsibility for finding Iraqi solutions to the challenges they face.
  Indeed, that is exactly what the Iraqi government has said it wants. 
Just a few days ago, the new Iraqi National Security Advisor, Mowaffak 
al-Rubaie, stated that the Iraqi government anticipates some drawdown 
in U.S. troop numbers by the end of this year and continuing in 2007. 
He also said:

       The removal of troops will also allow the Iraqi government 
     to engage with some of our neighbors that have to date been 
     at the very least sympathetic to the resistance because of 
     what they call the ``coalition occupation.''

  Finally, he made the statement:

       The removal of foreign troops will legitimize Iraq's 
     government in the eyes of its people.
  The security adviser continued and essentially said that there would 
be a gradual transition from the American troop presence there in Iraq. 
So our amendment builds on what the Iraqi Government is telling us that 
they want.
  America has invested life, blood, and treasure in Iraq over the past 
3\1/2\ years. Mr. President, 2,506 U.S. servicemen and women have been 
killed; Over 18,500 servicemen and women have been wounded: and some 
$320 billion taxpayer dollars have been appropriated.
  We all recognize that U.S. forces cannot and should not remain in 
Iraq indefinitely. Yesterday the House of Representatives voted 
overwhelmingly to retain language indicating that the U.S. will not 
construct permanent bases in Iraq precisely because they wanted to send 
a signal to Americans and to Iraqis--we don't plan on staying forever.
  Last year the Senate joined together in calling for 2006 to be the 
year of transition in Iraq. That was a positive step, one that helped 
bring unity and cohesion to a debate too often marked by partisan 
rancor. Now we can take another constructive step together by 
supporting this well-thought-out amendment.
  The Levin-Reed amendment affirms the statement that the Senate made 
last year: 2006 should be a year of transition in Iraq. It asks the 
President to present a flexible plan for that ongoing transition--one 
that can give some shape and direction to the oft-repeated mantra that 
``as the Iraqis stand up, we will stand down.''
  Let me just outline what this amendment does.
  It states that an open-ended commitment in Iraq is unsustainable, and 
urges the following actions be undertaken to help the American people 
and the Iraqi people achieve success.
  The Iraqis should take steps to promote more power sharing in Iraq, 
including through Constitutional changes, to avert civil conflict.
  The President of the United States should convene an international 
summit on Iraq to increase burden-sharing in efforts to stabilize the 
country.
  The government of Iraq should disarm militias and insist on integrity 
in the Iraqi armed forces and police.
  The U.S. President should begin the transition of U.S. forces to a 
limited, three-fold mission. That mission would involve continued 
training of Iraqi forces, protecting U.S. assets and personnel, and 
targeted counter-terrorism activities, and by the end of 2006, the 
President should submit a plan to Congress for continuing the phased 
redeployment.
  The U.S. should continue heavy diplomatic engagement in Iraq for the 
foreseeable future.
  The President should assess the impact that our operations in Iraq 
are having on the overall US campaign against terrorism worldwide.
  One thing that has become apparent in recent months is that many 
Americans are losing confidence in our Iraq policy--not in our 
servicemen and women, but in our policy. I know that history tells us 
that the U.S. is most successful in undertakings of this magnitude and 
difficulty when the American people are wholeheartedly behind the 
effort. It is my sincere hope that this amendment, and the plan for 
phased redeployment appropriate to conditions on the ground that it 
calls for, will help contribute to success in Iraq by giving the 
American people new confidence that we are moving toward a clear 
destination, along a distinct path.
  It is precisely because I recognize that stability in Iraq is 
important, and because I want this mission to succeed, that I am 
pleased to cosponsor this amendment. The only path to sustainable 
stability in Iraq requires Iraqis assuming responsibility for their own 
security and making the political accommodations necessary to avert 
civil war. The U.S. cannot do this for them. An open-ended policy in 
Iraq is not helping matters--it is letting extremist and divisive 
elements hide behind the cloak of nationalism, and it is providing a 
rationale for postponing tough choices which must be made by the Iraqi 
people.
  And so those who would rather engage in mudslinging, those who would 
rather politicize this vital national security issue than deal with the 
reality that the only choices before us are tough choices, need to 
think again. We all in this Chamber, I believe, want success in Iraq. 
We need to work with the democratically-elected Iraqi government to get 
there. This amendment is in step with their vision.
  I want to succeed in Iraq, and I also want our broader foreign policy 
goal to succeed--the goal of defeating the terrorist networks that wish 
to do us harm. It is precisely because I am concerned about the 
consequences for our national security of an open-ended commitment to 
keep large numbers of American troops deployed in Iraq that I support 
the Levin-Reed amendment. The fight against terrorism is a global 
endeavor, and for years Iraq has been sucking up most the resources, 
the troops, and the political will and capital in this room. This 
amendment calls on the administration to responsibly assess and adjust 
our policies so that we don't strain our military to the breaking point 
even as a global struggle rages on for years and perhaps decades to 
come.
  The very fact that this amendment is likely to be criticized from 
both sides in the Iraq debate is, in my view, an endorsement of its 
language. This amendment rejects any call for an immediate withdrawal, 
because that would be irresponsible and would not serve our national 
interests. A failed Iraqi state would further destabilize an already 
volatile region, creating a lasting haven for terrorists. Our national 
security imperatives mandate our commitment to Iraq's success. There is 
no cutting, there is no running in this language. There is no deadline. 
There is no arbitrary timeframe.
  But it also rejects the fingers-crossed, stay the meandering-course 
approach favored by those whose strategy seems to involve little more 
than hoping for the best. Optimism is a terrific attitude, but it's not 
a policy.

[[Page S6218]]

  Success in Iraq is dependent on several factors: controlling 
violence, creating a stable government of national unity, delivering 
basic services and the promise of economic development to the Iraqi 
people, and establishing strong and supportive relations between Iraq 
and its neighbors in the region. If any of these pillars are missing, 
Iraq's future becomes uncertain and unstable. America can help, but 
ultimately the Iraqis must achieve these goals on their own.
  This amendment calls for us to begin shifting that responsibility, 
even as we work to shore up international cooperation and support and 
reaffirm our commitment to intense ongoing engagement.
  Since I became a United States Senator, I have twice traveled to Iraq 
to get a better sense of the status of our mission. Each time, I have 
been overwhelmed with admiration for our servicemen and women who are 
serving so honorably, and who, along with their families, are 
sacrificing so much.
  I am so proud of our troops and we must do right by them. Sitting on 
our hands while policy drifts from one goal and mission to another with 
no end in sight just isn't good enough. By the end of this year, we 
will have been in Iraq nearly as long as we were engaged in World War 
II, but as sectarian violence is on the rise, the picture is getting 
murkier and murkier. Congress needs to get into the mix--but to get in 
responsibly. I hope that my colleagues, both those who support this 
amendment and those who find fault with it, will engage in this debate 
in that spirit. Our men and women in uniform, and the American people, 
deserve nothing less.
  I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER (Mr. Martinez). Who yields time?
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I yield to the Senator from Oregon up to 
10 minutes.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Oregon is recognized for 10 
minutes.
  Mr. SMITH. Mr. President, since the conflict in Afghanistan and Iraq, 
2,808 American men and women have paid the ultimate sacrifice. Of that 
number, 63 are Oregonians, or those who have Oregon ties. There are 63 
patriots among that total.
  I rise today to honor them, but I also feel compelled to come here 
this afternoon to pay particular honor to Tom Tucker who recently lost 
his life and to do what I can through my words to assuage in some 
possible way, if possible, the grief of his parents, Wes and Meg Tucker 
of Madras, OR. Army PVT Thomas Tucker was born in Pineville, OR, in 
central Oregon, in the beautiful rimrock country of that part of our 
State. He grew up in Madras and graduated from Madras High School in 
1999. He worked in a variety of jobs before feeling the call to serve 
his country and enlisted in the U.S. Army in July of 2005. He was 
attached to the First Battalion of the 502nd Infantry Regiment of the 
Second Brigade, 101st Airborne Division. He has been in Iraq since 
February of 2006.
  When word came through that he had been taken hostage by al-Qaida 
fighters in Iraq, I called his father Wes. I wasn't very far into the 
conversation when it was clear to me that I was talking to a dad who 
was also a patriot, was proud of his son and fearful for the 
consequences that may befall him.
  The worst-of-all news came out when the whole country, and 
particularly my State, learned not only that Thomas had given his life 
but that he had been tortured, that his body had been defiled and had 
been booby-trapped to take the lives of other American soldiers.
  I have no words sufficient to tell the Tucker family how truly sorry 
I am for the extent of their loss. Yet I stand in awe and amazement 
that this morning on the NBC ``Today'' program there came Wes Tucker's 
face. And he said: ``Our son, as far as we are concerned, has died for 
the freedom of everyone in the United States.''
  I could not agree with him more.
  Wes and Meg Tucker are made of sterner stuff. They did not blame the 
President. They did not blame the military. They simply acknowledged 
that their son was in the service of his country knowing the risk and 
willing to sacrifice it all.
  I salute them, and I will never forget them or their son.
  I am told by news accounts that Madras, OR, a town of 6,000 people, 
has now become a family of 6,000 people, gathering around the Tucker 
family, to offer whatever consolation they can and the support that is 
required, to let the Tucker family know that their son is an American 
hero now and forever.
  Many wonder, what did Tom die for? I believe, as his father said, 
that he died for his country, that he died for freedom's sake, and the 
cause of freedom is one that comes with a very high price. It has hit 
home hard in Oregon today.
  Al-Qaida is a serpent with many heads. It found Tom, and in finding 
him revealed the ugliness, the barbarity, the brutality of the enemy 
that we face.
  Understand, al-Qaida's words in this war, their purposes, their 
intentions, their objectives are to create--these are not George Bush's 
words, these are their words--a new califate in the Middle East such as 
existed for several centuries, ranging from Spain as far as Pakistan, 
to establish sharia law.
  If you want to know what sharia law is, look at the governments of 
the Taliban and the brutality that attended their government. It is for 
the extermination of the state of Israel, and it is for the holding 
hostage of western civilization. I believe Tom Tucker died in 
opposition to these hideous aims of our enemies on Earth today.
  Anyone who believes that America does not have a stake in this is 
deeply mistaking themselves.
  During my first term in the U.S. Senate I served on the Foreign 
Relations Committee. I wasn't on that committee long until I was simply 
amazed and overwhelmed in terms of my schedule by the number of foreign 
leaders who sought out an audience in my office seeking trade, aid, and 
military alliance with the United States.
  I used to wonder, why do they come to us? Why must we solve their 
problems? It was evident because they knew America had values for which 
it was willing to pay a high price.
  So I have to ask, why us? And history's answer is, why not us?
  In the 20th century, the United States of America and a number of our 
stalwart friends--the British come quickly to mind--have filled the 
void to stop tyranny when our defense, first, our interests, our values 
and our allies required our help. It is no different now in 21st 
century.
  We all want our kids to come home. I pray for that daily. And I am 
thankful that their numbers are declining and that they are coming 
home.
  What this debate is about and the difference we share with our 
friends on the other side of the aisle is simply the wisdom of 
announcing a date for withdrawal.
  As I have studied history, I have never found an instance whereby 
victory is won by announcing retreat. Wisdom counsels, I believe, that 
we hold our cards closer to our vest.
  Al-Qaida is counting on us to go home just as they cite in their Web 
sites our retreat from Beirut, our inaction in the face of innumerable, 
outrageous terrorist attacks during the 1990s--and they took it all for 
weakness.
  I want our kids to come home. But I want us to see the ugly face of 
al-Qaida and understand the deadliness and earnestness of their 
purposes and how antithetical they are to the future of this Nation and 
to the future of our children and to the civilization that we enjoy in 
such abundance in this blessed land.
  Al-Qaida is counting on us to set a date. It is for that reason that 
I will vote against any amendment that sets a date.
  I want to express to my colleagues on the other side that the 
rhetoric is too heated. When I hear things like ``Bush lied, kids 
died,'' or even on our side, ``retreat''--and whatever the mantra is--
my soul cries out for something more dignified.
  I don't believe their dissent is unpatriotic. I simply believe it to 
be unwise. It is a tactical mistake of monumental proportions.
  I do not know how long the war on terror will go. But I do know that 
we have an interest in it. We learned that interest on 9/11. We learn 
that interest with the death of every soldier.
  I yield the floor with a plea that we keep our tactics to ourselves 
and that we understand that America will not be defeated but that we 
can defeat ourselves.

[[Page S6219]]

  I urge opposition to the Levin amendment.
  I yield the floor.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I yield myself such time as I may consume 
to say to my colleague, what a truly heartfelt, remarkable set of 
comments. I thank the Senator for contributing to this important 
debate.
  I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Who yields time?
  Mr. LEVIN. Mr. President, I yield 15 minutes to the Senator from 
Connecticut.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Connecticut.
  Mr. DODD. Mr. President, as I begin my remarks, by coincidence, I am 
following my good friend from Oregon, Gordon Smith. It is purely by 
coincidence that we are lined up to address our thoughts on this 
important and most critical issue facing our country. I say to my 
colleague from Oregon, my opening comments are exactly the Senator's 
closing comments.
  I plead with my colleagues during the remaining hours of this debate 
to try to stay away from the personal attacks and the mindless use of 
labels that we are tempted to gravitate to in order to impassion our 
constituencies. Such approaches do little to contribute to an 
understanding of the important subject before the Senate.
  The Senator from Oregon eloquently described the loss of Thomas 
Tucker and of Kristian Menchaca from Houston, TX, the insane and 
hideous loss of life, and how it occurred. These young men and the 
2,500 others who have lost their lives, along with the 18,000 who have 
been permanently injured, deserve better than some of the rhetoric and 
some of the discussion I have heard over the last number of days in 
talking about this issue.
  I believe all 100 Senators in this Chamber care deeply about what 
happens to our men and women in uniform. I don't question for a single 
minute the patriotism of a single colleague. While we may disagree 
about how to successfully conduct our policies with respect to Iraq, we 
all deserve to give to our constituencies an intelligent discussion of 
these matters rather than resort to language of ``cut and run'' or 
``lie and die'' or other such talk. It is that kind of rhetoric which 
causes most of our constituents to become disgusted with Congress.
  I may disagree with my colleague from Oregon over the Levin 
amendment. In fact, I am a cosponsor of this amendment, and I believe 
Carl Levin and Jack Reed have put us on the right track, which I am 
going to explain. I can fully respect those with a different point of 
view in all of this, while disagreeing with them. I do not question for 
a minute any Senator's goals or patriotism. I hope the rest of my 
colleagues over the remaining hours will conduct themselves 
accordingly. Before giving your speech, read the speech of Gordon Smith 
and then decide whether you are going to engage in the kind of talk you 
may have prepared in your remarks in this Senate.
  I thank Carl Levin, Jack Reed, and others who put this amendment 
together, which I have asked to be a supporter of. It is a major step 
in getting our Iraq policy headed in the right direction. I also thank 
our colleagues who met on numerous occasions over the last several 
weeks, to have discussions about how best to frame this amendment. They 
were thoughtful discussions which I was pleased to participate in with 
Senators Carl Levin, Joe Biden, Harry Reid, Jack Reed, Dianne 
Feinstein, Dick Durbin, John Kerry, and Russ Feingold. The Levin 
amendment is a consensus product of those conversations. Any one of us 
developing an amendment on this subject might have done it somewhat 
differently, emphasized some ideas more than others, included more 
specificity in the information we are seeking from the President with 
respect to benchmarks and a timeframe for the significant redeployment 
of U.S. forces from Iraq. But I believe that the amendment that emerged 
from that process is useful for a serious and important debate on the 
need to begin the process of redeploying our forces this year from Iraq 
and turning over full responsibility for governing that country to 
Iraq's democratically elected leaders.
  I believe very strongly that it is very appropriate we begin any 
discussion about Iraq by first commending our men and women in uniform 
who have served so nobly there. Whatever else your views may be, it is 
critically important that they know this great Senate respects and 
honors their service. Our men and women in uniform have performed with 
honor, bravery, and skill in attempting to bring order and stability 
into the post-Saddam Iraq. They have put themselves in harm's way, as I 
said a moment ago. More than 2,500 of our sons and daughters have given 
their lives serving our Nation. Thousands more have suffered life-
altering injuries. The American people and the Iraqi people owe them, 
more than any other group, in my view, a great debt of gratitude for 
their service.
  We in Congress must continue to provide them with every resource to 
ensure they return home safely and as expeditiously as possible. 
Whatever disagreements may arise during the course of our debate about 
the administration's Iraq policy, those disagreements should in no way 
be interpreted as criticisms of our troops. Every one of my colleagues, 
as I said a moment ago, cares deeply and respects deeply the service of 
these men and women in uniform.
  Our disagreement with the President and his administration is that we 
believed we were misled in 2002 about the rationale for going to war in 
Iraq. There was hyped intelligence, cherrypicking of intelligence data 
to paint a picture of a threat, in my view, that did not exist at the 
time. That is and was unconscionable.
  After the war began, the President continued to mislead America about 
the course of the war, the adequacy of planning, the postwar 
reconstruction, and the bill the American people would be asked to pay 
for the cost of U.S. involvement. Key members of the administration 
played critical roles in disseminating information that was inaccurate.
  I have said on a number of occasions that if I had known then what I 
know now--namely, that Saddam Hussein possessed no weapons of mass 
destruction--I would not have given the President my vote for a 
resolution to use force in Iraq. I doubt there would have been a vote 
had all Members been aware of the information we now know exists.
  Having said all of that, it is not possible to turn back the clock. 
We are where we are with respect to our involvement in Iraq. Sectarian 
violence has now outpaced that of foreign jihadists and ex-Baathists 
and insurgents as the greatest threat confronting American and Iraqi 
forces and Iraqi civilians. Ethnic mistrust, according to a recent 
cable from our Ambassador in Iraq to Secretary of State Rice, is 
increasingly ripping that country apart at the seams. That is from our 
Ambassador in Baghdad.
  According to that same cable from our Ambassador--and I am not 
quoting, but this is the substance--the Iraqi people largely blame, 
unfortunately, the United States for the current situation, seeing 
their own Government as a puppet of the United States and believing 
that much of the violence in Iraq is being allowed by the United States 
as a type of retribution for the problems we faced in our mission to 
Iraq. Those are not my views but the views expressed by the American 
Ambassador in Baghdad writing to the Secretary of State saying this is 
how we are perceived. I strongly object to that kind of conclusion, but 
that is the conclusion of our Ambassador.
  Iraq's economy is also in a shambles. Three years after major combat 
operations ended, the Iraqi infrastructure remains inadequate by every 
measure. Oil production, electricity generation, and the availability 
of clean water are all below prewar levels. Schools and hospitals lack 
adequate supplies and personnel. No matter how the administration tries 
to paint the picture, the reality which we all accept and know is that 
the chaos in Iraq is transparent and it is growing.
  Most importantly, Iraq's elected Government is now poised to 
function, but only after 5 months of political haggling over key 
Cabinet and sub-Cabinet posts. That is the reality, colleagues, that 
the U.S. policy must now address in Iraq.

  To be fair, there has been some good news. Over the last 10 days, 
particularly with the announcement that U.S. forces were able to detect 
and eliminate the Jordanian terrorist Abu

[[Page S6220]]

Mus'ab Al-Zarqawi, al-Qaida's henchman in Iraq and the architect of the 
brutal attacks against U.S. military personnel and Iraqi civilians 
alike. We can be justifiably proud, and should be, of how the United 
States and Iraqi forces, together, carried out this extremely dangerous 
and important mission. It is also a positive development that the Iraqi 
Government is now as its full capacity, with all Cabinet positions 
filled, particularly the critical national security posts. That is the 
good news. It is important to cite that as well.
  Now that this Government of Iraq is a reality, it is also an 
important and appropriate moment for U.S. policymakers to take stock of 
our policy in Iraq and consider the next steps to turning over full 
responsibility to Iraq's democratically elected government.
  Let me remind our colleagues, last year, President Bush signed into 
law as part of the fiscal year 2006 Defense Authorization Act a 
provision that states:

       Calendar year 2006 should be a period of significant 
     transition to full Iraqi sovereignty, with Iraqi security 
     forces taking the lead for the security of a free and 
     sovereign Iraq, thereby creating the conditions for the 
     phased redeployment of United States forces from Iraq.

  I commend, as I should have at the outset, the chairman of the 
committee, my good friend from Virginia, John Warner. He has done a 
wonderful job allowing debate in the committee, bringing witnesses 
forward, allowing dissent to occur where appropriate, and authoring 
this language last year in that Defense authorization bill which the 
President signed into law calling for this year to be a year of 
transition. Those words were important. They were not crafted in a 
cavalier fashion; they were put together carefully in a bipartisan 
fashion as a message to the American people and to the Iraqi people and 
their Government. This year--2006--would be a year of transition for 
Iraq's leaders to assume greater responsibility over security matters 
and other challenges facing their country.
  There have now been national elections in Iraq. A permanent broad-
based government has been formed. It is important that the Iraqis now 
take on a significant role in establishing domestic security. 
Ultimately, a solution in Iraq will not be achieved through U.S. 
military action alone but, rather, through the political will and 
substantive action on the part of the new Iraqi Government to bring 
various factions in their country together.
  In short, the future of Iraq ultimately rests with the Iraqi people, 
not with U.S. military might, not with the size of our treasury, but on 
the resolve of the Iraqi people and their leaders. That is where their 
future rests. Let's be clear however about our role in that process.
  We should continue to assist this nascent Government in Iraq during 
these difficult times. But at the same time, we must also refocus the 
nature of that assistance if we are going to succeed and if Iraq is 
going to succeed. Iraq's problems are essentially political problems 
that call out for political solutions. It is becoming increasingly 
evident, I think to all of us, that a continuing substantial U.S. troop 
presence in and around Iraqi cities is not the answer at all. In fact, 
the road to any success in Iraq will be contingent on a lessening of 
U.S. military presence, if, in fact, the U.S. Ambassador is right in 
his message to our Secretary of State. And having visited Iraq on two 
occasions I believe he is right.
  We have won the larger war against Iraq's dictator but at no small 
cost. It has been a successful effort in that regard. Saddam has been 
toppled and is on trial. A new democratically elected Iraqi Government 
is now in place. Al-Zarqawi has been killed. Those are successes.
  The remaining mission, however, of stabilizing Iraq and bringing 
factions together is something that can only be done by Iraq's new 
Government and its citizens. An indefinite and prolonged U.S. troop 
presence in that country is quickly reaching a point of diminishing 
returns.
  I am a realist and an optimist. I recognize American involvement in 
Iraq and the gulf region will be required for years to come. It is a 
very important neighborhood in which we have very important interests. 
It is a dangerous neighborhood, as well. And we have vital national 
interests at stake there. But we have other important global interests, 
as well; among these combating the threat of global terrorism and 
terrorist organizations. Global terrorism is and remains our greatest 
threat.
  In that context, I don't think it is unpatriotic or otherwise 
inappropriate for the supporters of the pending amendment to ask 
President Bush to tell the American people, tell the U.S. Congress, 
when and how he plans to successfully conclude the U.S. military 
presence in Iraq so that U.S. forces can be redeployed to more 
effectively combat global terrorism and protect our vital national 
interests.
  Why was it reasonable and appropriate for the administration to set 
deadlines for Iraqis and unreasonable to set deadlines for itself? The 
Bush administration set a deadline for the establishment of an interim 
government, a deadline for writing a Constitution and for holding a 
referendum to approve it, and a deadline for holding elections for a 
permanent Iraqi government. Guess what. It worked. The Iraqi political 
leadership met the challenges. It wasn't always easy and the process 
wasn't perfect, but it produced results because we insisted upon those 
deadlines. In fact, I would argue had we not set deadlines, I believe 
we would be facing a very different picture in Iraq today.
  I believe U.S. interests in Iraq can be advanced by developing 
benchmarks and a timeframe for getting done what needs to be done to 
produce the success we all need and want in Iraq. I don't mean to 
suggest that U.S. forces should in any way be precipitously redeployed 
from Iraq next week or next month--that would be a mistake, in my 
view--but I do believe it is imperative for planning purposes to think 
about benchmarks and a realistic timeframe within which U.S. force 
levels can be significantly reduced below the current level of 130,000.

  The benchmarks are fairly obvious: a unity government that equitably 
represents the interests of and distributes resources to all sectors of 
Iraq; professionalism of Iraq's security and police forces; disbanding 
of sectarian militias; the creation of a gulf regional security 
umbrella to enhance stability and deter unwanted interference by 
Iraqi's neighbors; and greater international participation and 
resources in Iraq's reconstruction agenda.
  These are all obvious and necessary benchmarks. The more quickly the 
benchmarks are realized, the more hopeful we can be for Iraq's future.
  It is both realistic and, in my view, possible to achieve these 
benchmarks within the next 12 to 18 months. Whether we achieve them 
depends on the determination of the Iraqi Government and the Iraqi 
people to assume responsibility for their shared future--not on the 
military might of the United States.
  And in conjunction with such progress, I think it is also realistic 
and possible to undertake the phased strategic redeployment of our 
forces from Iraq to other nations in the gulf and to other regions 
posing significant terrorist threats to our country. The details of any 
redeployment should appropriately be left to our military commanders on 
the ground to work out, in consultation with Iraqi leaders. This is a 
very critical and central point. Let me repeat it. The details of any 
redeployment should be appropriately left to our military commanders on 
the ground to work out, in consultation with Iraqi leaders. But we must 
no longer remain in an open-ended commitment.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator's time has expired.
  Mr. DODD. Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent for 1 additional 
minute.
  Mr. LEVIN. Mr. President, I yield 1 additional minute to the Senator.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Without objection, it is so ordered.
  Mr. DODD. The Iraqis are going to have to take responsibility for 
their future. This, in my view, is a strategy for success in Iraq. This 
is a reasoned and responsible approach. It is realistic. This is not 
cut-and-run. The alternative is for more of the same, in my view--
endless occupation, violence, instability, and the erosion of America's 
global leadership and national security.
  I do not underestimate the challenges facing the Iraqi people. They

[[Page S6221]]

will need to make an extraordinary effort in the coming months and 
years to secure their future. But we have been giving them the 
necessary tools to do so. Let's not forget when the President signed 
the Defense authorization bill into law last year, again, those words: 
This should be the year of transition.
  We have given the Iraqis the necessary tools. Now it is up to them. 
The sage words of Benjamin Franklin, following the success of the 1787 
Constitutional Convention come to mind in thinking about Iraq at this 
moment in history. When Franklin was approached by a Mrs. Powell of 
Philadelphia on the streets of Philadelphia and said to him: What have 
you given us?--Ben Franklin said to that woman: Mrs. Powell, we have 
given you ``a republic, if you can keep it.'' The Iraqi people are 
asking a similar question of us: What have we given them? We have given 
them a republic, if they can keep it. But it is up to them to keep it.
  I urge the adoption of the Levin amendment. It puts us on the right 
road for success.
  Mr. President, I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Who yields time?
  The Senator from Kentucky.
  Mr. McCONNELL. Mr. President, the terrorists have had a very 
difficult almost 5 years since 9/11. That was clearly the high-water 
mark, their attack on America, the killing of over 3,000 people.
  Ever since that day, they have been on defense because the President, 
with widespread support in the Congress, decided to go on offense. And 
for the last 4\1/2\ years, we have been killing terrorists, capturing 
terrorists. Many are hiding in their caves. We have liberated 50 
million people in Afghanistan and Iraq. The number of rogue regimes, 
which numbered four when President Bush took office--at that time there 
was Libya, Iraq, Iran, and North Korea--is now down to two. Libya and 
Iraq no longer threaten their neighbors. The terrorists have had a very 
difficult 5 years.
  Now, the President made it clear at the beginning of this war--and we 
all agreed--that there was not going to be a sort of clear end date. I 
have heard this conflict compared, by many of our colleagues, to the 
length of time in Korea or the length of time in World War II. It seems 
to me those comparisons are not apt. They do not apply to the current 
war in which we are engaged.
  No one predicts a kind of ticker-tape parade at the end of this 
conflict. We are dealing with international gangsters who move across 
borders, who are adept at using the Internet and other modern means of 
communication.
  The best way, then, to measure success in the war on terrorism is 
this: Have we been attacked again here at home since 9/11? While none 
of us would confidently predict that will never happen again, it is 
truly remarkable that we have not been attacked again since 9/11. I 
wonder why that is. Just good luck? A quirk of fate? Or good policy? It 
is no accident we have not been attacked again since 9/11. We have been 
on offense going after the terrorists where they are so they have to 
confine their mischief to their territory and not here.
  So it is a statement of the obvious that they want us out of Iraq. 
They saw what happened in Beirut in the 1980s. They saw what happened 
in Somalia in the 1990s. In fact, they are anticipating it, and we have 
their own words. We have their own words. Ayman al-Zawahiri, No. 2 to 
Osama bin Laden, in a message to the late Abu Musab al-Zarqawi killed 2 
weeks ago in Iraq--last year intercepted by us--this is what al-
Zawahiri had said to say: The Jihad in Iraq requires several 
incremental goals . . . The first stage: Expel the Americans from Iraq. 
. . . The second stage: Establish an Islamic authority . . . in order 
to fill the void stemming from the departure of the Americans, 
immediately upon their exit and before un-Islamic forces attempt to 
fill this void. . . . The third stage: Extend the Jihad wave to the 
secular countries neighboring Iraq . . . the mujahedin must not have 
their mission end with the expulsion of the Americans from Iraq . . . 
their ongoing mission is to establish an Islamic state, and defend it, 
and for every generation to hand over the banner to the one after it 
until the Hour of Resurrection. . . . The Americans will exit soon, God 
willing.
  We do not have to guess about what their goals are. They have been 
quite clear about it--quite clear about it.
  So here we are debating which kind of exit date, which kind of 
announcement of imminent departure we are going to send in a message to 
them.
  Our good friend from Massachusetts, the junior Senator from 
Massachusetts, has had no less than four different plans over the last 
12 months or so. The first plan of the Senator from Massachusetts was 
to withdraw 20,000 troops by the end of 2005 and the bulk of troops out 
by the end of 2006. That was Senator Kerry's first plan.
  Senator Kerry's second plan: to withdraw if the Iraq Government was 
not finalized by May 15 of this year. The third plan of the Senator 
from Massachusetts, which we had an opportunity to vote on last week, 
was to have all the troops out by the end of this year. Fortunately, 
only six Senators--six--voted to have all the troops out by the end of 
this year.

  And tomorrow we will have Senator Kerry's fourth plan, which is to 
have the withdrawal consummated by July 1 of next year--about a year 
from now.
  So four different plans--a kind of floating withdrawal date. But the 
one thing all the plans have in common is they send a message to the 
other side that if you can hang on until a date certain, we are on the 
way out.
  We heard the distinguished Senator from Oregon mention earlier he had 
not been able to find a single time in history in which setting a 
specific time for withdrawal produced a positive result.
  One thing we know for sure, if they drive us out of Iraq, they will 
soon be back here. If they drive us out of Iraq, they will soon be back 
here. And they have already demonstrated they had the capacity, the 
intelligence, to carry out catastrophic attacks on us here at home.
  We all regret and have great anguish over the death of every single 
American soldier. And it is a fact that we have lost 2,500 of our 
finest in this war. We revere human life, unlike the gangsters in 
Baghdad who mutilated two of our soldiers in the last couple of days.
  But it is noteworthy that in liberating 50 million people in 
Afghanistan and Iraq, we have lost fewer soldiers than we had Americans 
killed in one day on 9/11, 2001, and fewer soldiers than we lost in 
Normandy on one day in World War II.
  We hurt with every loss, but the losses have been quite minimal given 
the enormity of the task. And the job, of course, has not been 
completed. We have to keep on offense, keep after the terrorists, or 
they will be back here.
  So I think this is an extremely important debate. I am glad the 
Senate is having it. We have sort of different versions of what kind of 
notice we are going to give to the enemy--that we are either on the way 
out by a certain day or beginning to pack up to go next door or pack up 
to go somewhere else by a certain time.
  All of those are not good messages for our own troops, who are 
involved in trying to win the conflict, not a good message to the new 
Iraqi Government, which is trying to establish itself and get control 
of Baghdad, and the worst possible news to every terrorist anywhere in 
the world, just aching for an American defeat, after almost 5 years of 
a tough situation for them, because they know a lot of their colleagues 
are dead, they know some of their colleagues are at Guantanamo, they 
know a bunch of their colleagues are hiding in caves, and they know all 
the rest of their colleagues are occupied on their turf and not on 
ours.
  They would love to get back on offense. They would love to come back 
over here and kill Americans right here at home. But as long as we are 
forward deployed, as long as we are taking out the terrorists where 
they are, we are winning the war on terror. But we need to keep 
reminding ourselves what the war was about. It was about protecting us 
here at home. And so far, I would have to say the policy has been 
extraordinarily successful.
  This is a great debate. We are going to hear from a number of our 
colleagues over the next day or so. When we finally have votes on both 
the Levin amendment and the Kerry amendment, I hope they will be 
defeated, and it will be made clear to the terrorists, once again, that 
we do not intend to send

[[Page S6222]]

them a notice, do not intend to send them a notice that we are on the 
way out by a certain date.
  Mr. President, I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Who yields time?
  The Senator from Michigan.
  Mr. LEVIN. Mr. President, I yield 10 minutes to the Senator from 
Massachusetts.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Massachusetts is recognized 
for 10 minutes.
  Mr. KENNEDY. Mr. President, I intend to support the Levin-Reed 
amendment, and I also intend to support the Kerry amendment.
  Both amendments make clear that Democrats are united in our belief 
that it is time to shift to the Iraqis the responsibility for their own 
future and to begin to withdraw our troops from Iraq. It is wrong for 
the Republican-controlled Congress to be a rubberstamp for the 
President's failed policy. We cannot ignore our responsibility to our 
men and women in uniform.
  America was wrong to go to war in Iraq in the way we did, when we 
did, and for the false reasons we were given. There was no immediate 
threat. There was no persuasive link to al-Qaida. Saddam Hussein was 
not close to acquiring a nuclear weapon.
  But as my brother Robert Kennedy said in 1968:

       Past error is no excuse for its own perpetuation.

  Mindless determination and foolish consistency don't make a better 
outcome likely. With each passing day, the American people are growing 
more and more impatient with the war in Iraq.
  They want a policy worthy of the sacrifice of our men and women in 
uniform, not sloganeering and accusations of ``cut and run.'' The 
American people don't want our troops deployed in Iraq indefinitely, 
defending the same flawed strategy. Staying the course is not an 
acceptable strategy when the course is a failed course.
  Our military forces have now been deployed in Iraq for 39 months, 
more than 3 years. That's longer than the 37 months of combat in the 
Korean war. By the end of this year, it will be longer than it took to 
fight and win World War II.
  The American people want a realistic strategy for our troops to be 
redeployed out of Iraq, and this amendment provides it. It sends clear 
message: now that a democratic government has been elected by the Iraqi 
people, it is time for American troops to begin to come home.
  We need to view disengagement as part of the solution in Iraq. Our 
overwhelming military presence and our open-ended military commitment 
have only fueled the insurgency, made America a crutch for the Iraqi 
Government, made our country more hated in the world, and made the war 
on terrorism harder to win.
  The best hope for the success of the new Iraqi Government to succeed 
is for us to begin disengaging from Iraq, and they from us. The Iraqi 
Government must begin to make its own decisions, make necessary 
compromises to avoid full-scale civil war, and take responsibility for 
its own future.
  As Iraq's National Security Adviser wrote in the Washington Post 
yesterday: ``Iraq has to grow out of the shadow of the United States 
and the coalition, take responsibility for its own decisions, learn 
from its own mistakes, and find Iraqi solutions to Iraqi problems.''
  Iraq has had elections, a permanent government has been established, 
more than 200,000 members of Iraqi security forces have been trained, 
and it is time to begin bringing Americans home. The Levin amendment 
and the Kerry amendment can help us achieve that goal and prevent our 
troops from being caught in an endless quagmire.
  The cost of this war in blood and treasure has been far too great. 
More than $320 billion has already been spent, with no end in sight. A 
recent estimate by Nobel Prize winning economist Joseph Stiglitz 
suggests the total cost will exceed $1 trillion.
  Our military is stretched to the breaking point. Many soldiers have 
been deployed more than three times to Iraq.
  More than 2,500 American lives have been lost, including more than 50 
sons of Massachusetts. More than 18,000 of our troops have been 
wounded. Clearly, despite the death of Zarqawi, al-Qaida terrorists and 
insurgents remain determined to kill American soldiers.
  Despite what Vice President Cheney says about the insurgency being in 
its last throes, the insurgency rages on. Last month, 68 American 
soldiers were killed in Iraq. Insurgents attacked American soldiers 90 
times a day.
  We always knew that deposing Saddam Hussein would be easy, but the 
administration should have foreseen that winning the peace would be 
difficult. Unfortunately, for our men and women in uniform, the 
arrogance of the administration blinded it to the cold, hard realities 
that our troops would face every day in Iraq.
  Alarm bells had been ringing, but the Bush administration ignored 
them.
  As General Hoar, former head of the Central Command, warned before 
the war, in September 2002, winning the peace would be bloody. He said: 
``In urban warfare . . . It looks like the last 15 minutes of Saving 
Private Ryan.''
  General John M. Shalikashvili, former Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of 
Staff, warned, before the war, in September of 2002: ``I think if it 
gets to urban warfare, and the likelihood is certainly great that it 
could . . . it could get very messy. The collateral damage could be 
very great, and our own casualties could increase significantly.''
  In fact, in their 1997 book, A World Transformed the first President 
Bush and his National Security Adviser Brent Scowcroft explained why 
they didn't go on to Baghdad in the first gulf war. They wrote that it: 
``would have incurred incalculable human and political costs . . . We 
would have been forced to occupy Baghdad and, in effect, rule Iraq. The 
coalition would instantly have collapsed, the Arabs deserting it in 
anger and other allies pulling out as well. Under those circumstances, 
there was no viable exit strategy we could see. . . . Had we gone the 
invasion route, the United States could conceivably still be an 
occupying power in a bitterly hostile land.''
  Those words eerily describe what happened when the current President 
Bush ignored that wise advice and invaded Iraq.
  We must not forget that ultimately this is a debate about real people 
who are risking their lives every day. With this amendment and the 
Kerry amendment, we provide a realistic way out of the quagmire in 
Iraq, and I urge my colleagues to support both.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Who yields time?
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I yield 5 minutes to the Senator from 
South Carolina.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from South Carolina.
  Mr. GRAHAM. Mr. President, this is a very important debate. There is 
a lot of interest in this debate throughout the world. I am sure 
everybody at home is probably not sitting on the edge of their seats 
listening to what I am saying, but in many ways this debate will define 
the U.S. relationship with the Middle East and the world at large for a 
long time.
  The authors of this amendment are as patriotic as anyone I have ever 
met. They are fine Senators. They are smart. They are trying to do what 
they believe is in the best interest of the country and the world at 
large. The problem I have with the amendment and the reason I rise in 
opposition to it is that there is an underlying premise about this 
amendment that we need to set timetables to send a signal to the Iraqi 
people to do their part and to get on with the transition and to stand 
up faster and to get political solutions to hard problems faster so 
that we can come home, and without this amendment, the Iraqi people may 
just draw this thing out and rely on us too much.
  I understand your concern, but I take a different view of the Iraqi 
people. I am here today publicly to say that I could not be more proud 
of standing with the Iraqi people and their Government than I am now. 
What we have asked of them, they have delivered. Senator Dodd was 
right. Every time we tried to set deadlines, they delivered. They 
delivered on some of the most difficult circumstances imaginable. If 
you want to run for office in Iraq--it is tough in America; they say 
awful, bad things about us in this body when we run--they try to kill 
you, and they come after your family. So to those

[[Page S6223]]

Iraqis who have joined the police force for the right reasons, to those 
who are serving in the military for the right reasons, to those 
politicians trying to bring that country together with a unity 
coalition government, my hat is off to you. I admire you. I am proud to 
stand by your side. I have no desire to leave you in a lurch. I have 
every confidence that you want us gone as much as we want to leave, but 
you understand your capacity is limited right now.
  The National Security Adviser said there is a roadmap for us to 
leave, and the Iraqi people want to have the ability to chart their own 
destiny sooner rather than later.
  To my friends in the Senate, if the U.S. Congress sets a timetable, 
it is a rebuke of the Government in Iraq. It is a vote of no confidence 
in the Iraqi people, and it will be seen as such on al-Jazeera and 
throughout the Middle East.
  There will be a timetable for us to leave. It will be performance 
driven, and it will be authored by the Iraqi people themselves. The day 
they set the timetable and they set the benchmarks, it will empower 
their Government and their people and it will diminish the terrorists. 
If we set those timetables and the benchmarks, it will diminish the 
Iraqi Government, all of the efforts of the Iraqi people, and empower 
the terrorists.
  I hate to say that I disagree with my good friends, but I do. We are 
going to come home one day. That day is not so far away. History will 
judge us by not when we left but by what we left behind. I want to 
leave behind a regime capable of pulling off something no one else has 
been able to do in the Middle East, a functioning democracy so the 
Shias and Sunnis and Kurds can live together under the rule of law and 
they can take out their differences at the ballot box and the 
courtroom. It has been 3\1/2\ years almost. They have come a long way. 
We have been at this over 200 years. We still have our problems. Under 
the best of circumstances it is very difficult to bring people together 
of different backgrounds, religions, and ethnic groups. We had our own 
Civil War. It started in my State. When we wrote our Constitution, 
after 11 years, women couldn't vote. African Americans were not even 
recognized as people. We have come a long way, and it has taken us a 
long time to get there.
  Our Iraqi friends, the moderates are fighting and dying for their own 
freedom. They have come a long way in 3\1/2\ years. I am begging this 
body, let us not, as a body, set a timetable that would diminish their 
sacrifice and not recognize it for what it is. The truth is, the Iraqi 
Government and the Iraqi people are doing historic things in the 
Mideast that no one else has been able to accomplish. They are not 
lazy. They are not indifferent. They are not letting us fight their 
war. They are fighting it alongside us and dying. They are dying in 
larger numbers than we are. If they pull this off with our help, the 
world will be eminently safer. If they fail, moderate forces in the 
Mideast will be less likely to rear their head and stand up against 
terrorists, and the terrorists will seize the moment in the decades to 
come.
  Never has so much been at stake for mankind and with so few people 
sacrificing. Stand with the Iraqi people. They want us out, but don't 
diminish their sacrifice.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Who yields time?
  Mr. WARNER. I yield 5 minutes to the Senator from Colorado.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Colorado is recognized for 5 
minutes.
  Mr. ALLARD. Mr. President, I rise to discuss the situation in Iraq 
and to ask several questions about the withdrawal proposals being 
offered by the other side.
  Why would we risk our success by a premature withdrawal? Why would we 
risk handing over Iraq to the terrorists when they are on the run? Why 
would we send a message to the families who had loved ones die fighting 
for freedom that it was all in vain? Why would we pass legislation that 
calls for the withdrawal of our troops and that undermines everything 
we have achieved? These same questions are being asked by many of my 
constituents in Colorado.
  According to the Grand Junction Daily Sentinel, a key newspaper in 
Colorado's western slope:

       President Bush and Congress are right not to set a date 
     certain for moving all the troops out of Iraq. That would 
     signal terrorists they only need to hide out until the 
     Americans leave, then reignite their attacks. . . . And it 
     would tell others that our commitment to freedom in the 
     Middle East is limited.

  I ask unanimous consent that the editorial from the Grand Junction 
Daily Sentinel be printed in the Record.
  There being no objection, the material was ordered to be printed in 
the Record, as follows:

                [From the Daily Sentinel, June 18, 2006]

             It Would Be Folly for Congress To Cut and Run

       Days after President George W. Bush told the new prime 
     minister of Iraq that the United States would not abandon the 
     fledgling democratic nation to terrorists, both houses of 
     Congress gave the president much-needed overwhelming support 
     for his position.
       Late Thursday the Senate voted 93-6 to reject a deadline by 
     the end of this year to withdraw all U.S. troops from Iraq. 
     On Friday, the House voted 256-153 to kill a deadline for 
     withdrawal from Iraq.
       No one wants to keep American military personnel in that 
     dangerous country indefinitely and risk more than the 2,500 
     U.S. military personnel who have already sacrificed their 
     lives there. Fortunately, there are encouraging signs that 
     the United States may be able to start reducing its military 
     presence before long.
       The raid on the safehouse of Abu Musab al-Zarqawi proved to 
     be successful far beyond the death of one important leader. 
     It provided a treasure trove of computer documents and other 
     intelligence that led to more than 400 additional raids and 
     the arrests of more than 700 suspected terrorists.
       What's more, 140 of the additional raids and many of the 
     arrests were handled entirely by Iraqi forces, without back-
     up from U.S. troops, a sign that the Iraqi forces are 
     becoming more capable of protecting their country.
       Additionally, with an Iraqi Cabinet finally in place, the 
     government has initiated much-needed security efforts in and 
     around Baghdad. Those measures haven't eliminated terrorist 
     attacks, but they may be slowing them.
       Even so, Bush and Congress are right not to set a date-
     certain for moving all of the troops out of Iraq. That would 
     signal terrorists they only need to hide out until the 
     Americans leave, then reignite their attacks. And it would 
     tell others that our commitment to freedom in the Middle East 
     is limited.
       There was, to be sure, a good deal of politics involved in 
     the Republicans' push for a vote on Iraq. But it was not 
     entirely the GOP's doing.
       It was Democrats such as Sen. John Kerry of Massachusetts 
     and Rep. John Murtha of Pennsylvania who have been loudly 
     calling for an immediate troop withdrawal from Iraq. With 
     congressional elections in November, it makes sense to let 
     voters see how their senators and representatives feel about 
     withdrawing now.
       Nobody should read these votes as unqualified support for 
     Bush administration and the mistakes it has made, especially 
     in underestimating the strength of the terrorists. But the 
     votes do recognize it would be wrong to abandon the Iraqis 
     even as they are beginning to take control of their country. 
     And that's good news, not so much for either party's election 
     prospects, but for the ongoing efforts to overcome the savage 
     forces of Islamofascism.

  Mr. ALLARD. Relationships between the 3rd Armored Cavalry and the 
local community were so strong that the Iraqi mayor of the city of Tall 
Afar actually traveled to Colorado Springs to present these soldiers 
with a proclamation from the city.
  I ask unanimous consent that the full copy of the proclamation be 
printed in the Record.
  There being no objection, the material was ordered to be printed in 
the Record, as follows:

                 Office of the Mayor, City of Tall`Afar


           In the Name of God the Compassionate and Merciful

       To the Courageous Men and Women of the 3d Armored Cavalry 
     Regiment, who have changed the city of Tall`Afar from a ghost 
     town, in which terrorists spread death and destruction, to a 
     secure city flourishing with life.
       To the lion-hearts who liberated our city from the grasp of 
     terrorists who were beheading men, women and children in the 
     streets for many months.
       To those who spread smiles on the faces of our children, 
     and gave us restored hope, through their personal sacrifice 
     and brave fighting, and gave new life to the city after 
     hopelessness darkened our days, and stole our confidence in 
     our ability to reestablish our city.
       Our city was the main base of operations for Abu Mousab Al 
     Zarqawi. The city was completely held hostage in the hands of 
     his henchmen. Our schools, governmental services, businesses 
     and offices were closed. Our

[[Page S6224]]

     streets were silent, and no one dared to walk them. Our 
     people were barricaded in their homes out of fear; death 
     awaited them around every corner. Terrorists occupied and 
     controlled the only hospital in the city. Their savagery 
     reached such a level that they stuffed the corpses of 
     children with explosives and tossed them into the streets in 
     order to kill grieving parents attempting to retrieve the 
     bodies of their young. This was the situation of our city 
     until God prepared and delivered unto them the courageous 
     soldiers of the 3d Armored Cavalry Regiment, who liberated 
     this city, ridding it of Zarqawi's followers after harsh 
     fighting, killing many terrorists, and forcing the remaining 
     butchers to flee the city like rats to the surrounding areas, 
     where the bravery of other 3d ACR soldiers in Sinjar, Rabiah, 
     Zumar and Avgani finally destroyed them.
       I have met many soldiers of the 3d Armored Cavalry 
     Regiment; they are not only courageous men and women, but 
     avenging angels sent by The God Himself to fight the evil of 
     terrorism.
       The leaders of this Regiment; COL McMaster, COL Armstrong, 
     LTC Hickey, LTC Gibson, and LTC Reilly embody courage, 
     strength, vision and wisdom. Officers and soldiers alike 
     bristle with the confidence and character of knights in a 
     bygone era. The mission they have accomplished, by means of a 
     unique military operation, stands among the finest military 
     feats to date in Operation Iraqi Freedom, and truly deserves 
     to be studied in military science. This military operation 
     was clean, with little collateral damage, despite the 
     ferocity of the enemy. With the skill and precision of 
     surgeons they dealt with the terrorist cancers in the city 
     without causing unnecessary damage.
       God bless this brave Regiment; God bless the families who 
     dedicated these brave men and women. From the bottom of our 
     hearts we thank the families. They have given us something we 
     will never forget. To the families of those who have given 
     their holy blood for our land, we all bow to you in reverence 
     and to the souls of your loved ones. Their sacrifice was not 
     in vain. They are not dead, but alive, and their souls 
     hovering around us every second of every minute. They will 
     never be forgotten for giving their precious lives. They have 
     sacrificed that which is most valuable. We see them in the 
     smile of every child, and in every flower growing in this 
     land. Let America, their families, and the world be proud of 
     their sacrifice for humanity and life.
       Finally, no matter how much I write or speak about this 
     brave Regiment, I haven't the words to describe the courage 
     of its officers and soldiers. I pray to God to grant 
     happiness and health to these legendary heroes and their 
     brave families.
                                   Najim Abdullah Abid Al-Jibouri,
                                 Mayor of Tall`Afar, Ninewa, Iraq.

  Mr. ALLARD. Let me read a portion of the proclamation as written by 
the Najim Abdullah Al-Jibouri, Iraqi mayor of Tall Afar:

       To the Courageous Men and Women of the 3rd Armored Cavalry 
     Regiment, who have changed the city of Tall' Afar from a 
     ghost town, in which terrorists spread death and destruction, 
     to a secure city flourishing with life. . . . Our city was 
     the main base of operations for Abu Mousab Zarqawi. The city 
     was completely held hostage in the hands of his henchmen. . . 
     . Their savagery reached such a level that they stuffed the 
     corpses of children with explosives and tossed them into the 
     streets in order to kill grieving parents . . . this was the 
     situation of our city until God prepared and delivered unto 
     them the courageous soldiers of the 3rd Armored Cavalry 
     Regiment, who liberated this city, ridding it of Zarqawi's 
     followers after harsh fighting.

  The commander of Iraq's 3rd Army Infantry Division, MG Khorsheed Al-
Dosekey, wrote the following in a letter to our soldiers:

       Your ability to plan, the excellent coordination, the 
     overall supervising and the right decisive decisions along 
     with your great leadership have helped us build up the 
     individual soldier and increase his abilities. Your 
     leadership and devotion to duty have helped form an army from 
     the gathered people. Your behavior and your actions have 
     built strong friendships that will last a lifetime.

  I ask unanimous consent that letter be printed in the Record.
  There being no objection, the material was ordered to be printed in 
the Record, as follows:

                             3rd Iraqi Army Infantry Division,

                                            Headquarters in AKMTB.
     3rd Armored Calvary,
     Regiment Headquarters.
       Bravery, strength, determination, correct thought, 
     flexibility, knowledge, and impartiality. These are the 
     features of your regiment's leadership that are displayed 
     through participation with our division headquarters, our 
     troops, and their units in all the daily occasions. Your wise 
     daily, operational, and successful leadership was the 
     decisive factor in achieving victory. We noticed clearly the 
     main features for victory in your leadership. They are the 
     same for each people or army who are looking for victory, and 
     it is the common purpose of your troopers and faith in their 
     goal along with their principles, high morals and focus on 
     their mission, coupled with perfect logistics support and 
     impartiality and sincere leadership that makes you the right 
     people for this mission.
       Your abilities to plan, the excellent coordination, the 
     overall supervising and the right decisive decisions along 
     with your great leadership have helped us to build up the 
     individual soldier and increase his abilities as well as 
     those for the platoons, companies, battalions, brigades and 
     division. It is said that heaps of construction materials 
     cannot build a house and the gathered people cannot be 
     considered an army. Your leadership and devotion to duty have 
     helped us form an army from the gathered people.
       Your behavior and your actions have built strong 
     friendships that will last a lifetime. Your behavior is a 
     feature of the wise leadership, which is the tree and the 
     reputation you leave behind is the shadow of the tree.
       So we present our heartfelt thanks, appreciation and 
     respect to you as we touched during this past period of 
     cooperation and coordination and fighting side by side. We 
     also offer the thanks of the division's staff, NCOS, and 
     enlisted. You will disappear from our eyes, but you will stay 
     in our hearts.
       We send our greetings to the 3rd ACR fighters and to their 
     families and we wish all of you to get back home safely under 
     victory's flag.
           With God's Care,
                        Major General Khorsheed Saleem al-Dosekey,
                               3rd IA Infantry Division Commander.

  Mr. ALLARD. That is the message from the Iraqi people for the heroic 
efforts fighting for freedom. I know most if not all the Members of 
this body share in their appreciation for the valiant service of our 
men and women in uniform. I was pleased last night when we passed my 
sense-of-the-Senate amendment which commends the members of our Armed 
Forces for their outstanding service to our Nation in Iraq and for 
their commitment to the highest ideals and values of our Nation. It 
also honors the families of our servicemembers who have given so much 
in the fight against terror. Our soldiers deserve our support and our 
trust.
  In conclusion, I ask, why would we risk all this by a premature 
withdrawal and set a specific date for withdrawal?
  I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Who yields time?
  Mr. LEVIN. Mr. President, I understand that Senator Carper is on his 
way over. He is next on our side. I wonder if I may inquire how much 
time remains on both sides?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Michigan has 50 minutes 40 
seconds. The Senator from Virginia has 41 minutes 29 seconds.
  Mr. LEVIN. Mr. President, is the other side ready?
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I suggest that the Senator from Virginia 
is next, to be followed then by the Senator from Nebraska, Mr. Hagel.
  Mr. LEVIN. I wonder if I may list the sequence on our side so it 
would be understood that after Senator Carper, we would expect Senator 
Lautenberg and then Senator Murray, Senator Obama, Senator Biden, and 
Senator Durbin.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, we will go from one side to the other. I 
have waiting the Senator from Virginia, Senator Hagel, Senator Roberts, 
Senator Bond, and Senator Thune. I will try to get them all in order of 
appearance. The Senator from Virginia is next on our side. I will sort 
out the sequence of the others.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Virginia, Mr. Allen, is 
recognized.
  Mr. ALLEN. Mr. President, before I speak on these amendments, I will 
share with my colleagues three amendments I have introduced.
  The first amendment will double the current referral bonus from 
$1,000 to $2,000, which will encourage more men and women to enter the 
U.S. Armed Forces.
  The second amendment will provide statutory authority to the Army to 
pay $8,000 dollar enlistment bonuses to individuals who enlist in 
Officer Candidate School. The Army has made this promise--and this 
amendment provides statutory authority to fulfill that promise.
  And finally, I have offered--with Senators Craig, Hutchison, Burns 
and Snowe as cosponsors--an amendment that will provide financial 
protection to the 25.6 million military personnel and veterans whose 
personal data and Social Security information were stolen from the home 
of a Veterans Affairs employee in May of this year.
  Under the terms of my amendment, the VA would be required to provide 
credit monitoring and data theft protection to these veterans at no 
cost to

[[Page S6225]]

our veterans. My amendment is supported by the VFW.
  I spoke to Secretary of Veterans Affairs Jim Nicholson earlier today, 
and he informed me that he had announced that the VA will provide 
credit monitoring and data theft protection, and at no cost to the 
servicemembers and veterans. I thank Secretary Nicholson for making 
this sound and responsible decision.
  I also rise in strong opposition to the amendments brought forth by 
Senators Kerry and Levin which, in my view, is a vacillating strategic 
plan of retreat. We don't need a plan of retreat. We need to have a 
steady, strategic plan for success in the war on terror and, in 
particular, in the theater of Iraq. We need to honor our troops and 
honor their families, whether they are serving now, or those who have 
fallen in the midst of this battlefront in Iraq.
  We need to move forward in Iraq, and we need to unite all Americans 
behind our mission, unite Americans behind a strategic plan for 
success, bringing Americans together, and also our NATO partners and 
other allies, and get the neighbors of Iraq together, whether they be 
Jordan, Turkey, Kuwait or Saudi Arabia--they are all important--rather 
than Senator Kerry's plan, which is a plan for retreat, a tuck-tail-
and-run approach. That is not what is need.
  We want to see this new unity, diverse Government elected by the 
people of Iraq, have a chance to stand on its own feet and defend its 
own interests. We want to see measured, tangible success as quickly as 
possible, and we want to bring home our troops as soon as possible. But 
I believe some on the other side of the aisle are too anxious, and that 
would be retreating. This is not the sort of steady leadership that I 
believe would unite the American people.
  Moreover, I think this approach can embolden our enemies. It would 
show a weakened resolve in the midst of this war on terror. The 
terrorists always talk about the United States and Mogadishu or the 
Beirut bombing and how Americans will retreat. We don't need to be 
emboldening our enemies. Moreover, it can cause discouragement and 
dismay to the Iraqi leaders who are bravely trying to stand up for a 
free and just society. It also can be a discredit to the United States 
in the eyes of some of our allies. Our European allies came out 
strongly in support of us today, for example, in our negotiations with 
Iran and telling the Iranian leaders: You ought to take the carrot, 
take the right approach. It is important as we deal with the Iranians 
that the United States shows there is a resolve and a commitment to 
sticking to a path of security and peace.
  Just a few weeks ago, I was on a bipartisan delegation to Iraq. 
Everyone we spoke with, whether they were Kurds, Sunnis, or Shiites, 
was grateful to the United States for liberating them from that 
repressive regime. We asked what would happen if we left in 6 months. 
They all said it would be a ``disaster.'' That was the word we heard 
more than anything else. Even the Sunni speaker of the new assembly, 
who was once imprisoned by the United States, said that if the U.S. 
military left--as a Sunni who was once imprisoned and was against the 
United States being there in the first place--he said to us, as he said 
subsequently to the President, that: We are grateful, and the U.S. 
military presence in Iraq is helpful to them. If we left, then those 
who would come in would be the Iranians, the Syrians, or potentially, 
of course, in the north, the Turks.
  We are making progress. We are fighting vile terrorists. We need to 
understand who we are fighting. These terrorists are beheading men and 
women in Iraq. Meanwhile, the United States and our coalition partners 
are trying to give the Iraqis the chance to vote, to have a say on 
their public servants in that country.
  We are also making progress on the security fronts. General Casey 
relayed to us that, right now, maybe a quarter of military operations 
are led by Iraqis. He said that by the end of the year, as much as 
three-quarters of the military operations will be led by the Iraqis, 
with the United States being in a supportive role for medical, 
intelligence, and military efforts.
  Mr. President, I know Iraq has been tough. It is a tough battlefront 
for Americans. But it is a war and a theater in this war on terror that 
we can win and must win. The next few months will be vitally important. 
This is not the time to get weak in the knees. The future of Iraq is 
ultimately the responsibility of the Iraqi people. It is going to be 
the Iraqis' hands, backs, and minds that will be needed to build a 
secure and free Iraq. We don't want to stay a day longer than 
absolutely necessary. We are supporting Iraq in this because we are a 
generous people, but it is also good for our national security.
  So I think we need to make sure that Senator Kerry's strategic plan 
for retreat--a tuck-tail-and-fail approach--must be rejected. We must 
unite as Americans for a renewed commitment for a strategic plan for 
success. It is important for Iraq, important for the Middle East, and 
it is vitally important for the security of the United States of 
America.
  I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Nebraska is recognized.
  Mr. HAGEL. Mr. President, I thank the sponsors of this amendment, 
Senators Levin and Reed, for offering a thoughtful amendment. They are 
making a responsible contribution to this debate. All Americans want a 
successful outcome in Iraq. Congress has an obligation to help craft a 
responsible policy to help achieve a successful outcome in Iraq. 
Congress fails in its duty when we do not probe, when we do not ask 
tough questions, and we fail when we don't debate the great issues of 
our day.
  There is no issue more important than war. The war in Iraq is the 
defining issue on which this Congress and the administration will be 
judged. The American people want to see serious debate about serious 
issues from serious leaders. They deserve more than a political debate. 
This debate should transcend cynical attempts to turn public 
frustration with the war in Iraq into an electoral advantage. It should 
be taken more seriously than to simply use the focus group-tested 
buzzwords like ``cut and run'' and political slogans and debase the 
seriousness of war. War is not a partisan issue. It should not be held 
hostage to political agendas. War should not be dragged into the 
political muck. America deserves better. Our men and women fighting and 
dying deserve better.
  As mentioned earlier by Senator Feinstein and others, there was a 
very important piece in yesterday's Washington Post, written by Iraq's 
National Security Adviser. It was titled ``The Way Out of Iraq; A 
Roadmap.'' The National Security Adviser's op-ed mentions three very 
important things we need to clearly understand. The first thing this 
op-ed provides is measurable goals for the progress of the Iraqi 
Government with regard to U.S. troop presence. The Iraqi National 
Security Adviser says this:

       Iraq's ambition is to have full control of their country by 
     the end of 2008. In practice, this will mean a significant 
     foreign troop reduction. We envision the U.S. troop presence 
     by year's ends to be under 100,000, with most of the 
     remaining troops to return home by the year 2007.

  The second point the op-ed makes clear is the unavoidable reality 
that an endless U.S. troop presence is not in the interest of the new 
Iraqi Government. The Iraqi National Security Adviser says this:

       The eventual removal of coalition troops from Iraqi streets 
     will help Iraqis who now see foreign troops as occupiers 
     rather than the liberators they were meant to be. The removal 
     of troops will also allow the Iraqi government to engage with 
     some of our neighbors that have, to date, been at the very 
     least sympathetic to the resistance because of what they call 
     the ``coalition occupation.'' The removal of foreign troops 
     will legitimize Iraq's government in the eyes of the people.

  He makes clear that it will be the Iraqis who determine the success 
of the Iraqi Government. He says:

       The government in Iraq is trying to gain its independence 
     from the United States and the coalition, in terms of taking 
     greater responsibility for its actions, particularly in terms 
     of security. There are still some influential foreign figures 
     trying to spoon feed our government and take a very proactive 
     role in many key decisions. Though this may provide benefits 
     in the short-term, in the long term it will only serve to 
     make the Iraqi government weaker and will lead to a culture 
     of dependency.

  I believe the Iraqi national security adviser has it exactly right. 
After all, he is the Iraqi national security adviser. Americans 
listening to this debate on Iraq are too often being given

[[Page S6226]]

false choices between, one, supporting the Iraqis with no end of troop 
deployments in sight or staying the course, or, two, laying down 
arbitrary deadlines for troop withdrawals. The reality is more 
complicated than this.
  We should not limit the Commander in Chief's options in Iraq. That is 
why I will vote against the Levin amendment. However, anyone who 
believes we will be in Iraq indefinitely ignores the forces of reality, 
as the Iraqi Security Adviser's op-ed makes very clear. It is not in 
Iraq's interest for the United States to remain in Iraq. Our influence 
is limited and becoming more limited every day.
  I note another story in yesterday's Washington Post that detailed the 
reaction of Vietnam veterans to the war in Iraq. I know a little 
something about this. My generation worries about Iraq becoming not the 
failure of our sons and daughters fighting in Iraq, but our failure as 
policymakers--policymakers--because I believe our policymakers failed 
us in Vietnam.
  Our troops today are doing what we did a generation ago in Vietnam. 
They are fighting bravely. They are doing their very best. They believe 
in their country, they have faith in their leaders, and we cannot let 
them down.
  I would say that there may be two Members of Congress today--
Congressman Murtha in the House and myself--who served in Vietnam and 
were both here working in the Congress in the spring of 1975. Many 
might recall that time because that was the time the House of 
Representatives essentially voted to cut off funding for American 
presence in Vietnam. That was a disastrous decision for disastrous 
reasons, but it was the result of having a Congress absent and not 
involved in the policy formation, not involved in asking the tough 
questions, not involved in doing its job.
  This debate today is critical. It is important for our country, agree 
or disagree with it. Amendments such as the Levin amendment are 
relevant, and they are an important contribution. When we debate these 
issues, Congress is doing its job. We do not want our legacy as a 
Congress to be no congressional oversight. We do not want it to be said 
we were irrelevant when it becomes too late. We do not want to repeat 
the history of Vietnam. We must not allow what happened in the Congress 
in April of 1975 to happen with Iraq, and it happened because we didn't 
debate the issues. It happened because the Congress was absent; it 
forfeited its responsibilities. It debased the very responsibility of 
elected officials. And that is why to debate these issues in a 
legitimate, honest, open manner is so important to our country, and to 
keep it out of politics, the ``gotcha'' kind of amendments, the 
``gotcha'' kind of phraseology of which America is sick.
  This is a serious issue. We have lost over 2,500 men and women in 
Iraq. We have been in Iraq longer than the Korean war. We have over 
18,000 wounded. We are spending around $10 billion a month. The 
Congress must be present.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Nebraska is advised he has 
now consumed 8 minutes.
  Mr. HAGEL. I ask for 15 seconds.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Without objection, it is so ordered.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, take a minute or so.
  Mr. HAGEL. I thank the chairman.
  I conclude, Mr. President, with this: What would be the real disaster 
for America, the real disaster for Iraq, the disaster for the Middle 
East, the disaster for the world is if this Congress is not present and 
accounted for and is not part of a policy formation for not just Iraq 
but the Middle East and the future of our country and the world. That 
would be the disaster. That is why it is so important today that we 
debate this issue; it is so important that we have amendments, such as 
the Levin-Reed amendment, that are offered in an important way that 
make a contribution to the understanding of America's presence and 
commitment and our responsibilities as a free nation and the beacon of 
freedom in the world.
  Mr. President, I appreciate the time. I yield the floor.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I thank our colleague for his remarks. He 
speaks from a body of personal experience and considerable courage as a 
member of the Armed Forces of the United States, which he has exhibited 
in these years.
  Mr. LEVIN. Mr. President, may I have 10 seconds? I wish to add my 
thanks to the Senator from Nebraska for his very constructive, positive 
remarks.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, we have on our side Senators Thune and 
Roberts who are waiting. I know Senator Bond has indicated he wishes to 
speak, and Senator Inhofe. I wish to advise those Senators I have to 
recognize those on the floor; otherwise, we lose time to a quorum call 
or otherwise. So we are going to alternate at this time. We are going 
to shift to the other side.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Michigan is recognized.
  Mr. LEVIN. Mr. President, I yield 5 minutes to the Senator from 
Delaware.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Delaware is recognized for 5 
minutes.
  Mr. CARPER. Mr. President, 6 months ago, I was in Iraq with Senator 
Hagel. We met with a number of people. Among the people with whom we 
met in one of the beautiful palaces of Saddam Hussein not far from 
Baghdad Airport, were the leaders of our American military forces in 
that country.
  During the course of that conversation, we heard these words from our 
top military leader: It is time for America to move toward the door. He 
didn't say it is time for us to walk out of the door, leave, close the 
door. He said: It is time for us to move toward the door.
  Subsequent to that, we met with Iraqi military and political leaders 
and our own diplomatic leaders, and the message I heard in almost all 
of those meetings was: it is time for America to begin moving toward 
the door.
  We have had a policy in Iraq, at least in the last couple of years, 
of stay the course. ``Stay the course'' is a good slogan, and there 
have been times in our history as a nation when staying the course was 
actually a pretty good strategy. This is not one of those times.
  What is needed is a different--not a different slogan, but a 
different strategy, and the strategy we need would be not stay the 
course but change the course.
  The American people would like for us to begin to bring our men and 
women home and, as it turns out, so would the Iraqi people. In talking 
with the President upon our return, I said: You know, Mr. President, 
sometimes less is more. In this instance, having a smaller presence, a 
less visible presence would actually be more supportive of our efforts 
in Iraq than not.
  The Iraqi people don't want us to cut and run. They don't want us to 
leave. They want us to be close by. They want us to be not far away and 
to be helpful if we can be, if needed. But they don't want us to leave 
this year. They don't want us to leave entirely next year.
  Senator Hagel just quoted the words of the Iraqi National Security 
Council. That is what we heard in Iraq last December. Their message has 
been pretty consistent, and it has been pretty much the same.
  Last year in the Senate we voted by an overwhelming majority that 
2006 needs to be a year of significant transition in Iraq. In other 
words, the Senate, on a bipartisan basis, called on the Bush 
administration to take action this year in 2006 to change course in 
Iraq to make clear to the Iraqis and the rest of the world that the 
United States does not intend to stay in Iraq forever.
  The amendment before us today, the Levin-Reed amendment, builds on 
that resolution we passed barely a year ago. It rejects the extremes on 
both sides of the Iraqi debate--the one side of the extreme that would 
say either we should stay in Iraq on an open-ended basis, and the other 
extreme to say we ought to withdraw all of our troops by an arbitrary 
deadline. This amendment rejects both of those, and it says instead: 
Why don't we find a way to change the course going forward?
  The policy of ``stay the course'' isn't working for our troops. They 
have served bravely, they have served honorably despite very difficult 
circumstances in extended tours of duty. More than 2,500 of our finest 
have been killed in action. Almost 18,000 have been injured, including 
a former member of my staff, Marine Corps LCpl Sean Barney, who was 
shot in the neck last month in Fallujah. Fortunately, he is alive. He 
is going to live.

[[Page S6227]]

  The President's ``stay the course'' plan also is not working for the 
Iraqis. Insurgent violence is on the upswing, and our efforts to help 
rebuild Iraq are at a standstill. Electricity output has been pretty 
much flat-lined in the last couple of years, and we haven't been able 
to finish building the schools and hospitals they want and need and 
that we would like to help them build.
  ``Stay the course,'' I say to my friends, is not working. This 
amendment is about a new direction in Iraq. It is about accountability. 
It is about being tough. It is about being smart. It is about changing 
the course, not staying the course. It is about laying out a plan for 
victory in Iraq.
  I urge my colleagues to support the amendment and the advice I heard 
not 6 months ago that it is time for America to move toward the door--
not to leave, not to leave precipitously but to move toward the door 
and to allow the Iraqi people themselves to carry more of the burden in 
an effort to relieve from us some of that burden, an effort to make 
sure they have, in the end, a democracy and a country of their own to 
govern.
  I yield back my time.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Who yields time?
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I yield 5 minutes to the Senator from 
South Dakota.
  Mr. President, I advise colleagues on my side, there is one 
Republican waiting, and others who have indicated a desire to speak. I 
urge them to come to the floor because I have under my control roughly 
20 minutes.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER (Mr. Coburn). The Senator from South Dakota is 
recognized for 5 minutes.
  Mr. THUNE. Mr. President, we face a difficult choice in Iraq and the 
war on terror at large. Iraqis are desperately trying to form a fragile 
government in the face of overwhelming odds. They are, as John 
Dickinson once said of American independence, ``braving the storm in a 
skiff made of paper.''
  Despite that, the odds they face, look at the progress that has been 
made just of late. Prime Minister Maliki just completed the formation 
of a new Iraqi Government, including filling three national security 
positions. In the past few weeks, U.S. forces have taken out terrorist 
leader al-Zarqawi, the head of the snake, and many of his henchmen. 
This was a huge blow to al-Qaida and a major victory in the war on 
terror.
  Iraqi security forces are growing in number every day. Only a year 
and a half ago, Iraqi security forces had just begun to form. Today 
there are 264,400 trained and equipped Iraqi security forces, more than 
double the number of U.S. troops in the region.
  At the beginning of this year, the Iraqi forces had 10 brigades and 
43 battalions. They controlled areas of responsibility. Only a few 
months later and those numbers have nearly doubled to 18 brigades and 
71 battalions.
  Large- and small-scale water treatment facilities have been 
rehabilitated or constructed for an estimated 3 million people at a 
standard level of service, with plans underway to deliver clean, safe 
drinking water to 5 million more.
  May oil production was over 2.1 million barrels of oil per day, and 
the Treasury Department, from the United States, is sending additional 
professionals to Iraq to provide technical support for the creation of 
a public finance system that is accountable and transparent. And our 
State Department is coordinating a broad effort to support an economic 
policy framework that enhances investment, job creation, and growth.
  As Americans, we know, as Thomas Jefferson once said, ``the price of 
freedom is eternal vigilance.'' In America, we like things to happen in 
a 24-hour news cycle, but it doesn't always happen that way. If we look 
throughout the pages of history, we have countless examples of those 
who have come before who have understood the stakes and the risks that 
were at work in the conflicts they faced. A great figure from history 
of the last century, Winston Churchill, said wars are not won by 
evacuations. Churchill and those of his generation knew they were in a 
pitched battle for future generations, a titanic struggle between good 
and evil.
  A more recent example is, as I was growing up in the State of South 
Dakota and going through what at that time we knew was the Cold War, I 
remember a great leader at the end of the last century, Ronald Reagan, 
when asked his strategy for winning the Cold War, who said: It is very 
simple, Mr. President, we win; they lose.
  I believe that is the same strategy and same objective we need to 
apply to the war on terror because the evil we face today--it has a 
different name--is equally deadly. Failure to confront and prevail in 
this war on terror and we will be creating huge problems for the next 
generations of Americans.
  When we hear this debate on the floor of the Senate and, I believe 
people have sincere motivations--I don't doubt the motivations of 
anyone who comes to the floor to debate this issue, and I think it is 
appropriate to have this debate, but this is not and should not ever be 
about partisanship. It is not about politics. It is about the future 
and the security of future generations of Americans.

  We have heard lots of people come here and say, Well, staying the 
course is not a strategy, it is not a solution. Yet at the same time, 
we know full well that as we look at the threat that we face from the 
war on terror, failure is not an option either. We cannot afford a 
strategy that includes running away from our responsibility not only to 
the people of Iraq but to the people of this country who are counting 
on us to protect them and to provide security and safety for 
generations of Americans to come.
  I think some simple questions we have to ask are these: Is Iraq a 
frontline in the war on terror? I believe it is. We have demonstrated 
that in the last few weeks as we have eliminated many of the leading 
terrorist figures. We have to ask the question: Are the people we are 
fighting in Iraq terrorists who want the kill Americans? The answer 
clearly is yes. We also have to ask the question: If we don't have them 
pinned down there, will they not be planning and launching attacks 
against the United States? I believe the answer to that question also 
is yes.
  The good men and women of the United States military are doing good 
work in Iraq. They are doing the job that we asked them to do. We need 
to make sure they understand we are there to win.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator has consumed 5 minutes.
  Mr. THUNE. Mr. President, I would ask simply that as we vote on this 
amendment and the one that will follow, that we vote them down and give 
our generals and our troops the ability to complete the work that we 
have asked them to do, and that is to win, to prevail, and to make this 
country safer for future generations.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Michigan.
  Mr. LEVIN. Mr. President, I yield 8 minutes to the Senator from New 
Jersey.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from New Jersey is recognized for 
8 minutes.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, and then following the Senator from New 
Jersey, the Senator from Kansas, Mr. Roberts, will be recognized, and 
then following Senator Roberts, the Senator from Missouri, Mr. Bond.
  Mr. LAUTENBERG. Mr. President, may I claim my full 8 minutes?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senatorcan claim his full 8 minutes.
  Mr. LAUTENBERG. Mr. President, I rise to speak in support of the 
resolution put forward by the senior Senator from Michigan. I 
appreciate the fact that he has framed the debate on the war in Iraq 
both for the Senate and for the American people.
  Last week the American death toll in Iraq passed 2,500. It is a 
tragic milestone and the American people are not happy about it, 
because our President has yet to articulate exactly what we are trying 
to accomplish in Iraq.
  I maintain a gallery of pictures of U.S. servicepeople who have died 
in Iraq and Afghanistan outside the front door of my office. It reminds 
me and all who visit my office about the loss of young lives and the 
terrible cost of this war.
  As a war veteran, I know what these troops and their families are 
going through. I heard the Bush administration say that some Iraqis are 
worried about us leaving. But I say this: The American people are 
worried about us staying.
  What more can we do for the Iraqi people? We have spent over $300 
billion of U.S. taxpayer funds there. We have

[[Page S6228]]

helped them hold three elections. We have trained and armed their 
police and their military.
  I say it is time for them to take control of their country.
  I have heard my colleagues on the other side of the aisle say that we 
would bring dishonor to those who lost their lives if we begin to leave 
Iraq. But ask the families with loved ones over there how they feel. I 
met with a group in my Newark office with loved ones in Iraq, including 
a mother who lost her son there. As far as they were concerned, it 
would bring dishonor to other families if we just stay there with no 
plans for the future.
  So why are we having so much trouble securing Iraq? The answer is 
clear: The administration has no plan in place to do it. When they 
tried, we saw misstep after misstep by the civilian leaders in the 
Pentagon. And the leadership problems at the Pentagon start at the top.
  This administration went to war on the cheap: Not enough troops, not 
enough body armor, not enough help from our allies. I think we are down 
to a coalition that has very little coalescence attached to it. No 
help. And our troops have paid the price for these mistakes.
  There were so many mistakes and miscalculations by the Bush 
administration that it is hard to believe it at all.
  Secretary Rumsfeld said the Iraqis would welcome U.S. troops and that 
the Iraqi resistance would be limited. He was obviously wrong.
  He also failed to build coalitions with our allies. One of the few 
major allies that did join the coalition was Poland, which sent about 
1,600 troops. But they began withdrawing early this year. Half are 
already gone, and by the end of the year, Poland will have all of its 
troops out of Iraq. Just this week, the Japanese announced they will 
withdraw their troops.
  We ask, when are we going to start withdrawing our troops?
  So far, 16 nations who have provided some assistance in Iraq have 
withdrawn their troops. The administration's failure to build a real 
coalition has caused our troops to bear the vast majority of the risk 
and suffer the casualties.
  Mr. INHOFE. Will the Senator yield?
  Mr. LAUTENBERG. No, I will not yield. I don't have enough time, I am 
sorry to say. Perhaps afterwards, the Senator from Oklahoma can use his 
own time to have an exchange.
  Secretary Rumsfeld said the war would be short. He said, ``I doubt 6 
months.'' More than 3 years later, we know how tragically wrong that 
assessment was.
  Additionally, Secretary Rumsfeld was also way off on the cost of the 
war. He said it would cost no more than $100 billion. But the 
staggering reality is that it has cost $320 billion thus far, and we 
expect it will get close to half a trillion dollars before this year is 
over.
  Now we are experiencing a crisis in military recruiting. But about 
that, Secretary Rumsfeld is in denial. Whether in public or in private, 
he claims that recruiting is fine. Well, it is not. Here is the 
reality: The Army National Guard and Reserve are falling well short of 
their goals, and the only reason other branches are meeting goals is 
because the Pentagon has reduced the target numbers.
  Eight retired generals have come forward to say what many in the 
military have been thinking for years, and that is: It is time for a 
change at the top as well as the recovery of our people back home. One 
of the generals, General Eaton, who served in Iraq, said the following 
about Secretary Rumsfeld:

       In sum, he has shown himself incompetent strategically, 
     operationally, and tactically, and is far more than anyone 
     else responsible for what has happened to our important 
     mission in Iraq. Mr. Rumsfeld must step down.

  But instead of taking a stand like the generals, we have heard our 
colleagues on the other side of the aisle simply repeating talking 
points that were handed to them by the Bush administration: ``Cut and 
run''--disgusting words when you look at the reflection of what is 
intended there.

  We know this because the Secretary of Defense sent a Republican 
briefing booklet to Democrats by mistake last week. This briefing book 
is a three-ring binder of spin. It contains the same spin that we hear 
today from the other side of the Chamber.
  Instead of developing talking points and spin for Republican 
Senators, we should concentrate on putting together a plan for our 
troops in Iraq: For our troops to come home.
  I think my Republican colleagues should have stamped that briefing 
book ``Return to Sender'' and told the administration that they will 
think for themselves. That is what I would hope my colleagues across 
the aisle would do.
  I know that they want to protect our troops and I know that they care 
as much about loss of life. But we have a different approach on it. We 
need a fresh start, honest leadership, and we are not going to get 
either one as long as those in charge maintain their positions.
  In sum, I think it is time for Secretary Rumsfeld to go, and it is 
time for our troops to start to go home.
  I yield the floor.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, how much time remains for the Senator from 
Virginia?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Nineteen minutes and 22 seconds.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I recognize on the floor Senator Roberts, 
Senator Bond, and Senator Inhofe, and Senator Kyl intends to come. So 
with the balance of that time, I will try to allocate it as equally as 
we can. I think Senator Roberts is next in line, so I yield to Senator 
Roberts 4 to 5 minutes.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator is recognized for 4 to 5 minutes.
  Mr. ROBERTS. I thank the President and I thank the chairman. I rise 
in opposition to the amendment offered by Senator Levin. I would just 
tell the Senator from New Jersey that nobody gave me my billet points; 
I wrote this myself out of conviction, and I know he speaks from 
conviction as well.
  There is nobody in the U.S. Congress, nobody in America that does not 
want stability in Iraq and to get our troops home as soon as possible. 
But there is a right way and a wrong way. Last week the Senate voted 
overwhelmingly against adopting a strategy focused on an arbitrary date 
for the withdrawal of U.S. forces. We are back again. Despite that 
lopsided vote of last week, we are again debating yet another 
withdrawal amendment. By the time we are done, no less than three 
withdrawal amendments, three messages to our troops, three messages to 
our adversaries, and three very damaging blows for I think the resolve 
of this country.
  Senator Hagel brought this up. As a careful reading of the amendment 
clearly shows, I think we are setting a disturbing and 
counterproductive precedent. We, the U.S. Senate, are now getting into 
micromanaging the military and the military's plans and the military's 
strategy--not the President, not the commanders in the field, but the 
Senate. This is the same body, by the way, that has a little difficulty 
trying to decide when to adjourn.
  While we may wish otherwise, the blunt truth of it is there is no 
exit from either Iraq or the global war on terrorism but through 
success. So in that regard, we did not ask for this war, but in 
fighting worldwide terrorism, a war that must be successful, we must be 
willing to use force if necessary and to protect our security and that 
of our allies or we invite more insurgency, more terrorist acts for the 
next President, the President after that, and on down the line. So 
regardless of future policy, current or future Presidents, our ultimate 
success against terrorism will only be won through resolve.
  Let's talk about one thing that has been missing in this debate, and 
that is consequences. Calling for withdrawal is one thing; facing the 
consequences of that action and the responsibility for it is another. I 
fully understand the need and the value of full debate on this issue, 
but we should do so with the understanding that words do have 
consequences, and their effect not only influences the intended 
audience, the partisan base or otherwise, but they also affect the 
morale of our troops in the midst of war and the terrorists who 
question our resolve.
  Make no mistake: if America leaves--all at once or in stages--our 
adversaries will rejoice--all at once or in stages.
  Last year we received an intercepted letter that Osama bin Laden's 
deputy sent to Abu Musab al-Zarqawi which urged Zarqawi to prepare for 
what the terrorists clearly believe will be a U.S.

[[Page S6229]]

retreat from Iraq. Ironically, while the terrorists are preparing for 
what they hope will be a premature U.S. retreat, we are making real, 
tough, step-by-step progress, highlighted with the recent killing of 
Abu Musab al-Zarqawi.
  But of all things, in a paradox of enormous consequence and irony, we 
stand here today debating this withdrawal commensurate with the 
predicted retreat by al-Zarqawi and his terrorist associates.
  Now is not the time to abandon our momentum and retreat. Such a 
retreat would do more than encourage the bin Ladens of the world. 
Jihadist terrorist cells throughout the world, and in our own country, 
would be rethinking their attack plans with ominous repercussions.
  Let us not ignore the very nature of our adversaries. Senator Allen 
spoke to that. They think of us as dust. We have no human value. And 
they are not giving up. They are planning attacks as we speak--
everybody knows that--within the U.S. Capitol. Imagine how such a 
withdrawal would be viewed in places like Iran, in the midst of 
aggressively building up its nuclear capacity; North Korea, with its 
existing capacity; China, with its continued military expansion, the 
greatest since World War II; and Russia, where we are now witnessing a 
return to totalitarianism round II, especially with Ukrainian 
democracy; and Venezuela, where Hugo Chavez has become the next Castro.
  Imagine what doubts the lack of resolve would really create in the 
minds of our allies now working with us with unprecedented intelligence 
cooperation, and the impact on the progress we have made in Pakistan 
and Afghanistan, leading to a radical Islamic takeover of the Mushariff 
and Karzi governments and further leading to increased threats within 
the next terrorist nerve centers in Indonesia and Africa.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator has consumed 4 minutes.
  Mr. ROBERTS. I ask unanimous consent for 2 additional minutes.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, what is the time remaining?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Fourteen minutes and 40 seconds.
  Mr. WARNER. I will yield the 2 minutes, and then the two other 
colleagues can divide equally the time that is remaining.
  Mr. ROBERTS. Mr. President, this amendment has consequences to our 
allies, including Libya, Tunisia, Jordan, Egypt, even Saudi Arabia, and 
Israel. Basically, this amendment has consequences, introducing it on 
the floor of the Senate has consequences, debating it has consequences, 
and voting for it has consequences.
  I am going to close by calling to mind a lesson of historical 
precedent. Upon learning of the attack on Pearl Harbor, Sir Winston 
Churchill said this:

       Silly people; that was the description many gave in 
     discounting the force of the United States. Some said they 
     were soft, others that they would never be united, that they 
     would never come to grips. They would never stand for 
     bloodletting, that their system of government and democracy 
     would paralyze their effort.
       Now we will see the weakness of this numerous but remote, 
     wealthy and talkative people. But, American blood flows in my 
     veins. I thought of a remark made to me years before--the 
     United States is like a gigantic boiler. Once the fire of 
     freedom is lighted under it, there is no limit to the power 
     it can generate. It is a matter of resolve.

  I say to my colleagues that, if approved, this amendment could, in a 
matter of minutes, undo that resolve now, and for the next generation 
who will face new threats to our way of life. Setting an artificial 
timetable will send the wrong message to the Iraqi's, who need to know 
that America will not leave before the job is done, and our troops, who 
must know that we are serious about the mission that they are risking 
their lives to achieve.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Michigan.
  Mr. LEVIN. I yield 3 minutes to the Senator from Washington.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Washington is recognized for 
3 minutes.
  Mrs. MURRAY. Mr. President, I want the same thing all Americans do, 
for our troops to complete their mission in Iraq and return home safely 
and quickly. To accomplish that, the President must define what our 
current mission is and how that mission serves our Nation's security 
interests.
  The men and women of our military have done everything we have asked 
them to do. They looked for weapons of mass destruction and found none. 
We got rid of Saddam Hussein. We helped the Iraqis hold elections and 
set up their government and security forces. So what is our mission 
today?
  Right now, our Nation's policy on Iraq is adrift. Instead of 
addressing this head on, the administration and this Congress continue 
to build on the miscalculation and incompetence of the past and are 
dismissing any serious discussion of the challenge the American people 
now face.
  Instead of working to unite this Nation behind a common purpose in 
defense of our security and freedom, the President and his aides are 
using the war as political fodder for the next election cycle. Instead 
of being honest with the American people about the costs of our effort 
and the sacrifice necessary to support them, the Congress continues to 
hand a blank check to the administration to continue the status quo. 
That approach has left us with heated rhetoric and a long series of bad 
choices.
  True security for the American people depends on an honest assessment 
of the threats we face, a very clear mission, and an honest discussion 
about the costs of confronting those threats.
  On Iraq we do not have any of those components. Continuing the status 
quo is unacceptable. We need the President to tell us what the mission 
in Iraq is so we, as Congress and as a country, can decide if it is 
worth the continued price we are paying.
  Like all of us, I want the troops home as soon as possible. In fact, 
I think they should start coming home this year. It is absolutely time 
for a new strategy in Iraq. An arbitrary, specific date for full 
withdrawal, however, could force us to ignore facts on the ground, 
facts that have a direct impact on the security of our troops or the 
interests of our Nation. I appreciate those who ask for a date certain. 
I, too, am frustrated with where we find ourselves today. But what we 
do need is change. What we do need is leadership. What we do need is a 
defined mission. And what we do need is a plan for success.
  The troops on the ground, as well as the American people, deserve an 
honest discussion and a plan for victory and a goal to achieve that. 
That is why I support the Levin amendment.
  This administration, this Congress, and this Nation should be focused 
like a laser on how we can be successful and bring our troops home 
safely. Our troops and the American people deserve a plan that brings 
us all together to accomplish that goal.
  I yield my remaining time.
  Mr. WARNER. What is the time remaining on this side?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. There remains 13 minutes 2 seconds.
  Mr. WARNER. I am going to relinquish the time I hoped to use to do 
wrapup remarks and divide it equally between the Senator from Missouri 
and the Senator from Oklahoma.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Missouri is recognized for 6 
minutes 30 seconds.
  Mr. BOND. Mr. President, I thank the floor manager of the bill. As we 
have heard, the end of al-Zarqawi is a significant blow to al-Qaida 
operations in Iraq. It is another clear indication of the progress we 
are making. In addition, the documents we captured at that time 
indicate that the al-Qaida terrorists themselves know that we are 
making progress. They are worried that time is now on our side. They 
know they cannot withstand our military forces.
  But even before our troops eliminated one of America's fiercest 
enemies, some at home had described the current situation in Iraq as 
bleak. Now they are introducing measures for a timetable for withdrawal 
from the region.
  The insurgents will no doubt consider the debating of this measure 
one of the best pieces of news they have had this year. That is because 
the terrorists know that time is on our side unless we give them a 
timetable for withdrawal. We know that a timetable for withdrawal will 
undercut the momentum that the insurgents themselves say we have gained 
in Iraq.
  As I have talked to our troops who have been in the field, they say, 
doesn't

[[Page S6230]]

anybody understand that the terrorists watch our media? They have 
calendars. If they know we are going to get out on a certain date they 
will declare victory, lay back and wait to take over the country after 
we have departed.
  I would imagine that the terrorists are dumbfounded, yet ecstatic 
with this self-destructive proposal. I am dumbfounded and aghast. If 
insurgents had any representation in the Senate, I am sure they would 
support it. I am not saying my Democratic colleagues are in any way 
intentionally aiding the insurgents or undermining our troops, but 
regrettably that is what it would do. I implore my colleagues on both 
sides to consider the facts and the words of the insurgents themselves, 
who view this as a time when they are losing.

  Last Monday night, when our President was addressing a group 
outlining in detail the program of progress and how we are going to 
build up the security forces in Iraq so they can take over, and 
committing to finishing the job we in Congress overwhelmingly endorsed, 
Mr. Howard Dean was on national television claiming that Republicans 
were sitting in air-conditioned offices asking others to do the work in 
Iraq. He stated:

       Republicans are great about sending other people's children 
     to war.

  I take issue with the words of Mr. Dean, the voice of the Democratic 
National Party. First, our brave young men and women volunteered to 
serve, to go to war to keep America safe from the terrorists who struck 
on 9/11 and who would strike again if they had the chance.
  Second, 77 of us on this floor, Democrats and Republicans, voted to 
support the President to carry out the mission that President Clinton 
first outlined about regime change in Iraq.
  Finally, I say to Mr. Dean personally, my only son returned from Iraq 
over a year ago and is preparing to go back. When I told him we were 
going to have this debate, I asked him: What is your view on it? I got 
this e-mail back. He said:

       In case anyone is paying attention, there is progress being 
     made. AMZ himself indicated as much in the confiscated 
     letters around the time of his death. If al-Qaida, No. 1, 
     confesses the U.S. is having good success, who here in conus 
     has the standing to contradict us?
       I don't get it. I am not wild about going back to Iraq but 
     I'd sure as heck would rather do that than essentially 
     invalidate everything we have done to date by leaving too 
     early and inviting chaos.
       Happy Father's Day.

  That was a message from one of the people who are serving us in Iraq, 
and he speaks for all the other young people he knows.
  I implore my colleagues, let our troops finish what we started, what 
most of us voted for. Let's leave Iraq self-sufficient, free, and 
stable, an Iraq no longer a safe haven for terrorists, threatening to 
bring WMD and terrorist attacks to our shore. Let's leave when the job 
is done, not before. Let's not defeat our mission with political 
attacks on the President and the Secretary of Defense as we have heard 
today, and on those of us in Congress, giving the terrorists a victory 
politically by laying out for them a ``get out of jail free'' card, 
giving them a timetable for withdrawal whether or not Iraqi security 
forces are fully capable of controlling their country.
  I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Michigan.
  Mr. LEVIN. I yield 10 minutes to Senator Biden.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, if the Senator will yield, I will just 
yield a minute to myself. I compliment the Senator from Missouri. That 
was a heartfelt message. I hope Mr. Dean gets it verbatim because your 
son, whom I have watched grow up through these many years, is proud to 
be a United States Marine and to take on his duty.
  Mr. President, I wish to advise colleagues at the hour of 5 o'clock 
this debate on the Levin amendment is concluded. My understanding is we 
proceed to an amendment by the Senator from Massachusetts, Mr. Kerry, 
and Mr. Feingold, Mrs. Boxer, and Mr. Leahy. In examining that 
amendment, I say to my colleagues who are anxious to continue 
addressing the issues of the amendment of Senator Levin, I think the 
basic format in this amendment lays a clear predicate for all those who 
are desiring to speak to have their word tonight sometime because we 
are to conclude this debate tonight. I yield the floor.
  Mr. LEVIN. Mr. President, how much time remains on our side?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. You have 34 minutes.
  Mr. WARNER. How much?
  Mr. LEVIN. We started at 12:15. I would then yield for 10 minutes to 
Senator Biden. I then yield 8 minutes to Senator Obama, and then 
Senator Durbin will be next. Depending on how much time is left we can 
determine the time allocation.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Delaware is recognized for 10 
minutes.
  Mr. INHOFE. Was this a unanimous consent request made by the Senator 
from Michigan? We are still going back and forth?
  Mr. LEVIN. No. We understand that.
  Mr. INHOFE. I thank the Senator.
  Mr. BIDEN. Mr. President, I thank the Senator from Michigan. I, too, 
compliment the Senator from Missouri for the service of his son. My son 
is not--he is in the military, in the National Guard. He is not in 
Iraq, although he did spend some time in Kosovo. I admire the 
patriotism of his son and respect the point of view his son expressed. 
But I think it confuses things.
  Mr. President, last Thursday, we passed by a 99--1 vote an emergency 
spending bill to support our troops in Iraq and Afghanistan and provide 
relief to the victims of Hurricane Katrina. 
  Unfortunately, behind closed conference doors, a key provision of 
both the House and Senate versions was stripped out--an amendment, 
introduced by Representative Barbara Lee and myself that would bar any 
funds from being used to establish permanent U.S. military bases in 
Iraq or to control Iraq's oil.
  I voted to support our troops, though I was surprised that my 
amendment was stripped after not a single Senator publicly spoke 
against it during the floor debate.
  But what bothers me is that by removing the ``no permanent bases'' 
amendment, we make life more difficult for our men and women in uniform 
and undercut our Nation's broader effort against terrorism.
  So I will reintroduce my amendment as part of the Defense 
authorization bill.
  It is straightforward, clear, and simple. It affirms that the United 
States will not seek to establish permanent military bases in Iraq and 
has no intention of controlling Iraqi oil.
  I will repeat what I said 6 weeks ago:
  While it may be obvious to Americans that we don't intend to stay in 
Iraq indefinitely, such conspiracy theories are accepted as fact by 
most Iraqis.
  In an opinion poll conducted by the University of Maryland in 
January, 80 percent of Iraqis--and 92 percent of the Sunni Arabs--
believe we have plans to establish permanent military bases.
  The same poll found that an astounding 88 percent of Sunni Arabs 
approve of attacks on American forces in part.
  Why do Iraqis believe we want permanent bases? Why do they think we 
would subject ourselves to the enormous ongoing costs in Iraq in blood 
and treasure? Do they think we want their sand? No, they think we want 
their oil.
  To my mind, the connection between these two public opinion findings 
is incontrovertible.
  Before you dismiss these as simple conspiracy theories, remember what 
Iraqis have been through in the past 3 decades:
  Three wars and a tyrannical regime that turned brother against 
brother and made paranoia a way of life. 
  And there is a longer history, too: 400 years of British and Ottoman 
occupation have led to a deeply ingrained suspicion of a foreign 
military presence.
  These views extend well beyond Iraq. In a 2004 Pew Charitable Trust 
survey, majorities in all four Muslim states surveyed--Turkey, 
Pakistan, Jordan, and Morocco--believed that control of Mideast oil was 
an important factor in our invasion of Iraq.
  Our enemies understand the boon these misconceptions provide to their 
recruiting efforts and use them as a rallying cry in their calls-to-
arms.
  Last year in a letter intercepted by the United States military, 
Ayman al-Zawahiri, the deputy leader of al-Qaeda, wrote to the recently 
killed

[[Page S6231]]

Jordanian terrorist Abu Musab al-Zarqawi:

       The Muslim masses . . . do not rally except against an 
     outside occupying enemy.

  Our military and diplomatic leaders understand that countering this 
vicious propaganda requires clear signals about our intentions in Iraq. 
And they have done just this.
  General George Casey, the ground force commander in Iraq, told the 
Committee on Armed Services last September: 

       Increased coalition presence feeds the notion of 
     occupation.

  At the same hearing, General John Abizaid, the commander of all U.S. 
troops in the Middle East, told Congress: 

       We must make clear to the people of the region we have no 
     designs on their territory or resources.

   In March, the American ambassador to Iraq, Zalmay Khalilzad, told an 
Iraqi television station that the United States has ``no goal in 
establishing permanent bases in Iraq.''
  Unfortunately, this clarity has been clouded by mixed messages from 
the senior-most decision-makers in the Bush administration.
  To my knowledge, President Bush has never explicitly stated that we 
will not establish permanent bases in Iraq, and both the Secretary of 
Defense and the Secretary of State have left the door open to do just 
that. 
  On February 17, 2005, Secretary Rumsfeld told the Committee on Armed 
Services: 

       We have no intention, at the present time, of putting 
     permanent bases in Iraq. 

  ``At the present time'' is not exactly an unequivocal statement.
  On February 15, 2006, at the Senate Foreign Relations Committee 
hearing, my friend, the Senator from Massachusetts, asked Secretary 
Rice:

       Is it, in fact, the policy of the administration not to 
     have permanent bases in Iraq?

  Rather than answering the simple one word, ``Yes,'' Secretary Rice 
said during a 400 word exchange on the question:

       I don't want to in this forum try to prejudice everything 
     that might happen way into the future. 

  Just last Thursday, columnist Helen Thomas asked the White House 
press secretary to unambiguously declare that the United States will 
not seek permanent bases in Iraq. Again, the press secretary could not 
unequivocally declare this to be the case.
  These mixed messages are confusing to the American people and the 
Iraqi people alike. They feed conspiracy theories and cede rhetorical 
space to our enemies. They make it that much more difficult to win the 
battle for the hearts and minds of 1.2 billion Muslims in the world. 
Our success in that battle will determine our success in the struggle 
between freedom and radical fundamentalism.
  Against this backdrop, I believe that it is incumbent upon us to 
speak where the administration has not. 
  My amendment will have no detrimental effect on the military 
operations of our Armed Forces in Iraq or their ability to provide 
security for Iraqi oil infrastructure.
  United Nations Council Resolution 1546 recognizes that the American 
and coalition forces are present in Iraq at the invitation of the Iraqi 
Government and that their operations are essential to Iraq's political, 
economic, and social well-being.
  In his first speech to the Iraqi parliament last month, Prime 
Minister Nouri al-Maliki endorsed that resolution. We are anxious for 
the day when Iraqis can take control of their own destiny, but the 
Iraqis are suspicious of our intentions and growing increasingly 
impatient.
  This amendment may not in itself change a lot of minds on the ground 
or in the region.
  But it can mark the beginning of a sustained effort to demonstrate 
through words and deeds that we have no intention of controlling Iraq's 
oil or staying there forever.
  I believe it is our duty to do so.
  I want to point out a couple of things. I have listened to some of 
this debate. Sometimes I wonder whether we are debating the Levin 
amendment or not. The Levin-Reed amendment says two things. It lays out 
a plan. The front part of it is the part that is being ignored by most 
people. The amendment lays out a specific plan to avoid trading a 
dictatorship for chaos in Iraq. Right now, I respectfully suggest the 
President has a plan how not to lose but no plan how to win. In my 
view, a plan to arbitrarily set a date to leave is not a plan. It is an 
expression of overwhelming frustration and maybe on the part of some a 
conclusion reached that it is not winnable because it has been so badly 
handled the last 2 years. I respect that position. I don't agree with 
it, but I respect it.
  The fact is, what is before us in the Levin amendment is it first 
calls for a political settlement and the sharing of economic resources. 
That is another way of saying the Iraqis need a deal on oil that gives 
the Sunnis a fair share of the revenues; and, secondly, it calls for 
the President to convene what not just Joe Biden and this amendment but 
Biden before, and before that Henry Kissinger, and Secretary Shultz and 
others called for, and that is convening of an international conference 
to promote a durable political settlement and reduce the interference 
by Iraq's neighbors in Iraq. And it calls for the things that everyone 
agrees have to be done, purging the sectarian militia which has 
infiltrated the security forces.
  My friend from Missouri stood up and talked about the Iraqi security 
forces. The Iraqi security forces are riddled with sectarian 
infiltration. There is overwhelming evidence that Sadr suggests his 
Mahdi militia join the military. There is overwhelming evidence that 
the SCIRI and Dawa Parties have moved their people into the military as 
have the Sadr militia. There is evidence of the fact that the Peshmerja 
are in the north. So let me ask a question: How is it remotely possible 
that this government, assuming it is really good government, has a lot 
of personal courage and wisdom?
  How can it run a country when it does not have a military that--at 
least at any one time--one-third of the country doesn't trust?
  Did you all notice what happened today? Saddam's defense lawyer, for 
whom I have no particular empathy or sympathy--guess what. Five cops or 
four cops--Iraqi police--show up with identification, take him away, 
and shoot him.
  What has been going on? Pick up the paper. Every day--almost every 
day for the past months--a bus gets stopped, a group of Iraqi policemen 
take people off the bus identified as Sunnis and blow their brains out; 
or the next morning--every morning--you read the paper. What do you 
find? You find 9, 12, or 30 Sunnis handcuffed with bullets in their 
heads.
  So I ask you the question, imagine the United States of America 
trying to unite the North and the South, and if you had hit squads in 
the South after the Civil War going after anybody who fought in the 
Confederacy--this is a big deal.
  There is no possibility of avoiding a civil war, in my humble 
opinion, if you don't purge the police and then purge the military of 
the sectarian thugs.
  Second, we have a very first-rate Ambassador there. The best thing 
that has happened to our effort is our present Ambassador. What did he 
do? Remember when he said the first unity government wasn't legitimate 
because the Sunnis didn't participate? It was a legitimate point. How 
do we get the Sunnis to participate in the election? You had the acting 
Parliament pass a law defining what could kill the Constitution--
changing the law. That is a disaster.
  So what did our Ambassador do? He said: Change it--quietly; a 
brilliant diplomatic move. They changed the law going back to what it 
had been under the law that was written in the first instance. Second, 
what did he do? He said: This isn't the final document. They amended 
the Constitution at the last minute it was being voted on to say you 
can amend it later. Why? For a specific purpose. Everybody knows that 
unless you get the Sunnis to buy in, there is no possibility of 
success. So everyone has anticipated from the beginning, beginning with 
our Ambassador, that you have to amend the Constitution to give the 
Sunnis a piece of the action.

  Up to now, our administration has been saying quietly that would be 
divisive absent the Parliament doing what is called for under the law, 
convening, as they should be now, and now with about 3 months left, 
reporting to the entire Parliament amendments to the

[[Page S6232]]

Constitution that will then be sent out to the people to vote on. 
Absent that, I do not know how this works.
  The Sunnis need a piece of the action, to stay in the action.
  My friend, the chairman, understands that there are three things 
going on. One, they are so-called insurgents. They are basically the 
old Saddamists. They are the Baathist Party, they are former military, 
and they are the Republican Guard.
  As I said to the President, who asked the question after my first 
trip from Iraq--he said: We have taken care of--I don't want to put 
words in his mouth--he said it was a great victory. And it was a great 
victory. I said: But Mr. President, 400,000 people went home with their 
guns. I said: Count the bodybags. We had such a blitzkrieg success; 
what happened? They didn't resist. They took off their uniforms, kept 
their guns, and raided the 800,000 tons of ammunition dumps we didn't 
guard. That is the insurgency--not bunch of dead-enders, as the 
Secretary of Defense said some time ago, and they are getting 
increasingly organized.
  There is a second group. The second group is the Zarqawi guys. They 
are the guys who are the jihadists--mostly from out of the country. As 
my friends, the chairman and ranking member, know, the military has 
never estimated them to make up more than 5 percent to 8 percent of the 
entire insurgency. They do bad things, but they are a separate group, 
coordinating with but separate, with separate agendas, from the 
insurgents.
  There is a third group. The real problem is civil war. Insurgency is 
not the big problem. It is a problem. The problem is sectarian violence 
with Sunnis killing Kurds, Kurds executing Shiites, and Shiites mostly 
eliminating Sunnis. Unless you stop that, what is the deal? I hope I am 
wrong, but as I say, take a look at my record on this for the last 3 
years and tell me. Am I wrong a lot of times? I haven't guessed this 
one very wrong very many times.
  Ask the following question: By December of 2007, we are going to have 
a drastic withdrawal of American forces for one of two reasons: either 
because we actually have things going in Iraq, the Iraqis have not only 
stood but stood together, dealt with the Sunnis, dealt with the militia 
and kept the neighbors out, which means we will be able to draw forces 
home, or we are going to be in a full-blown civil war.
  I will make a prediction. This is a dangerous thing to do on the 
floor, and I pray to God I am wrong about it. I think there is at least 
an even chance that you will hear the following debate among the 
foreign policy intellectuals on the left and on the right a year from 
now. You have to let them fight it out in a civil war. It has to be 
decided in a civil war; nothing we can do about it. Let the chips fall 
where they may, and we come back in and try to pick up the pieces. That 
may be the ultimate strategy we have to deal with.
  But to my friends who say get out at a time certain, I say I 
understand your frustration, but what do you do afterward? What do you 
do if things go to hell in a hand basket quickly and there is civil war 
that turns into a regional war? What is your plan?
  The Levin amendment lays out a plan. It says take care of the 
insurgency by giving the Sunnis a piece of the action so they turn on 
the insurgents. They have a reason to want to be a part of the deal.
  I thank the Chair.
  I have a more detailed plan as to how we should proceed. But don't 
confuse the Levin plan by ruling it out. The Levin plan lays out what 
must be done, how to do it, and it is done on the path by which we can 
leave and leave our interests intact.
  I thank the Chair. I thank my colleagues for allowing me a few 
minutes.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Oklahoma is recognized.
  Mr. INHOFE. Mr. President, first of all, let me say that I did want 
to get in there when the Senator from New Jersey was speaking.
  They keep talking about 8 generals out there--8 generals out of 4,000 
generals who are retired right now. Three of the eight generals who had 
their own political plans were using that. I have listened to that over 
and over again.
  I have just returned from my 11th trip, I say that to my friend from 
Delaware, to the Iraqi AOR. The reason I have done this is so I can 
watch the progress that is being made--and I see the progress.
  When the Senator from New Jersey stood up saying nothing has 
happened, consider the fact that we now have three successful elections 
behind us. Before each election, the Democrats on this floor said it is 
not going to work, they will not have a free election, it isn't going 
to be successful. We now have had three. I was over there. I went over 
the day the Ministers were ratified, and they are in there.
  There are 164,000 trained and equipped troops. I think it is really 
bad, particularly when it is in error, for us to stand here on the 
floor of this Senate and say that those troops are really not trained 
and equipped, that they are really not serviceable for war. I have 
heard all kinds of things which are a great disservice to these people. 
I was up there in Fallujah during the last election when these Iraqi 
security forces were risking their lives going into town to vote.
  Anyway, I went over there the other day, the day Zarqawi was killed, 
and I thank God that happened. It happened to be the same day that the 
4 Ministers out of some 30 Ministers were confirmed. I can remember 
talking to them on a one-to-one basis.
  Dr. al-Rubaie, the National Security Adviser for the Iraqis, is 
really a quality guy. I spent several hours talking to him. He projects 
that the number of troops in Iraq will drop below 100,000 by the end of 
this year. This is kind of interesting. Here we are trying to dictate 
terms as to when we are going to pull out when they already know when 
they are going to request and make a recommendation to us to pull out. 
The other side has it completely backward. He is saying that right now; 
he projects, the way we are going, that they are going to make a 
request by the end of this year to drop the U.S. forces and the 
coalition down to 100,000. That would be a reduction of 30,000. Then he 
says that by the end of the following year, they should be all the way 
out.
  Dr. al-Rubaie has made it clear that a timetable has to be on Iraq's 
terms and that there is already a roadmap. For people who say we don't 
know, there is no roadmap, there is no criteria out there, there is.
  Let me tell you. This is a quote from Dr. al-Rubaie. This isn't me 
talking, this is a quote from him. He said that Iraqi governorates must 
meet ``stringent minimum requirements as a condition of being granted 
control. Threat assessment of terrorist activities must be low or on a 
downward trend. Local police and the Iraqi army must be deemed capable 
of dealing with criminal gangs, armed groups and militia, and border 
control. There must be a clear and functioning command-and-control 
center overseen by the governor.'' He said, and this is his quote, that 
``13 of the 18 provinces''--18 in Iraq, and 13--``have met'' or are 
close to meeting this criteria already.
  One thing which has bothered me most recently is the inconsistency I 
have observed over time in the Democrats' position. They claim to 
disagree with the war in Iraq for the very same reasons that they used 
for supporting going into Bosnia and Kosovo. I remember them standing 
on this Senate floor saying that we have no reason to be going to 
Bosnia and Kosovo because we don't have any security interests at 
stake.
  In 1995, President Clinton urged Congress to support involvement in 
Bosnia, and they agreed with his philosophy to ``stand up for peace and 
freedom because it's in our interest to do so.'' That sounded real good 
at the time. Now, when President Bush is doing exactly the same thing, 
they are saying: No. We have changed our position. We don't want to do 
that anymore.
  Opponents of the war in Iraq contradict themselves.
  Senator Kerry stated, on April 6 of this year, that ``the [Iraq] 
insurgency grew day by day to be an insurgency that is now a low-grade 
civil war . . . and our troops can't resolve a civil war.''
  The Senator from Delaware characterized this as a civil war. This 
isn't a civil war. This is a war where others are going after the 
Iraqis. The insurgents aren't Iraqis. I don't know why people can't 
understand that.
  Zarqawi was Jordanian, and Osama bin Laden is Saudi. There are 
outsiders

[[Page S6233]]

who caused them to coalesce into getting along better with each other. 
There were factions in Iraqi that you do not see today.
  But Kerry endorsed involvement of U.S. troops in Bosnia and Kosovo, 
both of which were civil wars. Those were civil wars. This is not a 
civil war.
  In 1995, President Clinton said that ``we must not turn our backs on 
Bosnia,'' which was echoed by Senator Kerry when he stated that, 
``History has taught us that we can't sit idly by while people commit 
these incredible evil acts against humanity.'' He was talking about 
Bosnia and Kosovo. I would like to ask him: What evil acts are you 
talking about when compared to Saddam Hussein, who murdered and 
tortured to death hundreds of thousands of his own people; where they 
dropped people into vats of acid; where people were begging, before 
they were put into the shredders, to put their heads in first so they 
could die quickly; women being raped and buried alive? We have not seen 
atrocities such as this since Hitler in World War II. And here he was 
talking about things that were taking place in Kosovo and Bosnia. It 
wasn't happening.
  Let me tell you what Dr. al-Rubaie said. He said:

       There is . . . an unofficial ``roadmap'' to foreign troop 
     reductions that will eventually lead to total withdrawal of 
     U.S. troops.

  The roadmap is there. It is there, and it is one which they have put 
down in writing.
  I am going to deliver to you what Minister of Defense Jasim asked me 
to deliver to you--to us--in this Chamber today. He said:

       Tell them their sacrifice is for a very noble cause, they 
     have given freedom to 26 million people. I believe they are 
     waging a just war for humanity. The terrorism must be stopped 
     or it will spread all over the world, like a carbon copy of 
     fascism and communism. . . . The American victims have borne 
     the price of a freer world. . . . We are very grateful. . . . 
     The war in Iraq is a just war and we have no option but 
     victory. It is not a war that affects Iraq alone, but is 
     truly a world war.
       The terrorists are a sickness that must be eliminated . . . 
     There is great transformation taking place in Iraq but, the 
     international media does not focus on positive things 
     happening.

  Here he talks about the only focus being on the negative things.
  I will talk against the next amendment later.
  I can tell you, after 11 trips to Iraq and the AOR, that every time I 
come back to this Chamber and talk about the quality of the Iraqi 
security forces and the successes they have had, I am very proud of 
them, and they are very proud of us.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Virginia.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I thank the Senator from Oklahoma for 
wrapping up close to 20 Senators on this side who have spoken to this 
issue. I remind my colleague there will be further debate tonight. I am 
anxious to have as many as possible come over and join me. I commend 
the Senator on his statement and thank the Senator for his long, hard 
work on our bill throughout this year.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Michigan.
  Mr. LEVIN. Mr. President, I yield to the Senator from Illinois 10 
minutes.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Illinois is recognized for 10 
minutes.
  Mr. OBAMA. Mr. President, I thank the Senator from Michigan for 
managing this fine amendment.
  In October of 2002, I delivered a speech opposing the war in Iraq.
  I said that Saddam Hussein was a ruthless man, but that he posed no 
imminent and direct threat to the United States.
  I said that a war in Iraq would take our focus away from our efforts 
to defeat al-Qaida.
  And, with a volatile mix of ethnic groups and a complicated history, 
I said that the invasion and occupation of Iraq would require a U.S. 
occupation of undetermined length, at undetermined cost, with 
undetermined consequences.
  In short, I felt the decision unfolding then to invade Iraq was being 
made without a clear rationale, based more on ideology and politics 
than fact and reason.
  It is with no great pleasure that I recall this now. Too many young 
men and women have died. Too many have been maimed. Too many hearts 
have been broken. I fervently wish I had been wrong about this war; 
that my concerns had been unfounded.
  America and the American people have paid a high price for the 
decision to invade Iraq and myriad mistakes that followed. I believe 
that history will not judge the authors of this war kindly.
  For all these reasons, I would like nothing more than to support the 
Kerry amendment; to bring our brave troops home on a date certain, and 
spare the American people more pain, suffering and sorrow.
  But having visited Iraq, I am also acutely aware that a precipitous 
withdrawal of our troops, driven by congressional edict rather than the 
realities on the ground, will not undo the mistakes made by this 
administration. It could compound them.
  It could compound them by plunging Iraq into an even deeper and, 
perhaps, irreparable crisis.
  We must exit Iraq, but not in a way that leaves behind a security 
vacuum filled with terrorism, chaos, ethnic cleansing and genocide that 
could engulf large swaths of the Middle East and endanger America. We 
have both moral and national security reasons to manage our exit in a 
responsible way.
  I share many of the goals set forth in the Kerry amendment. We should 
send a clear message to the Iraqis that we won't be there forever, and 
that by next year our primary role should be to conduct 
counterinsurgency actions, train Iraqi security forces, and provide 
needed logistical support.
  Moreover, I share the frustration with an administration whose 
policies with respect to Iraq seem to simply repeat the simple-minded 
refrains of ``we know best'' and ``stay the course.'' It's not 
acceptable to conduct a war where our goals and strategies drift 
aimlessly regardless of the cost in lives or dollars spent, and where 
we end up with arbitrary, poll-driven troop reductions by the 
administration--the worst of all possible outcomes.
  As one who strongly opposed the decision to go to war and who has met 
with servicemen and women injured in this conflict and seen the pain of 
the parents and loved ones of those who have died in Iraq, I would like 
nothing more than for our military involvement to end.
  But I do not believe that setting a date certain for the total 
withdrawal of U.S. troops is the best approach to achieving, in a 
methodical and responsible way, the three basic goals that should drive 
our Iraq policy: that is, (1) stabilizing Iraq and giving the factions 
within Iraq the space they need to forge a political settlement; (2) 
containing and ultimately defeating the insurgency in Iraq; and (3) 
bringing our troops safely home.
  What is needed is a blueprint for an expeditious yet responsible exit 
from Iraq. A hard and fast, arbitrary deadline for withdrawal offers 
our commanders in the field, and our diplomats in the region, 
insufficient flexibility to implement that strategy.
  For example, let's say that a phased withdrawal results in 50,000 
troops in Iraq by July 19, 2007. If, at that point, our generals and 
the Iraqi Government tell us that having those troops in Iraq for an 
additional 3 or 6 months would enhance stability and security in the 
region, this amendment would potentially prevent us from pursuing the 
optimal policy.
  It is for this reason that I cannot support the Kerry amendment. 
Instead, I am a cosponsor of the Levin amendment, which gives us the 
best opportunity to find this balance between our need to begin a 
phase-down and our need to help stabilize Iraq. It tells the Iraqis 
that we won't be there forever so that they need to move forward on 
uniting and securing their country. I agree with Senator Warner that 
the message should be ``we really mean business, Iraqis, get on with 
it.'' At the same time, the amendment also provides the Iraqis the time 
and the opportunity to accomplish this critical goal.
  Essential to a successful policy is the administration listening to 
its generals and diplomats and members of Congress especially those who 
disagree with their policies and believe it is time to start bringing 
our troops home.
  The overwhelming majority of the Senate is already on record voting 
for an amendment stating that calendar year 2006 should be a period of 
significant transition to full Iraqi sovereignty, with Iraqi security 
forces

[[Page S6234]]

taking the lead for the security, creating the conditions for the 
phased redeployment of United States forces from Iraq. The Levin 
amendment builds on this approach.
  The White House should follow this principle as well. Visiting Iraq 
for a few hours cannot resuscitate or justify a failed policy. No 
amount of spin or photo opportunities can change the bottom line: this 
war has been poorly conceived and poorly managed by the White House, 
and that is why it has been so poorly received by the American people..
  And it is troubling to already see Karl Rove in New Hampshire, 
treating this as a political attack opportunity instead of a major 
national challenge around which to rally the country.
  There are no easy answers to this war. I understand that many 
Americans want to see our troops come home. The chaos, violence, and 
horrors in Iraq are gut-wrenching reminders of what our men and women 
in uniform, some just months out of high school, must confront on a 
daily basis. They are doing this heroically, they are doing this 
selflessly, and more than 2,500 of them have now made the ultimate 
sacrifice for our country.
  Not one of us wants to see our servicemen and women in harm's way a 
day longer than they have to be. And that's why we must find the most 
responsible way to bring them home as quickly as possible, while still 
leaving the foundation of a secure Iraq that will not endanger the free 
world.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Michigan is recognized. The 
Senator has 14 minutes 47 seconds remaining.
  Mr. LEVIN. I yield 5 minutes to the Senator from Illinois.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Illinois is recognized for 5 
minutes.
  Mr. DURBIN. Mr. President, it is time for American troops to come 
home. That was the judgment of the Senate last year. Last year, by a 
vote of 79 to 19, we adopted on a bipartisan basis an amendment written 
largely by the Senator from Michigan but amended and then cosponsored 
by the Senator from Virginia. It was a bipartisan amendment.
  By 79 to 19, we said last year that this year would be different. 
This just would not be another year, it would be a year of significant 
transition, and we were specific about what that transition meant. It 
meant that the Iraqis would be moving toward control of their own 
nation. It meant that their forces would take the lead. Those were our 
words--``take the lead''--in defending their country. It meant that we 
would create the condition for phased redeployment--that is, withdrawal 
of U.S. forces. That is how we voted last year, 79 to 19.
  Today, we are now debating again whether American forces can start to 
come home. I thought we already decided that last year, that this would 
be the year when they start to come home.
  Senator Levin brings an amendment to the Senate and says again, as we 
did last year, we will start redeploying or withdrawing American forces 
this year. What do we hear from the other side of the aisle? The same 
Republicans, many of whom voted to start bringing troops home this 
year, now resist the idea.
  Is that because Iraq is stronger today? Unfortunately, the statistics 
do not suggest it. The news reports from the New York Times tells us in 
May 2003, there were five recorded incidents of sectarian violence. In 
May of 2004, 10; in May of 2005, 20; in May of 2006, 250.
  To suggest that Iraq is stronger this year, a year later, is at least 
subject to debate. But this much we do know: We know we are paying a 
price every single day. The heartbreaking newscasts we listen to are of 
our men and women, our brothers and sisters, our sons and daughters who 
continue to die in Iraq, as they simply drive their vehicles down the 
road or stand and guard a security installation, 2,508 of our best and 
bravest who have died.
  The obvious question is, When will this end? The Bush administration, 
what plan do they have? No end in sight for the way they view it. I 
listened to my colleagues on the other side of the aisle say the Iraqis 
will take control in the future. This is the fourth year we have been 
told that the Iraqis will stand up and defend their own country. We are 
told they have 260,000 soldiers and police prepared to defend their own 
country, ready to fight.
  You know when I will believe that? When the first American soldier 
comes home, replaced by an Iraqi soldier. That has not happened yet. We 
are about to send 21,000 more American soldiers over to fight in 
rotation to keep 130,000 on the ground. If these Iraqi forces are so 
well trained and so well prepared, why are we sending another 21,000? I 
don't think we can explain that.
  I think we know what this is about. We are facing a situation in Iraq 
today where the Iraqis have the wrong message from America. The Iraqis 
believe that they can wait, patiently wait, until the day comes when 
they defend their own country.
  And why not? They have the best military in the world, the American 
military, in place defending their country. They have the American 
taxpayers paying for that defense. They understand we are prepared to 
invest those resources, and they think it will be indefinite. Nothing 
we are going to do on the floor of this U.S. Senate will change that 
point of view, unless we adopt the Levin amendment which says we will 
begin to withdraw the forces, redeploy the forces, this year.
  There has been a lot of criticism on the floor that the party on the 
other side of the aisle, the Republicans, is all unified and the 
Democrats cannot seem to all agree on anything. I do not know what the 
vote will be on the Levin amendment. I think it will be a substantial 
vote within the Democratic caucus. But our critics are wrong.
  Mr. President, 100 percent of the Democratic caucus believes it is 
time for change. And 100 percent of the Republican caucus believes it 
is time to stay the course, not change. They stand unified for the 
premise that we will not demand accountability. They stand unified for 
the premise that we will not have any change.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator's time has expired.
  Mr. DURBIN. I think the American people understand, as we do, that it 
is time for us to say to the Iraqis: Stand and defend your own nation. 
Let American soldiers start coming home.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Michigan is recognized.
  Mr. LEVIN. Mr. President, I ask, how many minutes remain?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Nine minutes 14 seconds.
  Mr. LEVIN. I thank the Presiding Officer.
  Mr. President, I yield 4 minutes to the Senator from Rhode Island, my 
cosponsor, Mr. Reed.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Rhode Island is recognized 
for 4 minutes.
  Mr. REED. Thank you, Mr. President.
  There are two key elements in the Levin-Reed amendment. The first is 
to begin redeployment, this year, of American combat forces in Iraq. So 
many of my colleagues have mentioned Mr. Rubaie, who is the National 
Security Adviser for the Iraqi Government. On two occasions he has said 
it is not only feasible but desirable. He said it first on television, 
and then he said it just this week in a carefully crafted editorial. So 
this is something that I think can be done, and, according to a key 
leader in the Iraq Government, should be done.
  The second element is that the President should submit to Congress a 
plan by the end of 2006, with estimated dates for the continued phased 
redeployments of U.S. forces from Iraq, with the understanding that 
unexpected contingencies may arise. The President should do this with 
the understanding that unexpected contingencies may arise.
  This has been referred to as an arbitrary timetable. It is not 
arbitrary, and it is not a timetable. It is not a timetable of our 
creation, but it would be of the President. So do, I assume, those who 
object to this feel that the President could not produce such a 
timetable? Or if he did produce such a timetable, it would be 
arbitrary, that it would be made without consultation with our military 
leaders, that it would be made without reference to conditions on the 
ground? I do not think so. In fact, I think such a timetable would be 
appropriate and necessary.
  Also, I should point out that our amendment recognizes the residual

[[Page S6235]]

presence of U.S. forces in Iraq, those that will be training Iraqi 
forces, those that will provide logistical support, and those that 
would conduct counterterrorism operations, our special operations 
troops.
  But, essentially, what we would also like to do, which is so 
critical, is to begin this transition from a predominantly military 
response to a nonmilitary one. During and after the phased redeployment 
of U.S. forces from Iraq, the United States will need a sustained 
nonmilitary effort to actively support reconstruction, governments, and 
a durable political solution.
  One significant reason why our military is stuck in Iraq today is 
because we have not made an appropriate nonmilitary effort. The 
administration has bungled reconstruction. They have yet to deploy more 
than 4 provisional reconstruction teams in the almost 18 provinces in 
Iraq. They continue to lag behind in terms of political mentoring, in 
terms of reconstruction, in terms of economic activity. They have done 
nothing.
  As a result, the only real viable tool we have is military forces. 
And the commanders will tell you on the ground that they are just 
buying time, that without this nonmilitary effort, all of our plans for 
Iraq will not succeed.
  Any effort like this requires popular support. Popular support rests 
upon candor with the people. This administration has not been candid 
with the people. They have not been candid with respect to the costs of 
this war. And those costs will go up.
  Indeed, to stay the course, we can predict billions and billions and 
billions of more dollars. They have not been candid with respect to the 
length of our operations. They have not been candid with respect to the 
impact of these operations on our troops. They have substituted slogans 
for candor.
  This amendment gives the President an opportunity to present a plan 
not only to the Congress but to the American people, a plan that will 
be candid, a plan that will strive for victory, a plan of his making. 
Without such a plan, we will continue to drift, and the chances of 
success will continue to diminish.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Michigan.
  Mr. LEVIN. Mr. President, I yield myself the remaining time.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Five minutes 11 seconds.
  Mr. LEVIN. I thank the Presiding Officer.
  Mr. President, there is much we all agree upon in this body. We have 
an interest in the stability of Iraq. And we want to improve the 
chances of success in Iraq. The disagreement is over whether the 
present course, with its open-ended commitment to maintain our military 
presence in Iraq, as we now have it, contributes to that stability or 
whether or not we must prod the Iraqis to do what only they can do--
come together to end the insurgency and to avoid an all-out civil war.
  The President of Iraq, Mr. Talabani, a few months ago, said the 
following about what Iraqis believe. He said that Iraqis believe that 
U.S. forces are ready ``to stay as long as we ask them, no matter what 
the period is.''
  That perception on the part of the President of Iraq, reflecting the 
view, presumably, of many Iraqis, that the United States is ``ready to 
stay'' as long as the Iraqis ask us, no matter what the period is, is a 
perception which must end. It is a perception that was based on our 
administration's commitment, which was open-ended, unlimited, 
unconditional.
  Iraqis must make a choice. It is a choice that our blood and our 
treasure has given them. The Iraqis, and the Iraqis alone, can unite to 
avoid all-out civil war, by making the political power sharing that 
needs to be done. Only the Iraqis can decide that they are going to 
divide the resources equitably so that they can bring in all the groups 
and the insurgency and avoid an all-out civil war. Only the Iraqis can 
unite to remove the militia control of the police.
  Their unity can do that. We cannot do that for them. We have given 
them an opportunity. Mr. President, 2,500 American lives, 7 times as 
many American wounded, have given them an opportunity. They must make a 
choice: Do they want a nation or do they want civil war?
  To maintain this open-ended commitment, which we now have, is 
contributing to a dependency of the Iraqis on us rather than forcing 
them, prodding them, to do what only they can do to build a nation.
  The Levin-Reed sense-of-the-Congress amendment proposes that a phased 
redeployment of U.S. troops be begun by the end of this year. Our 
amendment does not establish a fixed ending date for redeployment. It 
does not propose a fixed timetable once the phased redeployment has 
begun. But while it does not establish a timetable, it does establish a 
fixed time for the beginning of a phased redeployment by the end of 
this year. It is not precipitous. It is by the end of this year begin a 
phased redeployment of American troops.
  Mr. President, the National Security Adviser of Iraq has been quoted 
a number of times on the floor.
  Do I have a minute?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. One minute 5 seconds.
  Mr. LEVIN. I thank the Presiding Officer.
  The National Security Adviser of Iraq said the following in 
yesterday's Washington Post: We envisage the United States troop 
presence by year's end to be under 100,000. That is a reduction of 
30,000. That is totally in keeping with what the Levin-Reed amendment 
proposes. That is the Iraqi envisioned timetable. We want to hold them 
to that vision for their sake and for ours.
  Then Mr. Rubaie, the Iraqi National Security Adviser, said the 
following--and these are words which every one of us should soak in--
that the removal of foreign troops will legitimize Iraq's Government in 
the eyes of its people.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator's time has expired.
  Mr. LEVIN. Let us do that in a way which is thoughtful, orderly, and 
planned. And that is what the Levin-Reed amendment proposes.
  I thank the Chair. And I thank my good friend from Virginia, our 
chairman, for the way in which this debate has been handled on both 
sides.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Virginia is recognized.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, with regard to the pending amendment, I 
would only say, in response to the extra 10 seconds you had, I would 
hope that security adviser was in consultation with our Government at 
the time he made those remarks to determine the authenticity of those 
remarks.
  Now, my understanding is we now turn to an amendment by the Senator 
from Massachusetts and the Senator from Wisconsin, I believe. Is that 
correct?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Under the previous agreement----
  Mr. WARNER. Cosponsors of that amendment: the Senator from 
California, Mrs. Boxer, and the Senator from Vermont, Mr. Leahy.
  I inquire of the manager, in consultation with the proponents of this 
amendment, first, if we could get some estimate of the time for the 
introduction of the amendment. And then I would hope we would continue 
the practice that we have had today by which Senators go back and forth 
on each side.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Michigan.
  Mr. LEVIN. Mr. President, I would propose that the Senator from 
Massachusetts and the Senator from Wisconsin control the time which has 
been allocated to them. And as to when they bring up their amendment, 
it would be up to them because, as I envision this, they and you or 
your designee would manage that time.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I intend to remain. I do not know that 
there is a time agreement on this amendment.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Chair is unaware of a time agreement at 
this time.
  Mr. WARNER. In other words, we are in an unusual situation. Now, 
maybe the distinguished colleague from Massachusetts can help advise 
his leadership and me as to the time. It would be helpful because, like 
colleagues on this side, there are commitments on our side with regard 
to what Members wish to do this evening.
  So I am just trying to strike a note of comity so that we can 
accommodate those Senators on both sides of the aisle who are anxious 
to participate in this debate.

[[Page S6236]]

  Mr. LEVIN. If the Senator would yield, I totally concur that this 
next amendment should be brought up and debated in an orderly way, but 
that being agreed upon, I would hope, between the sponsors of that 
amendment and the chairman, the Republican manager.
  So I do not think there is any need for me, frankly, to intervene in 
that process. Perhaps you could hear from the Senator from 
Massachusetts as to what his plans are and how he plans to proceed. I 
think that would be helpful.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Massachusetts.
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, I thank the managers of the bill. I see no 
reason why we cannot proceed as we normally do in the Senate. I am 
happy to live by the tradition, with the distinguished manager, of 
going back and forth. We do have a little bit of an issue with a couple 
of Senators who need to attend other events. They are not going to 
speak very long.
  So what I would like to do is be able to have both of them speak. 
Then if I could open up, and then Senator Feingold speak. And then we 
would go back and forth. We have a number of speakers. I can't tell you 
exactly how long it is going to take now. But we are not trying to 
prolong it. We, obviously, have waited a significant amount of time. We 
were going to bring this up last week, and then we ran into this little 
parliamentary game that was played, wanting to go through the caucus. 
And now we are finally here.
  So I want to make sure we have an opportunity to adequately lay out 
and counter what has been about 6 days of both misinterpretation and 
misstatement about what this is and what it is not. So I am happy to 
manage it. I respect the willingness of the Senator from Michigan to 
let me do that. We will try to be as expeditious as we can.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I thank my colleague. I don't wish to 
misinterpret his comments, but there was an amendment brought up by his 
senior colleague from Massachusetts that took an inordinate amount of 
time, which we had not anticipated. If there was some disjuncture of 
the process over here, I believe it was initiated on that side.

  Let's return to the matter at hand. Would 30 minutes allow you to 
begin this debate and then we could have, say, 15 or so on this side 
and then--
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, we would need a little bit longer than that 
to sort of open it up if we can. Simply because I am trying to 
accommodate these two Senators, if we could let them speak, I think the 
Senator from Illinois would like 10 minutes and the Senator from 
Vermont would like about 10 minutes. Then I could open up. Senator 
Feingold, I know, wants to speak. I think he wanted to speak for about 
45 minutes or more.
  Mr. WARNER. Do you think we could have some response from this side 
before Senator Feingold begins?
  Mr. LEAHY. Will the Senator yield for an observation?
  Mr. WARNER. Yes.
  Mr. LEAHY. The distinguished senior Senator from Virginia, like the 
Senator from Vermont, has been here a long time. He knows that 
sometimes on these things, we can spend more time working out the 
agreement before time than it would actually take. Since I am one of 
the ones who has to leave, I would ask at least on the original consent 
that right after Senator Durbin, I be allowed to speak for 10 minutes. 
I suspect this is going to work itself out.
  Mr. WARNER. I am not objecting to that. I recognize you Senators have 
commitments. There are colleagues on this side who have commitments. We 
are trying to balance that and recognize that the proponents of the 
amendment should have an opportunity to lay it down. It so happens that 
there are four cosponsors.
  Mr. KERRY. So that we don't chew up all the time trying to figure out 
how to chew up the time, let me suggest that we agree that we have 20 
minutes quickly divided between the Senator from Illinois and the 
Senator from Vermont. Then if Senator Feingold and I could open for the 
time that we need, and then it would be up to the Senator from 
Virginia. He obviously would want to have an appropriate amount of time 
to respond.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I thank my colleague, but can he give us 
some definition of the time desired by yourself and Senator Feingold? 
Let's assume it is a half hour now between the Senator from Illinois 
and the Senator from Vermont; that is, 30 minutes.
  Mr. LEAHY. Twenty minutes, 10 and 10.
  Mr. KERRY. Just to make certain that we are covering the time--and I 
am not sure we will use it--I certainly would want to reserve an hour 
for each.
  Mr. WARNER. That would be an hour and 20 minutes before anyone on 
this side--
  Mr. KERRY. Two hours and 20 minutes.
  Mr. WARNER. Two hours and 20 minutes before anyone on this side gets 
an opportunity to seek recognition other than the manager for purposes 
of a parliamentary inquiry.
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, the Senator asked me how much time we 
needed. Whether it is before someone answers or not is something that 
can be worked out. That is the time we need.
  Mr. WARNER. That is a substantial departure from the manner in which 
we have managed this bill thus far. I really think that this is most 
unusual. We have no time agreement. We have an open-ended amendment. We 
have four sponsors. We have colleagues that have commitments tonight. I 
really believe at some point----
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, how about if we let the two Senators I 
mentioned proceed. Senator Feingold and I could each take 30 minutes at 
this point. Then they have a response. Then we can come back and 
respond afterwards.
  Mr. WARNER. Fine. That is quite agreeable to me, take 30 minutes to 
present the amendment. Then we will on this side have an equal amount 
of time.
  Mr. KERRY. Instead of taking an hour each--I need to protect Senator 
Feingold's request. He is not here, and I am already compromising 
myself on his behalf--we would both give up a half hour to begin with, 
so we would take an hour and 20 minutes, and then the Senator from 
Virginia would have an hour or whatever he wants to respond.
  Mr. WARNER. So an hour and 20 minutes on this side to initiate the 
amendment. I will concede that we will do that. But it seems to me 
somewhat a departure from the way we normally manage things. Then it 
comes to this side for, let's say, an hour's debate.
  Mr. REID. Mr. President, if the Senator will yield.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The minority leader is recognized.
  Mr. REID. I thank the Chair. Senator Lieberman has been here off and 
on during the day wanting to speak.
  Mr. WARNER. Yes.
  Mr. REID. If there is going to be any time agreement, Senator 
Lieberman ought to be worked into this. We have Senator Byrd here who 
has been calling all day.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I would be happy to say, when the time 
comes to this side, he can initiate on our time his remarks.

  Mr. REID. Senators Byrd and Lieberman or both.
  Mr. WARNER. Senator Lieberman. I didn't hear Senator Byrd mentioned. 
Let's hear from our senior colleague as to what his desires are.
  Mr. REID. We will take you up on that, if you will give Senator 
Lieberman 10 minutes.
  Mr. WARNER. I would be happy to do that at the conclusion of 1 hour 
and 20 minutes, that our side be recognized for a period of, let's say, 
30 minutes, of which the first 10 will be given to Senator Lieberman.
  Mr. REID. As usual, the Senator from Virginia is very kind.
  Mr. WARNER. I do believe we ought to hear from our senior colleague 
as to what his desires might be.
  Mr. LEAHY. Before the Senator speaks, does that mean that the 
original request that Senator Durbin and I would each be heard first--
--
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Chair has not heard a unanimous consent 
request from the floor.
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, we agreed that since these two Senators are 
under a timeline difficulty, we would try to accommodate them. Could we 
have the Senator from Vermont and the Senator from Illinois each speak 
for 10 minutes?
  Mr. WARNER. I have no objection, if you wish to initiate with those 
two

[[Page S6237]]

Senators beginning with 10 minutes each. Then what is to follow 
thereafter?
  Mr. KERRY. At that point I would hope that Senator Feingold and I 
would have an opportunity to introduce the amendment itself.
  Mr. WARNER. Therefore using what amount of time?
  Mr. KERRY. As I said, we would like 30 minutes each, and then we will 
come back afterwards.
  Mr. WARNER. So we are back to the hour and 20 minutes on that side 
before we receive any time on this side?
  Mr. KERRY. We won't even introduce the amendment, if we don't do 
that.
  Mr. WARNER. The amendment has been here for some time. I have had an 
opportunity to examine it.
  I suggest the absence of a quorum.
  Mr. BYRD. Before the Senator does that, may I inject--
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Does the Senator withhold his request?
  Mr. WARNER. Yes, out of respect for our distinguished colleague.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from West Virginia.
  Mr. BYRD. I thank the Chair, and I thank my distinguished friend from 
Virginia, Senator Warner.
  I have an amendment. I would at least like to debate it or have some 
time to speak on it. I was hoping that I might be able to speak for not 
to exceed 30 minutes on my amendment. I would like to throw that in the 
mix.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, parliamentary inquiry: To inform both the 
senior Senator from West Virginia, myself, and others, what is the 
order before the Senate at this time? My understanding is the Kerry-
Feingold amendment with an unlimited amount of time on it and there is 
no provision for other amendments at this time; is that correct?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator is correct. The Senator from 
Massachusetts, under the previous agreement, was to be recognized for 
his amendment at this time.
  Mr. WARNER. I say to my good friend, the order has been in for some 
24 hours by which this is the amendment. The time allocation is under 
the control of the two managers. We will work that out momentarily, 
hopefully on an equitable basis. I do not at this point in time see the 
opportunity for the introduction of your amendment, I say with due 
respect, until such time as the debate on the Kerry-Feingold amendment 
is concluded.
  Mr. BYRD. Mr. President, I have not heard all of the debate, but from 
what I have heard, I don't think that another Senator, this Senator, 
would be precluded from asking for time to explain his amendment. Now 
if the agreement may preclude other amendments--I don't know whether it 
does or not. If it does, then that is one thing. But I have an 
amendment, and I would like to speak on it. I wonder if Senators 
wouldn't allow me to speak. I have four to six pages. I can do those in 
40 minutes or less.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I would be more than happy to accommodate 
my distinguished friend and leader. I simply say that unless we amend 
the order at this point, I do not see that opportunity. I will be glad 
to put in a quorum in hopes that we can resolve not only the time 
allocation on this side but how we could accommodate our distinguished 
colleague from West Virginia.
  Mr. LEVIN. I suggest that the two Senators who need 10 minutes each 
be recognized now and that we try to negotiate these various time needs 
during their presentation.
  Mr. WARNER. That is a very reasonable request. I now ask unanimous 
consent that the Senator from Vermont and the Senator from Illinois 
be----
  Mr. KERRY. Reserving the right to object, Mr. President, could I 
please have the unanimous consent request stated.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The unanimous consent request is the 
following----
  Mr. WARNER. That the Senator from Vermont and the Senator from 
Illinois be recognized at this time seriatim for 10 minutes each, 
during which time we are going to try to negotiate the time allowance. 
Then at the end of that 20 minutes, we resume under the standing order 
of the Senate and the Kerry amendment goes back.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Without objection, it is so ordered.
  The Senator from Vermont is recognized for 10 minutes.
  Mr. LEAHY. Mr. President, I intend to vote for the Levin-Reed 
amendment on Iraq, and I will also vote for the Kerry amendment, of 
which I am a cosponsor.
  Both amendments are a step in the right direction, as they finally 
begin the process of winding down what has been the most poorly 
conceived, costly, and tragic misuse of United States military power 
since Vietnam.
  We got into this war for reasons that bear little if any resemblance 
to the reasons the White House gives for keeping our troops there today 
at a cost of more than a billion dollars every week.
  First it was weapons of mass destruction. There were none. Anyone who 
urged continued monitoring by United Nations inspectors was ridiculed 
by the White House as being naive.
  Then it was Saddam Hussein's supposed ties to al-Qaida, which was a 
blatant, calculated distortion.
  There was none, yet the Vice President continues to say there was. 
Today, thanks to the policy of the President and the rubber stamping by 
the Congress, Iraq and Guantanamo are the rallying cry for terrorists 
around the world.
  Then it was because Saddam Hussein--who posed no threat to the United 
States--was a brutal dictator, which he was. He was also supported by 
the Reagan administration.
  That, however, is not a justification for a war that has cost the 
lives and limbs of thousands of young Americans and tens of thousands 
of Iraqi civilians.
  Winning against terrorism, like stopping the proliferation of 
dangerous weapons, promoting peace between Arabs and Israelis, or 
solving any other regional or global problem, requires the trust, the 
respect, the cooperation and the support of our allies.
  Unfortunately, these, too, are casualties of this war. Squandered 
away.
  The damage that this reckless adventure has caused to our reputation, 
particularly among the world's Muslims in countries like Turkey, 
Jordan, Indonesia, Egypt and other traditional allies, is incalculable.
  We have heard a lot of partisan rhetoric about cutting and running. 
How easy it is to ask others to fight and die from the safety and 
comfort of an office in Washington.
  How easy it is to vote for tax cuts and to self-righteously wave the 
flag, while our troops are scavenging for scraps of metal to protect 
themselves from IEDs. They were sent to fight and die without armor, by 
top Pentagon officials back home who proudly, dismissively and 
resolutely insisted they were ready, when they were not.
  How easy it is to mislead the country, with patriotic pronouncements 
by the President like ``mission accomplished,'' or that we are seeing 
the ``last throes'' of the insurgency.
  Contrary to the blatantly partisan and false attacks of the 
President's political advisors, no one questions the threat that al-
Qaida and other terrorist networks pose to the security of Americans 
and to the people of other nations.
  No one questions that we need an effective strategy to combat it. The 
issue is how best to combat it.
  This administration has shown the world how not to do it, creating a 
lengthening catalogue of squander.
  You don't do it by starting a war with selective, faulty 
intelligence, by dismissing thoughtful criticism as unpatriotic, 
without enough troops, with no plan to win the peace, by cavalierly 
discounting the risks.
  You don't do it by repeatedly misleading the American people.
  You don't do it by creating and fueling a terrorism problem where 
there was none.
  And you don't do it by shamelessly denigrating the Geneva Conventions 
and the rights and values that distinguish us from the terrorists.
  Unlike the war to defeat the Taliban, which continues to this day and 
shows no signs of abating, the invasion of Iraq had nothing to do with 
Osama bin Laden or the attacks on the World Trade Center and the 
Pentagon.
  It has degraded our military in ways that will cost us trillions--not 
billions--trillions of dollars to rebuild.
  It has left a legacy of thousands of maimed and crippled young 
veterans with medical and other needs that they, their families, and 
their communities will cope with for the rest of their lives.

[[Page S6238]]

  Our troops have fought bravely in the harshest of conditions. They 
are our constituents. They are the sons and daughters of our friends 
and neighbors. They have carried out extraordinarily difficult 
missions, including tracking down and capturing Saddam Hussein and 
killing Abu Musab al-Zarqawi.
  They have sacrificed so much. We support them unequivocally, 
Democrats and Republicans. The question is how we can best support 
them.
  This was to be the year of transition. That was what the Congress 
voted last year, and what the President signed into law. Yet, the 
Administration continues to simply stay the course. This course is not 
in America's best interest.
  Iraq has a new constitution. It has had elections. It has a 
democratically elected government.
  We have trained and equipped more than 100,000 Iraqi soldiers.
  It has been more than three years since the overthrow of Saddam 
Hussein. More than 2,500 Americans have died. We have been there as 
long as we were in World War II.
  The Iraqi people need to take responsibility for their own country. 
It will not happen immediately, but both the Levin amendment and the 
Kerry amendment move us toward that goal.
  I have cast over 12,000 votes in this Senate. I am as proud of my 
vote against the open ended resolution that gave the President the 
authority to invade Iraq as any I have cast in 32 years. It is time for 
the Congress to change the course of a policy that has cost us hundreds 
of billions of dollars that would have been far better spent here at 
home, that has weakened our leadership, that is dividing our country, 
and that has not made us safer.
  I yield back the remainder of my time.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Under the previous order, the Senator from 
Illinois is to be recognized for 10 minutes.
  Mr. LEAHY. Mr. President, I suggest the absence of a quorum.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The clerk will call the roll.
  The legislative clerk proceeded to call the roll.
  Mr. DURBIN. Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that the order for 
the quorum call be rescinded.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Without objection, it is so ordered.
  Mr. DURBIN. Mr. President, in the course of a congressional career, 
you are asked to make many votes. Most of them are fairly routine and 
not long remembered. In the course of my career on Capitol Hill, those 
votes that have kept me up at night, those I remember years after they 
are cast relate to one issue--the issue of war. When you have cast that 
vote, if the decision to go forward has been made, people will die--not 
just the enemy but brave Americans and usually innocent civilians.
  So I remember very well that night in October 2002, when we were 
called to this floor of the Senate to vote on the issue of authorizing 
the President to go to war in Iraq. I say to the Senator from West 
Virginia, I will never forget that moment. There were 23 of us--22 on 
this side of the aisle and 1 on the other side--who stood up and voted 
no. If the Senator recalls, that vote ended late at night, near 
midnight. I stayed on the floor because I knew I would not be able to 
sleep when I got home. There were two Senators who were here waiting 
with the same feelings of emotion. One of them was our late colleague, 
Senator Paul Wellstone. Senator Wellstone was going back home to 
Minnesota to face reelection. I remember saying to him, ``Paul, I hope 
this doesn't cost you the election.'' Do you know what he said to me? 
He said, ``It doesn't matter, this is what I believe. This is who I 
am.'' That was the last conversation I ever had with Paul Wellstone. He 
died in a plane crash a few days later. I have thought about him a lot 
ever since and I miss him. I miss his voice. I wish he were here today. 
If he were here, I know what he would be doing. He would be joining me 
in supporting the Kerry amendment. I believe that in the meantime he 
probably would have voted, as I have, to support the troops. I voted to 
give the President every penny he has asked for in this war. Once that 
decision to go forward was made, my yardstick was very basic. If it 
were your son or daughter in uniform in Iraq, would you not give them 
everything they needed to wage this war and to come home safely? It was 
an easy question to ask and answer, particularly if you lived through 
the debacle of Vietnam, when our poor soldiers became the victims of 
public contempt because of our displeasure with the decisions of 
politicians. That must never happen again.
  So now in the fourth year of the struggle, I have given the President 
every resource he has asked for. I have stood behind him and this 
administration even when I disagreed with their policy because I felt 
it was best that we stay uniform.
  Today, I join in a decision being made by several of my colleagues to 
say that we must make it clear to the Iraqi people that our commitment 
is not forever. What have we given the Iraqis? We have given them 2,508 
American lives. We have given them 18,000 soldiers who have returned 
home with injuries of body and spirit--2,000 with head injuries that 
may be life-changing. We have given them $300 billion of our treasury. 
We have given them the focus of our attention and the focus of our 
resources at the expense of our own country. What have they received in 
return? Their dictator has been deposed. We dug him out of a hole in 
the ground, put him on trial in front of his own people. We have given 
the Iraqi people three elections and two governments. We said control 
your future and your fate; this is your country. We helped them train 
about 264,000 soldiers and policemen. We invested billions in their 
infrastructure for oil and water.

  We have given that nation virtually more than any other nation has 
ever given. But now we must tell the Iraqis something very straight and 
simple: It is time for them to stand and defend their own country. If 
they truly believe in the future of Iraq, it is time for them to stand 
and risk their own lives and their own blood for their own nation. This 
amendment by Senators Kerry, Feingold, and others, says to them that at 
the end of the year we will consider the withdrawal of all of our 
troops.
  Now, I say that with some equivocation because if you read the 
amendment, Senators Kerry and Feingold have been careful. They 
understand that we are not going to pull every troop out as of the last 
day regardless of the circumstances. They have carefully crafted the 
language, which says that if we face a threat of terrorism, if we are 
still needed to continue training troops, or if there is danger to 
Americans at our facilities, we can stay and defend, as we should. It 
is not an immediate withdrawal on the last day. But it says to the 
Iraqis: You must stand and fight on your own.
  I have been told over and over again how well trained these Iraqi 
soldiers are. The proof of their fitness for battle is when the first 
Iraqi soldier replaces an American soldier, so that soldier can come 
home with his mission truly accomplished.
  If we leave this open-ended, as those on the other side would 
suggest, I am afraid the Iraqis will understand that they have the best 
military in the world that will stay there indefinitely. How can we do 
that to our soldiers who have performed so well, who have been the 
model of bravery, the model of patriotism?
  We have been misled into this war. We were given information by the 
administration that was not true. This war has not been well managed by 
this administration in terms of the number of troops sent into the 
field or the equipment being given to them. We know that. For years, we 
have been promised that these Iraqis would stand and fight and we could 
come home. That has not happened. Now I have reached that point that 
other colleagues have reached as well, where I believe the Iraqis must 
be told that now it is your nation, now it is your turn.
  For those who say that one year is not enough time--one year is not 
enough time? What happened in the last 12 months in Iraq, in the last 
12-month period of time? We have lost 762 American soldiers in the last 
12 months. We have spent $90 billion in the last 12 months. We have 
seen thousands of soldiers return home with injuries. It is not just 
the passage of time, it is the passage of life and life's journey for 
so many of our soldiers. Twelve months is a reasonable time--12 months, 
and all that it means for us and all that we would give, is a 
reasonable time.

[[Page S6239]]

  I say to the Senators from Massachusetts and Wisconsin, I thank you 
for bringing this measure before us. I think it is now time for the 
American people to stand up and say to this administration: You misled 
us into this war. You have no plan for it to end. Our brave soldiers 
deserve the leadership that brings us to the right conclusion. I think 
we can do that. I think this amendment is a step in the right 
direction. I will support it.
  I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Who seeks time?
  Mr. LEVIN. Mr. President, I suggest the absence of a quorum.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The clerk will call the roll.
  The legislative clerk proceeded to call the roll.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that the order for 
the quorum call be rescinded.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Without objection, it is so ordered.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I thank all for their cooperation. I think 
we have reached a reconciliation of the needs and requirements of all 
for a period of time. Therefore, I ask unanimous consent that Senator 
Kerry be recognized now to offer his amendment and, provided further, 
that he then be allocated 30 minutes to speak; further, that there be 
debate only as follows; provided further, that that be followed by up 
to 30 minutes under the control of the chairman, Senator Warner, to be 
followed by up to 30 minutes under the control of Senator Boxer, to be 
followed by 20 minutes under the control of Senator Byrd; provided 
further, that there now be a period of 10 minutes under the control of 
Senator Lieberman; thereafter, provided further, that there be 30 
minutes under the control of Chairman Warner, to be followed by Senator 
Feingold, to be followed by Senator Warner.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Is there objection to the unanimous consent 
request?
  Mr. FEINGOLD. Mr. President, I am one of the main cosponsors of the 
amendment. I request to be the next Democratic speaker for 30 minutes 
after Senator Kerry.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I say to my good friend, we have now spent 
30 minutes working out this time arrangement.
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, I will cede my time to Senator Feingold 
now, Senator Boxer can go, and I will go afterwards. I will just flip 
with Senator Feingold.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Is there objection?
  Mr. WARNER. As amended.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. As amended.
  Mr. LEVIN. No objection.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Without objection, it is so ordered.
  Mr. WARNER. Has the Chair announced the acceptance of the unanimous 
consent request?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Yes, there is no objection to the request.


                           Amendment No. 4442

  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, I call up amendment No. 4442, and I yield 
30 minutes to the Senator from Wisconsin.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The clerk will report the amendment.
  The legislative clerk read as follows:

       The Senator from Massachusetts [Mr. Kerry], for himself, 
     Mr. Feingold, Mrs. Boxer, and Mr. Leahy, proposes an 
     amendment numbered 4442.

  Mr. FEINGOLD. Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that the reading 
of the amendment be dispensed with.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Without objection, it is so ordered.
  The amendment is as follows:

  (Purpose: To require the redeployment of United States Armed Forces 
 from Iraq in order to further a political solution in Iraq, encourage 
   the people of Iraq to provide for their own security, and achieve 
                     victory in the war on terror)

       On page 437, between lines 2 and 3, insert the following:

     SEC. 1084. UNITED STATES POLICY ON IRAQ.

       (a) Redeployment of Troops From Iraq.--
       (1) Schedule for redeployment.--For purposes of 
     strengthening the national security of the United States, the 
     President shall redeploy, commencing in 2006, United States 
     forces from Iraq by July 1, 2007, in accordance with a 
     schedule coordinated with the Government of Iraq, leaving 
     only the minimal number of forces that are critical to 
     completing the mission of standing up Iraqi security forces, 
     conducting targeted and specialized counterterrorism 
     operations, and protecting United States facilities and 
     personnel.
       (2) Consultation with congress required.--The President 
     shall consult with Congress regarding the schedule for 
     redeployment and shall submit such schedule to Congress as 
     part of the report required under subsection (c).
       (3) Maintenance of over-the-horizon troop presence.--The 
     President should maintain an over-the-horizon troop presence 
     to prosecute the war on terror and protect regional security 
     interests.
       (b) Iraq Summit.--The President should work with the 
     leaders of the Government of Iraq to convene a summit as soon 
     as possible that includes those leaders, leaders of the 
     governments of each country bordering Iraq, representatives 
     of the Arab League, the Secretary General of the North 
     Atlantic Treaty Organization, representatives of the European 
     Union, and leaders of the governments of each permanent 
     member of the United Nations Security Council, for the 
     purpose of reaching a comprehensive political agreement for 
     Iraq that engenders the support of Sunnis, Shias, and Kurds 
     by ensuring the equitable distribution of oil revenues, 
     disbanding the militias, strengthening internal security, 
     reviving reconstruction efforts and fulfilling related 
     international economic aid commitments, securing Iraq's 
     borders, and providing for a sustainable federalist structure 
     in Iraq.
       (c) Report on Redeployment.--
       (1) Report required.--Not later than 30 days after the date 
     of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Defense shall, 
     in consultation with the Secretary of State, submit to 
     Congress a report that sets forth the strategy for the 
     redeployment of United States forces from Iraq by July 1, 
     2007.
       (2) Strategy elements.--The strategy required in the report 
     under paragraph (1) shall include the following:
       (A) The schedule for redeploying United States forces from 
     Iraq by July 1, 2007, developed pursuant to subsection 
     (a)(1).
       (B) A schedule for returning the majority of such 
     redeployed forces home to the United States.
       (C) The number, size, and character of United States 
     military units needed in Iraq after July 1, 2007, for 
     purposes of counterterrorism activities, training Iraqi 
     security forces, and protecting United States infrastructure 
     and personnel.
       (D) A strategy for addressing the regional implications for 
     diplomacy, politics, and development of redeploying United 
     States forces from Iraq by July 1, 2007.
       (E) A strategy for ensuring the safety and security of 
     United States forces in Iraq during and after the July 1, 
     2007, redeployment, and a contingency plan for addressing 
     dramatic changes in security conditions that may require a 
     limited number of United States forces to remain in Iraq 
     after that date.
       (F) A strategy for redeploying United States forces to 
     effectively engage and defeat global terrorist networks that 
     threaten the United States.

  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Wisconsin is recognized.
  Mr. FEINGOLD. Mr. President, first, I thank my colleague from 
Massachusetts. I am going to abbreviate my remarks so he and I can 
hopefully split this time and yield it back. It is regrettable that we 
are not able to present this amendment in the manner we normally would 
expect, which is the two lead sponsors would each offer their thoughts 
without that type of limitation.
  Nonetheless, this amendment is something that I think represents not 
only the views of the Senator from Massachusetts and myself but the 
views of the majority of the American people which they have come to in 
a very painful way after this war has proceeded in the way it has.
  In fact, I find it jarring that we spend so much time on the floor of 
the Senate and throughout the Congress talking almost incessantly about 
the situation in Iraq as if on 9/11 the situation involved Iraq, as if 
the attack had come from Iraq. Of course, it didn't. We were attacked 
by al-Qaida operating out of Afghanistan on 9/11. And yet here we are 
discussing day after day, week after week every tiny aspect of the 
situation in Iraq.
  Of course, it is a terribly important situation, but I submit--and I 
think the Senator from Massachusetts agrees with me--that the 
overriding issue is what is in the best interest of the national 
security of the United States of America, what is in the best interest 
of protecting the American people when they are at home and when they 
are abroad.
  All of us in this Chamber, every single one of us, supported the 
appropriate action to invade Afghanistan. It was a necessary war, a war 
that had to be fought in order to go after the Taliban and al-Qaida. 
None of us stood back and said, as the Senator from Texas wants to say, 
that somehow some of us who don't believe in war will never support a 
war and the rest support wars.

[[Page S6240]]

That is absurd. We understand when it is absolutely essential, and it 
was essential in the case of Afghanistan.
  I voted against the Iraq war because it appeared obvious to me that 
was not the wise next strategic move in the fight against al-Qaida, 
those who attacked us. It was pretty clear to me, but it was even clear 
apparently to this administration when, on their own State Department 
Web site, where President Bush had his name, they listed the 45 
countries where they believed al-Qaida was operating. This came out in 
November of 2001. It included, obviously, Afghanistan, Uzbekistan, 
Kyrgyzstan, Ireland, the United States. Guess what country wasn't even 
on their list. Iraq. And this has been confirmed publicly by the 
recognition now, despite the gross misrepresentations that al-Zarqawi 
was not even in the part of Iraq controlled by Saddam Hussein when we 
invaded Iraq.
  It is pretty obvious on the face of this that this was not the place 
to go if we wanted to deal with al-Qaida. They were not there then, but 
because of the errors we have made, we created a beachhead for them to 
do far more in Iraq than they ever could in the past.
  I understand former Secretary of State James Baker, Secretary of 
State under the first George Bush, said he used to go around the 
country and people would ask him every day: Why didn't you go on into 
Iraq at the time of the first gulf war? He says with a smile: I don't 
get asked that question anymore because it didn't make sense. It didn't 
make sense then, and it doesn't make sense now.

  One of the theories we hear is that somehow staying in Iraq is 
necessary because what we are going to do is have all the terrorists 
come into Iraq, and we are going to get them all, and then they 
wouldn't be able to attack us anywhere else. Some call this the roach-
motel theory, the idea that all these terrorists all over the world are 
simply focused on Iraq and by staying we are going to get them. This is 
what I would like to call an Iraq centrist policy, a policy that 
somehow believes Iraq is the be all and end all of our foreign policy 
when, of course, it is nothing of the kind.
  The fact is, those against al-Qaida is a much broader fight. I have 
seen estimates of somewhere between 60 to 80 countries where al-Qaida 
is operating. Yet our focus, our troops, and our resources are only 
heavily focused on this Iraq situation. This is just plain tragic 5 
years after 9/11.
  One might say we are fighting the terrorists in other countries, too; 
we are doing whatever we can. But we are not. We have taken our eye off 
the ball. We are not dealing with the al-Qaida threat in other 
countries because we are so focused on Iraq.
  One good example is Somalia. Remember Somalia? This is a place where 
we know there were al-Qaida operatives and affiliated groups. It is one 
of those failed states where it is almost an invitation to terrorist 
organizations to come in and organize and be away from any kind of 
control. Because we haven't been paying attention to Somalia, because 
we don't have a policy in Somalia, guess what just happened. A radical 
Islamist group has taken over Mogadishu and now threatens to take over 
the rest of the country.
  I can't say for sure what they will do, but there are indications 
they may be very much like the type of Taliban government or 
organization that fostered al-Qaida in Afghanistan.
  So we have taken our eye off the ball. In fact, I asked Ambassador 
Crumpton last week in a public hearing: How many people do we have in 
the Government devoted to Somalia full time? Mr. President, do you know 
what his answer was? One person. One person in a country that is 
clearly a threat in terms of al-Qaida.
  It is not just there. What about Indonesia? Indonesia is the largest 
Islamic country in the entire world. It is the fourth largest country 
in the world. I heard Senators debating who had been to Iraq the most. 
One said he had been there 12 times. One said he had been there 11 
times. Guess how many Senators have even been to Indonesia once in the 
last 2\1/2\ years. Just two of us, Senator Bond and myself, to a 
country that is being terrorized by a group called JI, Jemaah Islamiah, 
that is clearly affiliated with al-Qaida.
  We are not paying attention to Indonesia. We are not putting our 
political and other resources there. We are only focused on Iraq where 
al-Qaida wasn't even operating as of the time of the invasion.
  If that isn't enough, what about Afghanistan? I think we can all 
agree that Afghanistan is a place where we ought to win, where we 
shouldn't deplete our resources--well, we shouldn't, in the words of my 
colleagues on the other side, cut and run. But we are now feeling the 
consequences of what some have called the Iraq tax in Afghanistan, and 
that is the resurgence of Taliban fighters.
  The recent death of more U.S. and Afghan soldiers there and the 
continued presence of terrorist networks in the region show how 
shortsighted this administration was by taking its eye off the ball.
  We have not finished the job in Afghanistan, and we are now at risk 
of backsliding into instability. This is where the attack on the Twin 
Towers and the Pentagon was planned. This is where it was done. And 
because of this overemphasis and obsession with only staying in Iraq, 
we are allowing the Taliban and perhaps al-Qaida to get back in.
  Let me give an example of what some said about this. A recent expert 
indicated with regard to the Afghanistan situation:

       It is now 5 years since George W. Bush declared victory in 
     Afghanistan and said that the terrorists were smashed.
  Since the Bonn meeting in late 2001, a smorgasbord of international 
military and development forces has been increasing in size. How is it 
then that Afghanistan is near collapse once again? To put it briefly, 
what has gone wrong has been the invasion of Iraq. What has gone wrong 
is the invasion of Iraq, Washington's refusal to take State-building in 
Afghanistan seriously, and instead waging a fruitless war in Iraq. That 
view is shared by many others. I assure you I could give you many other 
examples.
  But the point is, despite the fact that we all know who attacked us 
on 9/11, we are not focused on them. It is the most absurd situation I 
have ever seen in my 25 years as a legislator. Everybody knows we went 
into Iraq on a mistaken basis. Everybody knows that al-Qaida is the one 
who attacked us. Yet somehow our colleagues on the other side are 
trying to pretend they are one and the same thing, when everybody knows 
it is nothing of the kind.
  So we have to change course. We have to refocus our energies on those 
who attacked us. I have heard a number of statements on the floor 
today, and I have been out here on and off since noon listening to the 
debate. I heard the Senator from Kentucky make the assertion that if we 
don't, they will soon be back here--meaning in the United States--if we 
don't stop them in Iraq. Well, the fact is, they are being effective in 
attacking us and our colleagues and our allies in many other places: In 
Indonesia, in London, in Madrid, in Turkey, in Morocco. It is not as if 
there haven't been any attacks. It is not as if this al-Qaida 
organization isn't functioning. I mean, under their argument, 
apparently we should invade all those other countries on false 
pretenses as a way to somehow root out the terrorists. But we know that 
approach doesn't work.
  If we continue to be stuck in Iraq, we are facilitating al-Qaida's 
future. We are facilitating their recruitment. We are facilitating the 
growth of their operations in places such as the Philippines, Malaysia, 
and Indonesia. We are facilitating al-Qaida if we continue to make this 
mistake in Iraq over and over again. That is what I care the most 
about.
  One of my colleagues, the Senator from Texas, Senator Hutchison said: 
If we were to withdraw the troops or redeploy the troops in the coming 
year, we would be giving the enemy the playbook. Well, my point is, we 
need a new playbook. The playbook has nothing to do with 9/11. The 
playbook has nothing to do with al-Qaida. We need a new playbook that 
has something to do with what really threatens the American people. 
That is what the Kerry-Feingold amendment is all about. It is not about 
just taking off. What it is about is refocusing.
  Of course, we have been faced all day with all of the horrible things 
that might happen if we bring the troops

[[Page S6241]]

out of Iraq, and that is a fair debate. What happens if the other side 
is wrong? What happens if a reasonable redeployment over the next year 
would work, and the Iraqi Government would be able to handle it? Think 
about the ``what if'' there.
  We had a moment of silence on the floor, I believe on October 31, for 
the two thousandth American troop killed in the Iraq war. I believe 
last week we had a moment of silence for No. 2,500. What if they are 
wrong? What if we can get out of there now in a reasonable way and 
refocus on the fight against terrorism so we don't have to stand 
here and have that moment for No. 3,000, for No. 3,500, for No. 10,000. 
That is the direction we are heading, and the American people know it. 
Do we think it makes sense for our national security to have some 
135,000 American troops on the ground in harm's way without any clear 
idea of how that is going to change the situation in Iraq?

  Mr. President, it was bad strategy to go into Iraq in the first 
place, and it is a bad strategy to stay there because we are there and 
we don't want to admit that it was a bad idea in the first place. Some 
will say: Well, what you are saying then is those who have died have 
died in vain in Iraq. I disagree. I think anytime an American gives his 
or her life pursuant to a decision of our democracy, it is impossible 
for that person to die in vain. That is how our system works. I voted 
against this war. I didn't think it was a good idea. But we voted on 
it. That is how it works. As long as those troops fight in that spirit 
in support of a democratic decision, they do not die in vain, and we 
honor them for their sacrifice.
  If the policy is wrong, if we made a mistake, we owe it to their 
families, we owe it to those who are injured, we owe it to those who 
are still there and who will still go and who will die in the future to 
correct that mistake, to change course. We owe it to them to do what 
makes the most sense.
  What makes the most sense? We have, in my view, two choices--not this 
absurd notion that somebody wants all the troops to leave tomorrow. 
Choice No. 1 is a completely open-ended commitment, with no guarantee 
that this will end anytime in the near future or a commitment to finish 
the mission by a reasonable date and redeploy the troops where they can 
be better used to help us in the fight against those who attacked us on 
9/11.
  Mr. President, I heard the junior Senator from Virginia say: We don't 
need to embolden our enemy. It is his view that the idea of having a 
reasonable timetable to bring the troops out emboldens the enemy. Well, 
I will tell you what emboldens the enemy: Thinking they have us in a 
trap and we don't know how to get out. That emboldens and exhilarates 
them. They wanted us in Iraq. They are glad we are in Iraq. And they 
are using it as a way to fuel the hatred that generated 9/11. That is 
the bottom line.
  To me, this is about national security. To me, this is about those 
who attacked us on 9/11. This administration and this Congress made a 
mistake by thinking that Iraq was the logical next step in this fight. 
It is time to reverse course. It is time to redeploy. It is time to 
focus on the real security of the American people.
  Mr. President, how much time do I have?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Fourteen minutes.
  Mr. FEINGOLD. I yield back the time to the Senator from 
Massachusetts.
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, I am going to speak, obviously, a little 
bit in an abbreviated fashion at this point, and then I will reserve 
time and speak again later because of the way things have worked out.
  I want to thank the Senator from Wisconsin. I want to thank him for 
his foresight and his leadership with respect to this issue, and I also 
want to thank him for his cooperation and efforts in the last days to 
put together what I think is a reasonable and sensible approach to how 
we deal with an obviously complicated situation.
  Let me say that I have heard this debate over the course of the last 
days and I have listened carefully and I am saddened, in a sense--but I 
guess I have grown to expect it in the course of our politics--that 
there is an awful lot of characterization going around, an awful lot of 
stereotype sloganeering which tries to characterize something as other 
than what it is. It is what we have come to.
  The fact is that this amendment is not what it is being characterized 
as. I have heard a number of people say it is a precipitous withdrawal. 
I have heard obviously the words ``cut and run'' and other words used 
many times.
  Let me first point out the differences between this and the other 
amendment that has already been debated. First of all, this is binding. 
The other amendment is a sense of the Senate, and our troops and our 
country deserve more than a sense of the Senate. They deserve a policy.
  Secondly, we have a date; the other is open-ended. It is almost like 
what President Bush is doing. We are going to stay the course and be 
open-ended.
  Thirdly, this has an over-the-horizon force specifically to protect 
the security interests of the United States of America in the region 
and with respect to Iraq. But in addition to that, this amendment 
specifically strengthens the national security of the United States. It 
is not an abandonment of Iraq; it is, in fact, a way of empowering Iraq 
to stand up on its two feet and for the Iraqis to be able to do what 
they have expressed their desire to do, which is have their 
sovereignty.
  It is interesting. In the last day we had a huge debate about the 
sovereignty of Iraq, and colleague after colleague came down and said 
how important it is to respect the sovereignty of Iraq. Well, this 
amendment respects the sovereignty of Iraq. In fact, it increases the 
sovereignty of Iraq. It provides specifically for three provisos under 
which the President has the ability to be able to lead troops. There is 
no abandonment of Iraq. It sets a date by which, over the course of the 
next year, the Iraqis themselves have said they have the ability to be 
able to take over their own security. Prime Minister Maliki said a few 
days ago that by the end of this year--December--in 16 out of 18 
provinces, they will be able to take care of their own security. This 
amendment holds them accountable.
  In addition to that, it provides for the ability of the President to 
maintain a minimal number of forces who are critical to the job of 
standing up Iraqi security forces, of conducting targeted and 
specialized counterterrorism operations like the kind that got Zarqawi 
and also protecting United States facilities and personnel.
  So even when you reach the date of next year--ample enough time for 
the Iraqis to complete the task of standing up--it will be 4 years, Mr. 
President, next year, and I think the American people have a right to 
expect that after 4 years, soldiers who have been trained over the 
course of those years are prepared to stand up for their country. In 
the United States of America, when we send a marine recruit to 
Pendleton or to Quantico, we can tell you in a matter of months when 
that recruit is ready for deployment. When we send a pilot to Corpus 
Christi or Pensacola, we can tell you exactly when they are ready to 
deploy. Is this administration telling us that after 4 years, we don't 
have Iraqis who are trained enough to drive trucks and perhaps be blown 
up by an IED, rather than an American soldier? Are they telling us they 
are not going to be prepared enough to be able to stand up for the 
security of Iraq?
  This amendment demands the same kind of accountability that the 
President was prepared to demand each step of the way of the Iraqis up 
until this point. We set a date for the transfer of the provisional 
Government. They said: Oh, we can't do it that fast. We said: You have 
to do it that fast, and we did it. We then set a date for the 
Constitution and the referendum. Some Senators, some of whom have 
spoken against this amendment, came out and said: Oh, I think it is too 
early. I don't think we ought to have that date. Many of us stood up 
and said: No, we have to hold the date and hold them to the date. Guess 
what. We did it. We held them to the date and we got the Constitution.
  The same thing happened for both elections. A lot of people came up 
and said: Oh, we can't get this all together on time; we have to delay 
the election. We said: No, we are going to stick with the election 
date, and we did. General Casey himself has said that the large 
presence of American troops is lending to the occupation, the sense of 
occupation, and it is delaying the willingness

[[Page S6242]]

of Iraqis to stand up. It is human nature. Anybody who has to go out 
and take the risk of loss of life, if somebody else is there to do it 
for you, you stand back. The fact is, countless numbers of conservative 
voices, including people like Bill Buckley, have suggested that the 
time has come for American forces to leave. He happens to believe, as 
others do, that it is lost. I think there is nothing in this amendment 
at all that, as some colleagues have said, that some people have 
decided it is all lost. I do not believe that.

  I believe this is the way you empower the Iraqi Government, with its 
own people. This is the way you have accountability for what they need 
to achieve in the next year. This is the way you require their forces 
to take on responsibilities they may be reluctant to do today. And it 
allows for the President to make a determination that the job is not 
quite done and we can address the troops that may be necessary to 
complete that task.
  That is anything but abandonment. I have heard some people say there 
is no plan. There is more plan here than there is in any other approach 
to what is happening in Iraq. Why do I say that?
  Again, listen to our own generals. General Casey and others have all 
said that the reality is that this war cannot be won militarily. Our 
own commanding general is saying to us: You can't win it militarily. 
Secretary Condoleezza Rice has said it can't be won militarily, it must 
be won politically.
  Our soldiers have done their job. Our soldiers have won the part of 
the war they need to win. They have given the Iraqi people a 
government. They have given the Iraqi people several elections. They 
have given them a constitution. Now it is time for Iraqis to stand up 
and want democracy for themselves as much as we want it for them. The 
best way to guarantee that is going to happen is to set a date with a 
proviso that the three things that we still need to do can still be 
done: make sure they are trained, continue to fight al-Qaida, and 
protect American forces and American facilities. All of that is 
provided for in this amendment.
  This has been quoted a couple of times out here today, but let me 
remind my colleagues what the National Security Adviser to the Prime 
Minister has said, himself, in ``The Way Out of Iraq, A Roadmap.''

       The eventual removal of coalition troops from Iraqi streets 
     will help the Iraqis who now see foreign troops as occupiers 
     rather than the liberators they were meant to be. It will 
     remove psychological barriers and the reason that many Iraqis 
     joined the so-called resistance in the first place. The 
     removal of troops will also allow the Iraqi government to 
     engage with some of our neighbors who have, to date, been at 
     the very least sympathetic to the resistance to what they 
     call the coalition occupation.

  That is the National Security Adviser to the Prime Minister of Iraq, 
telling us that withdrawing American troops will, in fact, help them 
provide order in the streets of Iraq.
  The Senator from Virginia and I were in Iraq together. Nobody works 
harder in the Senate at protecting our security than he does. I respect 
him, and he knows he is my friend. He knows as well as others know here 
that what General Casey said is true. There is no military solution to 
what is happening in Iraq. You either resolve the differences between 
Shia and Sunni and provide for an adequacy of the differences that are 
fueling the insurgency or the insurgency will continue.
  There are five different components of that insurgency. There are 
outright criminals, and there is organized crime. There is al-Qaida. 
You have the Baathists, who have one attitude about regaining power. 
And, of course, you have the insurgents who are different from the 
Baathists, who are hardcore.
  Those are different elements that are going to have to be resolved in 
different ways. I ask any of my colleagues, where is the diplomacy 
necessary to deal with this? What we do in this is require the kind of 
diplomatic effort that, in fact, is a plan to resolve all of the 
problems that are outstanding in Iraq: the problems with respect to 
governments bordering the country, the problems with respect to Shia 
and Sunni, the problems with the divisions of royalties of oil, how do 
you protect the rights of Sunnis in the minority, what is the degree of 
federalism that will exist in the government. These are the reasons for 
the insurgency.
  At this moment, I don't see the kind of effort I have seen 
historically, whether it was from Henry Kissinger in the Middle East 
with shuttle diplomacy, in Vietnam, or Jim Baker in his efforts to put 
together a major coalition with respect to Desert Storm--that doesn't 
exist today. So a policy to say ``stay the course'' is a policy to say 
you are not going to resolve those issues. It is a policy to hope that 
somehow the Iraqis will pull their act together. It is a policy that is 
based on more wishful thinking than on real policy changes that address 
the question of shifting responsibility.
  When the Prime Minister of Iraq can tell us that they can manage 16 
out of 18 provinces within a year, when 87 percent of the Iraqis are 
polled and say they think we ought to set a date for withdrawal of 
American troops, when 94 percent of the Sunnis say we ought to 
withdraw, when 90 percent of the Shias say we ought to withdraw, we 
ought to listen to the Iraqis. After all the talk in the last days 
about sovereignty, where is that respect for sovereignty?
  I have more to say about why it is important for us to take this 
effort here. The long list of mistakes that have been made do not 
inspire confidence in the judgments made by this administration. 
Congress helped to get us into this war. Congress needs to take on 
responsibility for helping to get us out of it.
  I had a lot more to say, and I have a lot more to say, but because of 
the way this is working, this will be truncated. I know I only have 
about a minute left so I reserve the remainder of the time, and we will 
go through the process and come back.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The time of the Senator has expired. The 
Senator from Virginia is recognized.
  Mr. WARNER. I thank my colleague from Massachusetts. We all try to 
work within the framework of the unanimous consent.
  At this point in time, the Senator from Virginia, myself, has the 
time between 6:35 and 7:05, a period of 30 minutes. I would like to now 
offer the first 15 minutes to the Senator from Connecticut and retrieve 
a period of time he had from 7:55 to 8:05 to be added to my time which 
commences at 8:05.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Without objection, it is so ordered.
  Mr. WARNER. Then, following the Senator from Connecticut, the Senator 
from Pennsylvania would be recognized for the remainder of my time in 
this time slot, Mr. Santorum.
  That would be followed, I inform other Senators, by Senator Boxer, 
from roughly 7:05 to 7:35, and then the distinguished senior Senator 
from West Virginia, 7:35 to 7:55.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Connecticut is recognized.
  Mr. LIEBERMAN. Mr. President, first let me thank the Senator from 
Virginia for previously responding graciously to the request from the 
Democratic leader, Senator Reid, that I be granted time to speak on 
both of these amendments, and an extra thank-you for his allowing me to 
do so a bit earlier than the initial order.
  Mr. President, I rise to oppose the amendments introduced by the 
Senator from Michigan and others, and the other amendment introduced by 
the Senators from Massachusetts and Wisconsin and others because they 
both would direct, in different ways, the withdrawal of American forces 
from Iraq without regard to the real conditions on the ground.
  Let me begin with a harsh and familiar lesson history has taught us 
and that we are experiencing again in Iraq: War is hell. Precious lives 
are lost, blood is spilled, treasure is spent. Countries, communities, 
and families are deeply pained and disrupted. But history also teaches 
us that there are times when wars must be waged and won to prevent even 
more awful hell: to overthrow an evil leader or protect the noble 
causes of human freedom, opportunity, and peace.
  At the outset of the war in Iraq, coalition forces, led by our own 
American men and women in uniform, brave and brilliant, succeeded with 
remarkable speed to achieve a most worthy goal, the overthrow of an 
evil leader, Saddam Hussein, and the opening of the opportunity for 
freedom, the opportunity for the people of Iraq and broader peace in 
the region.

[[Page S6243]]

  After that, I would say, and I think all who support that war must 
admit, that mistakes were made on our side--some of them big--and the 
difficulties in Iraq increased. As others have said before me, the war 
in Iraq to overthrow Saddam Hussein may have been a war of choice. It 
is now a war of necessity. We must win it.
  Why? Because the consequences of an American retreat and defeat there 
would be terrible for the safety and security of the American people at 
home whom we have a constitutional responsibility to protect.
  I must say I also approach these two amendments with a sense of 
legislative history. They evoke debates that have occurred many times 
in the Senate. We had one just a decade ago on this floor, about how 
long our Armed Forces should stay in Bosnia. Some wanted to set a 
deadline for withdrawal, a date. Others, including myself, argued 
successfully that setting a day for automatic withdrawal was dangerous 
and wrong because it would discourage our allies and encourage our 
enemies. Our withdrawal should be consistent with the achievement of 
the goals we have set for the mission.
  I remember in that debate quoting Biblical wisdom and warning, ``If 
the sound of the trumpet is uncertain, who will follow into battle?''
  I suppose in our time we might amend that to say, ``If the sound of 
the trumpet is uncertain, who will stay in battle?''
  I also remember arguing in that debate that a nation, I thought, 
should only set an unconditional date, a deadline for withdrawing 
troops from battle, if all hope of victory was lost, which it was not 
then in Bosnia and is not now in Iraq, unless the consequences of a too 
early American withdrawal by calendar instead of condition were 
acceptable to our country, which it was not. They were not then in 
Bosnia and are not now in Iraq.
  The Kerry-Feingold amendment directs that all American troops be 
withdrawn from Iraq by the middle of next year, regardless of the 
intervening events. The Levin amendment is more complicated. I have 
spent some time studying it since it was made public on Monday. The 
Levin amendment directs that a withdrawal of American troops from Iraq 
begin by the end of this year, 2006, without regard to the conditions 
on the ground.
  So, for that reason, consistent with what I have just said about 
legislative history and my own previously stated strong position, I 
cannot support either of these amendments.
  I personally hope, as I am sure all Members of the Senate do, and I 
believe, that we will be able to withdraw a significant number of 
Americans in uniform from Iraq by the end of this year and even more by 
next year. I express that optimism based on the election and 
formulation of the new Iraqi unity Government, the increasing capacity 
of the Iraqi security forces to protect their own people, and the 
commitment of the new Government to disarm the sectarian militias.
  General Abizaid and General Casey have said that it is their hope to 
begin withdrawing more troops by the end of 2006 and even more next 
year. But I want them to decide based on the realities on the ground in 
Iraq, not on their hopes or my hopes or the shared hopes of the 
American people that we will soon be able to bring our Armed Forces 
home from Iraq. I do not want those distinguished American generals and 
the brave and steadfast American men and women serving under them to be 
directed by this Congress to exit before they conclude and recommend to 
us and the President that withdrawal is justified.
  My own opinion is that the sooner the Iraqis take control of their 
own defense and destiny, the better it will be for them and for us. But 
if we leave too soon, it will be disastrous for them and for us.
  Sponsors of the Kerry-Feingold amendment have stated a very clear and 
direct purpose. I disagree with it. The sponsors of the Levin amendment 
have argued on behalf of their amendment that they believe we must 
direct the beginning of a withdrawal of American troops without 
condition by December 31 of this year to make clear to the Iraqis that 
our commitment to them is not open-ended. I believe the Iraqis know 
very well that our commitment is not open-ended and is not a blank 
check. I will tell you that I personally have said that to their 
leaders directly, every time I have met them here or there. I know many 
of my Senate colleagues of both parties and leaders of the 
administration have said the same, openly and directly to the Iraqi 
leaders and the Iraqi people. And the Iraqis themselves have said over 
and over again that they know our commitment is not unconditional.
  Just yesterday, in an op-ed piece in the Washington Post by the 
National Security Adviser of Iraq, he made clear that his Government 
wants the American military out of Iraq as much as we want our men and 
women to come home to America.
  He and the rest of the Iraqi leadership doesn't need a congressional 
directive to convince them of the desirability of American forces 
leaving Iraq.
  What will be lost by it? I will answer that in a moment.
  I will say that in the interest of Iraq's security and ours, it 
should only happen--that is, our withdrawal--as the Iraqis step by step 
are more and more ready to stand on their own.
  The amendment introduced by Senator Levin itself states that the 
Iraqis are making good progress in exactly that direction. The 
amendment itself reports more than two-thirds of the operational Iraqi 
Army combat battalions ``are now either in the lead or operating 
independently.''
  That is significant progress.
  A national unity government has been formed. It took too long, but 
that also is an enormous achievement. But, of course, there is much 
more work yet to be done--as the Levin amendment itself states, to 
amend the Iraqi constitution to get more help from international donors 
and to ``promptly and decisively disarm the militias and remove those 
members of the Iraqi security forces whose loyalty to the Iraq 
government is in doubt.''
  But then the amendment goes on to direct the beginning of withdrawal 
of American forces by the end of this year regardless of whether that 
work is done or those militias are disarmed.
  That is where I respectfully believe it errs.
  In doing so, I feel that this amendment would just underline the 
message the Iraqi leadership has clearly already received, accepted, 
and shares; that America's military commitment to Iraq is not open-
ended and unconditional. I fear that it would also send another message 
to our terrorist enemies and to the sectarian militias in Iraq that 
America is not prepared to see this fight through until the Iraqis 
themselves can take over. That will actually encourage the terrorists 
to accelerate their cruel and inhumane attacks, and it will unsettle 
the sectarian groups to hunker down and rearm their militias to 
strengthen themselves for the civil war that they feel will follow a 
premature American retreat. And that might well create conditions that 
none of us want, which is to say chaos and civil war in Iraq, regional 
war in the Middle East, and the terrorists who attacked us on 9/11 
being able to claim victory in Iraq and going on, emboldened, to attack 
us again here at home and to bring their terrorism to more Arab 
countries in the Middle East.
  That is why I said the war in Iraq, however one thinks we got there, 
is now a war of necessity, a war we must help the people of Iraq to win 
or the security of we, the people of America, our children and 
grandchildren will be gravely endangered.
  Section 2 on page 4 of the amendment which the Senator from Michigan 
introduced says:

       The current open-ended commitment of United States forces 
     in Iraq is unsustainable.

  As I have said, our commitment is not and should not be open-ended. 
It is conditional on the Iraqis working hard to move themselves forward 
together on the path to self-government and self-defense and, in fact, 
as the amendment states, they are doing. And this conditional 
commitment of ours to them is surely militarily sustainable and must be 
honored.
  The failure to do so I believe would have terrible consequences for 
our credibility in the world and our success in the long conflict ahead 
against the radical Islamist terrorists who declared war against us and 
much of the rest of the world during the 1990s and carried out a brutal 
act of war against our people on September 11, 2001.

[[Page S6244]]

  We cannot and must not concede any battlefield to our enemies in this 
most unconventional but deadly serious war.
  I do not think it is an overstatement to say that our freedom and 
security and that of most of the rest of the world, Muslim and non-
Muslim, depends now, as it has at critical moments in the past, on 
American persistence and fortitude in this painful, awful, essential 
worldwide war.
  For these reasons, I will respectfully oppose the Levin amendment and 
the amendment introduced by Senators Kerry and Feingold.
  I thank the Chair. I yield the floor.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I will say to my good friend and 
colleague--and my remarks are not predicated on the fact in all 
likelihood that he will cast a vote which will be supportive of the 
views that this Senator and others on this side of the aisle have 
stated, but I say out of the long time that we have worked together to 
those Senators who may not remember it that I was tasked to draw up the 
first resolution in the Gulf War when George Bush, Sr., was President. 
The Senator from Connecticut stepped up and joined me. It was known as 
the Warner-Lieberman amendment at that time.
  Subsequently, when the second resolution was to be drawn up, I again 
was joined by Senator Lieberman, Senator McCain, and Senator Bayh. The 
four of us drew that one up.
  He has been on the Senate Armed Services Committee these many years 
that he has served in the Senate, and he has shown tremendous 
leadership. And each day he grows in stature as a statesman and his 
stature as a knowledgeable person regarding the security interests of 
this country.
  As they exist today and in the future--when I say ``in the future,'' 
for our children and grandchildren--they acknowledge their appreciation 
to the Senator from Connecticut for his wisdom.
  The remainder of time under my control I yield to the Senator from 
Pennsylvania.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Pennsylvania is recognized.
  Mr. SANTORUM. Mr. President, first, I would like to associate myself 
with the remarks made by the Senator from Virginia. If I could, I would 
like to also associate myself with the remarks made by the Senator from 
Connecticut. I agree with him wholeheartedly. They were incredibly 
articulately made and hits on all of the relevant points as to why 
these two amendments should be defeated.
  I actually want to talk about a different debate which has been 
brewing on the floor of the Senate for over 3 years. That is the debate 
as to the reasons why we entered into a war in Iraq in the first place. 
There was some information released today that I think sheds some light 
as to the facts relating to what the conditions were in Iraq prior to 
our commencing the Iraq war.
  The essential nature of the decision that we made at the time when we 
had to decide whether to go to war with Iraq was based on many factors. 
Colin Powell laid them out at the United Nations. One was that Saddam 
had possessed and had used biological and chemical weapons on his 
people and that he had biological. That is indisputable.
  The second was that he had an active WMD program. And we have the 
Iraqi Survey Group which published the Delta Report. It was very clear 
in the Delta Report that, in fact, there was ongoing research at the 
time of the Iraq war, and if that research of those sanctions were 
lifted it could have quickly turned into a full-fledged biological and 
chemical warfare capability.
  In fact, the Delta Report mentioned that they could, postsanctions, 
reconstitute anthrax and an anthrax program in 4 weeks.
  So he already used chemical weapons and had chemical weapons research 
that could quickly be transitioned into programs.
  The one aspect that has been in question or which most Americans 
find--and certainly many have spoken on the floor of the Senate--was 
whether at the time of the Iraq war back in 2003 Saddam Hussein had 
weapons of mass destruction. That was always the claim--that he had not 
gotten rid of his weapons of mass destruction and potentially produced 
additional weapons of mass destruction.
  Up until today, the general perception of the American public--and 
certainly Members in this Chamber--was that there were no such weapons 
of mass destruction.
  In fact, today on the floor of the Senate, the Senator from Rhode 
Island said, ``We have heard the initial defense of the approach to 
Iraq as we are going after weapons of mass destruction. They were not 
there.''
  The senior Senator from Connecticut said, ``If I had known then what 
I now know, namely that Saddam Hussein possessed no weapons of mass 
destruction, I would not have given the President my vote.''
  The senior Senator from Washington said, ``We have looked for weapons 
of mass destruction and found none.''
  Let me follow up these quotes with quotes from an unclassified 
version of a document released 3 hours ago coming from the National 
Ground Intelligence Center, a part of the Department of Defense. It is 
a summary of a classified document which I have had the opportunity to 
take a look at.
  The document's key points in the unclassified version are as follows:

       Since 2003, coalition forces have recovered approximately 
     500 weapons, munitions which contain degraded mustard or 
     sarin nerve agents. Despite many efforts to locate and 
     destroy Iraq's pregulf war chemical munitions, filled and 
     unfilled pregulf war chemical munitions are assessed and 
     still exist.

  That means that in addition to the 500 that we have recovered, there 
are additional munitions.
  The report goes into great detail as to what those munitions are. 
There are additional munitions that we have not categorized and 
identified specifically in number or in character.
  Back to the document:

       Pre-gulf war Iraq chemical weapons could be sold on the 
     black market. Use of these weapons by terrorists or insurgent 
     groups would have implications for coalition forces in Iraq. 
     The possibility of use outside of Iraq cannot be ruled out. 
     The most likely munitions remaining are sarin- and mustard-
     filled projectiles. The purity of the agents inside the 
     munitions depend on many factors, including the manufacturing 
     process, potential additives, and environmental storage 
     conditions. While agents degrade over time, chemical warfare 
     agents remain hazardous and potentially lethal. It has been 
     reported in the open press that insurgents in Iraqi groups 
     desire to acquire and use chemical weapons.

  This is an incredibly significant document.
  We now have a lot from our intelligence agencies that said we have 
recovered 500 chemical weapons and that there are a number of others.
  It is hopeful that we can, in fact, get that number and that 
information out.
  But the bottom line is, irrespective of whether there were any 
others, the fact that we recovered 500 and the fact that there are a 
likelihood of others to recover, maybe from Iraq, maybe from other 
places around the Middle East, suggests that Saddam Hussein did have 
weapons of mass destruction.
  One of the principal concerns that we had in going into this war 
against terror, or terrorists as it has been defined, was that Saddam 
would not necessarily use chemical weapons or biological weapons 
against his neighbors again or against us, but, more importantly, that 
he would have these stockpiles of weapons to give to terrorists to use 
against us or to use against others. Now we have information that 
confirms that some 500, and likely more, weapons were, in fact, in Iraq 
at the time of the Iraq war.

  The quotes that there were no chemical weapons, that the President 
lied, that all of this was a fabrication of neocons who wanted to go to 
war, is now--if it was not, in my mind, discredited from the other 
information we have gotten--is now, in my mind, completely discredited. 
He had chemical weapons before the gulf war. He used them after the 
gulf war. He used them during the Iran-Iraq war. They had weapons 
programmed in place at the time of the second gulf war, the Iraq 
conflict. And we now have found stockpiles.
  The Duelfer report said there were no stockpiles. We have now found 
500. You want to call that a stockpile? Five hundred is a lot of 
chemical weapons. We handed out a video upstairs, Congressman Hoekstra 
and I--who has been tremendously helpful in gathering this information 
and having this report, first finding the report and declassifying 
portions of it--he handed out information that showed an attack of the 
Iraqis using 15 sarin chemical

[[Page S6245]]

weapon shells like the ones recovered here that killed 5,000 people.
  This is a serious and important document. This is a serious and 
important step in understanding what Iraq was all about when we, in 
fact, commenced military activities against them. It is an important 
finding to determine what our actions need to be going forward in 
making sure we rid this country of the chemical weapons that still may 
be available, as was mentioned, potentially on the black market.
  I thank Congressman Hoekstra. I asked for this document from the 
National Ground Intelligence Center 2\1/2\ months ago. It took 2 months 
of going nowhere before I contacted Congressman Hoekstra. He, by the 
way, was not aware of this document, either. He was able to get this 
document and we were able to look at it. Several Members in the Senate 
and the House have reviewed the document. It is up in the Intelligence 
rooms. I encourage Members of the Senate on both sides of the aisle to 
go up and view the document. It is a classification that all Members 
can review the entire document. Please go up, take a look at it. If you 
do not believe the statements or you do not think the statements are 
compelling enough, I encourage you to go up and read the entire 
classified report. It is very compelling. It is a very serious 
situation.
  The bottom line is, the statements that Saddam Hussein at the time of 
the second gulf war, the Iraq war, had no weapons of mass destruction 
is now categorically untrue. This report puts that to rest.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER (Mr. DeMint). The Senator from California.
  The Senator from Virginia has 2 minutes remaining.
  Mr. WARNER. I yield back the remaining 2 minutes I have under my 
control. The order provides for 30 minutes for the distinguished 
Senator from California, to be followed by 20 minutes from the Senator 
from West Virginia, Mr. Byrd.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from California.
  Mrs. BOXER. Mr. President, I thank the Senator from Virginia.
  I come to the Senate tonight with a tremendous sense of loss for the 
victims of the tragic war in Iraq. Yesterday, the military informed two 
California families that their sons were murdered in cold blood by the 
very same Iraqi troops they had been training.
  Let me repeat that: The military informed two California families 
whose sons were in the National Guard that their sons were murdered in 
cold blood by the very same Iraqi troops they were training.
  Sgt. Patrick McCaffrey and 1LT Andre Tyson were killed near Balad 2 
years ago. After 2 long years, the Army is now telling the families 
that Iraqi troops who their sons had been training turned on them and 
intentionally killed them.
  This morning, the mother of Sergeant McCaffrey appeared on CNN and 
said:

       Patrick was never at ease and he constantly said, ``Mom, 
     we're risking our life every day, all the time, 
     permanently.''

  She told the press that Patrick told his commanding officer twice 
that he was fired upon by Iraqi troops. He told his dad the same thing 
and his dad told the press that his commanding officer said, and I 
quote his dad: ``That he should keep his mouth shut.''
  Mrs. McCaffrey said she wants the story to come out because she 
believes there are other instances of Iraqi troops turning on our 
soldiers. This is a story that is all over the news. It is emblematic 
of what this war is turning into.

  This week, we all were devastated to hear of the cruel and savage 
killing of two United States soldiers who were reportedly tortured in a 
barbaric fashion. These soldiers were manning a traffic check point 
when they were captured by insurgents. A third soldier also died in the 
attack.
  Every day we hear of a new tragedy from Iraq. Why? Because more than 
3 years ago, our President launched a war that was based on false 
premises. The administration told the American people that Saddam posed 
an imminent threat to the United States because of his close ties to 
al-Qaida and because he had an active nuclear weapons program. The 
administration's case has unraveled in light of the facts. We have a 
chance tomorrow to stand up and say no to the status quo. We can do it 
with two Democratic amendments. We know there was no working 
relationship between al-Qaida and Saddam, and Iraq's weapons of mass 
destruction program was dormant.
  Just look at the State Department's own document which Senator 
Feingold talked about. It says clearly when we were attacked by al-
Qaida on that fateful day of September 11, there was not one al-Qaida 
cell in Iraq. Yet those who asked questions about these false premises 
were dismissed, ridiculed, called unpatriotic, and, in one case, the 
case of Ambassador Joe Wilson, he actually faced retaliation. The wife 
of Ambassador Wilson had her identity as a CIA agent exposed. Why? 
Because Joe Wilson blew the whistle on President Bush's claim that Iraq 
had sought significant quantities of uranium from Africa.
  Why do I recount Valerie Plame's story? Because it shows just how far 
the Bush administration and their Republican friends in Congress will 
go to tarnish and hurt those who see the war differently from them. 
That is frightening no matter what side of the fence you are on. 
Imagine going after someone's family because you felt you did not like 
what the man said. In fact, he told the truth, that there was no truth 
to the claim that Saddam was seeking yellow cake uranium.
  In this debate right now, those same voices are saying that anyone 
who disagrees with the status quo in Iraq and speaks about an exit 
strategy for the war is advocating a policy of cut-and-run. Let me be 
clear, calling for redeployment of our troops out of Iraq is not cut-
and-run. It is smart and strategic.
  Why is it smart? Because it will give the signal to the Iraqis that 
they have to stand up and protect their own country.
  Why is it strategic? Because it will allow us to use our resources to 
go after al-Qaida, Osama bin Laden.
  Let's take a look at the status quo. The status quo in Iraq is an 
endless venture with ever-changing missions that has resulted in more 
than 2,500 United States deaths and 18,000 wounded. It is a blank check 
and a blind eye.
  I have a chart that shows the costs. This is showing what this 
President calls ``progress'' and his Republican friends in Congress 
call progress. Let's look at the facts. The monthly cost of the Iraq 
war in 2003 was $4.4 billion a month. It is now $8 billion a month. It 
is causing our debt to soar. It is not being paid for in the usual way: 
It is put right on Uncle Sam's credit card and our grandchildren will 
pay the bill, maybe even their children.
  The estimated number of insurgents in 2003, 3,000; estimated in 2006, 
20,000. Is that progress in Iraq? I don't think so.
  Insurgent attacks in 2003, 5 a day; now, 90 a day. Is that progress? 
I don't think so.
  Incidents of sectarian violence, 5 per month; now it is 250 per 
month.
  If that is progress, then we are in serious, serious trouble--more 
trouble than I think we are in.
  How about Iraqis. Are they optimistic about the future? In 2003, 75 
percent were optimistic. Do you know what the number is today? Thirty 
percent. These figures come from the Brookings Institution.
  There are claims that the status quo is ``progress,'' when actually 
the status quo is a disaster. The war is taking a heavy toll on our 
fighting men and women, many of whom are serving their third tour of 
duty. Suicides are up.
  In 2005, 83 United States Army soldiers committed suicide, an 
increase of 16 suicides over the 67 reported the year before, and the 
highest number since 90 were recorded in 1993. Of those 83 soldiers, 25 
had been deployed to either Afghanistan or Iraq.
  Divorces are up. Where are the family values around this place? 
Between 2001 and 2004, divorces among Active-Duty Army personnel have 
doubled. Divorces have doubled. That is the weight of this war. And 
post-traumatic stress disorder is rampant. A study published in the 
July 2004 New England Journal of Medicine revealed that 15 percent of 
marines and 17 percent of soldiers surveyed after deployment in Iraq 
``met the screening criteria for major depression, generalized anxiety, 
or post traumatic stress disorder.''

[[Page S6246]]

  Our military men and women have done every single thing we have asked 
of them--even without a plan to anticipate the insurgency. Even without 
adequate body armor, even without enough up-armored humvees, here is 
what this administration has asked our fighting men and women to do: 
find the weapons of mass destruction, find Saddam Hussein and bring him 
to justice, find Saddam's family and bring them to justice, secure Iraq 
for elections--there have been three elections, successful, there--
train Iraqi troops--there are now 260,000 of those Iraqi troops 
trained.
  In light of all that our military has done--and they have paid the 
price in blood, in lost limbs, in pain and suffering and death--what 
are the Iraqi leaders saying? They have proposed amnesty for those who 
have killed American soldiers. The amnesty plan would include 
insurgents who have staged attacks against Americans--even as those 
attacks continue.
  Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent to have printed in the Record 
a front-page story from the L.A. Times that ran this past weekend.
  There being no objection, the material was ordered to be printed in 
the Record, as follows:

              [From the Los Angeles Times, June 18, 2006]

                   Amnesty for Iraq Rebels Is Planned

                          (By Borzou Daragahi)

       The Iraqi government has crafted a far-reaching amnesty 
     plan for insurgents, officials close to Prime Minister Nouri 
     Maliki said Saturday, even as guerrillas killed at least 34 
     Iraqis in a barrage of bombs and rockets in the capital and 
     the U.S. military hunted for two missing soldiers.
       The Americans may have been captured after an attack Friday 
     evening on a checkpoint south of Baghdad that left at least 
     one soldier dead, the military said.
       U.S. forces dispatched helicopters and surveillance planes 
     over the area as well as teams of divers to scour the river 
     and nearby canals for the missing soldiers.
       The amnesty plan, which apparently would include insurgents 
     alleged to have staged attacks against Americans and Iraqis, 
     calls for the creation of a national committee and local 
     subcommittees to woo rebels and begin a ``truthful national 
     dialogue in dealing with contradicting visions and stances,'' 
     according to a version of the plan published Saturday in an 
     Iraqi newspaper.
       The reconciliation plan, which is expected to be formally 
     announced soon, would be among the Iraqi government's most 
     comprehensive attempts to engage with insurgent groups.
       ``The main thing,'' said Haidar Abadi, a leader of Maliki's 
     Islamic Dawa Party, is that the plan doesn't rule out 
     participation of ``the bloody-handed people in the political 
     process.''
       The plan, mysteriously released and rescinded by the prime 
     minister's office last week, calls for the pardon and release 
     of prisoners ``not proven guilty in crimes and clear 
     terrorist activities'' and a review of the process by which 
     former members of Saddam Hussein's Baath Party are excluded 
     from public life.
       U.S. and some Iraqi officials have long urged Sunni 
     insurgent groups that don't have strong ties to the former 
     regime's security apparatus or to foreign militants--and 
     without the blood of innocent Iraqis on their hands--to lay 
     down their weapons and join the political process.
       The new proposal, said an official close to Maliki, merely 
     recognizes the difficulty of verifying insurgents' past 
     actions.
       ``Theoretically, we can say we cannot give any amnesty to 
     those in the [former] security agencies and those in Saddam's 
     regime and those who have killed and bombed Iraqis after the 
     invasion,'' said Salah Abdul Razzaq, a spokesman for several 
     prominent Shiite religious organizations.
       ``In practice, anyone who comes to negotiations and says, 
     `I have no problem with Iraqis or Iraqi government, just with 
     U.S. forces,' how can we check that?''
       Some Kurdish and Shiite members of parliament, which is 
     scheduled to convene today, voiced doubts about Maliki's 
     reconciliation proposal.
       ``We think that any reconciliation talks should take place 
     within parliament,'' said Baha Araji, a Shiite lawmaker close 
     to radical cleric Muqtada Sadr's movement. ``We don't need 
     groups from outside--I mean the Saddamists, Baathists and 
     killers.''
       But officials close to Maliki said the plan was days away 
     from being formally announced.
       A version of the amnesty plan--titled the ``Reconciliation 
     and National Dialogue Project''--was published in Saturday's 
     edition of Al Mada newspaper. Copies were distributed to 
     journalists and then quickly taken back at an abruptly 
     canceled news conference Thursday at Maliki's office.
       Abadi said the incident was a minor mix-up caused by 
     inexperienced members of the prime minister's media office.
       ``It doesn't mean that the project of reconciliation was 
     withdrawn, but that it was given more time for a consensus to 
     be reached,'' said Abbas Bayati, a leading Shiite lawmaker. 
     ``We are ready to sit around a table with all the Iraqis, 
     even those who participated in the resistance and now repent 
     that.''
       It was unclear whether any amnesty plan would require 
     legislative approval or be adopted by executive decision.
       Sunni Arabs lead the Iraqi insurgency, which is fueled by 
     the minority sect's perception that it was unjustly robbed of 
     political power and prestige by the 2003 U.S.-led invasion 
     and the Shiite-dominated governments that followed. Incessant 
     insurgent attacks have sparked reprisals by Shiites and 
     brought the country to the precipice of civil war.
       Sunni Arabs said they were far more encouraged by the 
     Maliki government's olive branches than those of his 
     predecessor, fellow Islamic Dawa Party member Ibrahim Jafari, 
     viewed by many as too sectarian in his outlook.
       The death this month of terrorist leader Abu Musab Zarqawi 
     opened a new opportunity to draw in Iraqi insurgent groups, 
     Sunni officials said.
       ``The general direction and general understanding among 
     politicians is that now is the time to differentiate between 
     the extremists and foreign fighters on one side and the 
     native Iraqi people in the resistance,'' said Alaa Makki, a 
     leading member of the Iraqi Islamic Party, the main Sunni 
     Arab political group.
       ``We think now there might be a reevaluation from A to Z 
     among the Iraqi population,'' he said. ``I think Maliki is 
     going along with these ideas.''
       But the violence showed no signs of abating Saturday. 
     Dozens of Iraqis were killed in a series of insurgent attacks 
     targeting Iraqi security forces in Baghdad despite a highly 
     publicized crackdown meant to bolster public confidence in 
     the government.
       At least seven large explosions rocked the capital. In the 
     day's most deadly incident, a car bomb explosion at 8 p.m. in 
     a busy market in southwest Baghdad killed 12 people and 
     injured 381 police said.
       An earlier car bomb targeting a police patrol killed seven 
     people and injured 11, hospital officials said.
       A roadside bombing in downtown Baghdad killed six people 
     and wounded 15.
       In central Baghdad a car bomb targeting an Iraqi army 
     patrol killed three civilians and a soldier and injured eight 
     soldiers and four police officers.
       A bomb placed inside a passenger bus killed at least two 
     civilians and injured 151 police said.
       In the northern suburb of Kadhimiya mortar rounds landed on 
     a busy market, killing at least two people and injuring 14.
       An explosion killed a man in west Baghdad hospital 
     officials said.
       The search for the missing U.S. soldiers was underway near 
     the Euphrates River town of Yousifiya south of Baghdad. U.S. 
     forces launched raids on four sites, questioned local leaders 
     and set up roadblocks around the area, presumably to prevent 
     assailants from taking the soldiers elsewhere.
       ``We are using all available assets, coalition and Iraqi, 
     ground, air and water, to locate and determine the duty 
     status of our soldiers, Maj. Gen. William B. Caldwell IV said 
     in a news release.
       The attack Friday evening took place in a religiously mixed 
     area south of the capital known as a stronghold of militants 
     loyal to extremist religious groups, including Zarqawi's AI 
     Qaeda in Iraq.
       U.S.-led forces at a nearby checkpoint began radioing their 
     colleagues after they heard an explosion and small-arms fire 
     but could not make contact.
       Backup forces sent to the checkpoint discovered the dead 
     U.S. soldier and learned that two were missing, the military 
     said.

  Mrs. BOXER. It says: The premier is crafting a reconciliation program 
that ``doesn't rule out participation of `the bloody-handed people in 
the political process.'''
  What happened when we brought up a resolution on this side of the 
aisle to say, no, no, we will not allow that to happen? What happened? 
The Republicans stalled us for 2, 3 days, figuring out a way they could 
get us to back down. But we did not back down.
  I cannot believe it. They are still killing our soldiers, and the 
Republicans in the Senate are saying: Oh, give the Iraqi Government a 
chance. In their wisdom, they will do the right thing. Well, they are 
not doing the right thing when they are considering giving amnesty to 
those who are hurting, killing, brutalizing our troops. I cannot 
believe it.
  And in light of all that I have laid out, what does our President 
say? He says: I will not allow us to leave until everything is 
absolutely perfect in Iraq. He does not know when that is. He is not 
even willing to talk about conditions that would be enough to bring our 
troops home. It is kind of like: Well, we will know it when we see it. 
Well, that is not enough for the American people. When the President 
said, ``mission accomplished,'' it was not true. And when he says now, 
we can make this work, we can have a country at peace, we can do all 
this, and we just have to stay there as long as it takes--blank check. 
Open checkbook, America. Open checkbook for

[[Page S6247]]

you. Debts on your children, debts on your grandchildren, and a blind 
eye to what is happening and what the Iraqi people want.
  What kind of leadership is that? You think I like standing up here 
and getting into this kind of debate? No, I do not. But I have never 
seen anything like this since the Vietnam war, folks. I lived through 
those years. That was the reason I got into politics, so we would not 
make this mistake again.
  Senate Democrats are providing real leadership. Do we all agree every 
inch of the way? No. But I predict to you, at the end of this vote, 
tomorrow, Republicans will be firm for the status quo, and Democrats 
will be for changing the mission, changing the dynamic. And that is 
going to be important for the American people to know.
  As I said, redeploying our troops is smart and strategic, and here is 
why. Again, it is smart and strategic because the Iraqis must stand up 
to the job of providing security for their own people. My goodness, 
that is what countries do, folks. That is what countries do. We did it. 
Yes, we had people help us in the Revolution. By the way, France was 
one of those countries. But when the fighting was over, we had the 
boots on the ground. The Iraqi people have to stand up. They have to 
want democracy as much as we want it for them.
  And I will tell you, we should start concentrating on the war against 
terror. My friends on the other side blend it all together. They blend 
it all together. But I have already proven to you there was not one al-
Qaida cell in Iraq on 9/11. The State Department's own documents show 
it. There were more al-Qaida cells in America than there were in Iraq. 
But our presence there is fueling the insurgency completely.
  Let me tell you what Peter Bergen has stated. He is an expert. He is 
an expert on terrorism. He has written books about it. He says this:

       What we have done in Iraq is what bin Laden could not have 
     hoped for in his wildest dreams: We invaded an oil rich 
     Muslim nation in the heart of the Middle East, the very type 
     of imperial adventure that bin Laden has long predicted was 
     the United States' long term goal in the region. We deposed 
     the secular socialist Saddam, whom bin Laden has long 
     despised, ignited Sunni and Shia fundamentalist fervor in 
     Iraq, and have now provoked a defensive jihad that has 
     galvanized jihad minded Muslims around the world. It's hard 
to imagine a set of policies better designed to sabotage the war on 
terrorism.

  Now, I have spoken with many generals and military experts who agree 
that our long-term presence in Iraq is counterproductive. They tell us 
that our continued presence will continue to breed terrorists not only 
in Iraq but throughout the world.
  Now, I want to show you, as I wind down this speech, how the Iraqi 
people now feel about our presence. The Brookings Institution revealed 
this poll. It was just printed in the press a few days ago. If this 
does not tell the story, nothing does.
  Eighty-seven percent of the Iraqis support a timeline for U.S. 
redeployment. Eighty-seven percent of the Iraqi people want us out of 
there and want a timeline specifically. By the way, this is one thing 
that unites all the groups there. Sixty-four percent of the Kurds want 
a timeline for U.S. redeployment. Ninety percent of the Shias want a 
timeline for U.S. redeployment. Ninety-four percent of the Sunnis want 
a timeline for U.S. redeployment.
  So you tell me how it makes sense, at a time when we are learning 
that the Iraqis, whom we are training, have, in at least two cases we 
know about, turned against our soldiers, who are risking their lives--
shot them in cold blood. For what? They are there to help the Iraqi 
people, and they are being killed.
  I have to say that the status quo is leading us deeper and deeper 
into a place we don't want to be as a country. The American people want 
an exit strategy. An exit strategy is not cut-and-run; it is smart and 
strategic. The status quo is more of the same. How many more times will 
we come down here and talk about beheadings? How many more times will 
we come down? How many more deaths will it take until finally we say 
enough is enough?
  That time, I hope, is coming. I think we are going to see votes on 
these two Democratic amendments that, when taken together, will 
indicate a real difference here between the parties.
  Listen to what the Iraqi people are saying. Listen to what the 
American people are saying. Listen to what the world is saying. The 
views of the United States by people all over the world are going down. 
In the last year alone, favorable views of the United States dropped in 
Spain, from 41 percent to 23 percent approval; in Indonesia, from 38 
percent down to 30 percent; in Turkey, from 23 percent to 12 percent; 
and in India--India is considered one of our best friends--it has gone 
from 71 percent down to 56 percent. This does not make us stronger in 
the world; it makes us weaker. This does not make us safer in the 
world; it makes us more vulnerable.
  I believe in democracy. So let us look at what the Iraqi people are 
telling us they want. They want a timeline and want us out. Let's 
listen to the generals who have told us that our long-term presence is 
fueling the insurgency and we need to get out. Let's listen to the 
American people who are wise and love our troops and say it is time for 
an exit strategy.
  Folks, we are paralyzed. We are paralyzed here. It is like we are in 
a hole and we can't get out. Well, I say today is the day to start 
climbing out of that hole. Senate Democrats have proposed two ways to 
change the dynamics here in this war.
  I plan to vote aye for the Kerry-Feingold-Boxer amendment. It speaks 
to me as something that will work for us. It is strategic. It is wise. 
It is smart. I will also vote for the Levin amendment because it moves 
us in the right direction. It shakes up the mission into something that 
makes sense. It changes the mission. It starts bringing our troops home 
and starts to redeploy them.
  So my feeling is, the status quo is a disaster. It is a disaster. Let 
us open our eyes to the truth. Can you imagine how I felt when I got a 
call in my office by a woman who couldn't find out the truth about who 
killed her son? And the military had completed its investigation, and 
they knew her son was killed by the very same Iraqi soldiers whom he 
was training. And they kept it a secret? They kept it a secret until 
today from that woman. I have to say, why? Is it because they are 
fearful that when the American people learn of this, the support for 
this war will plummet even further? I don't know the answer to that 
question. But so far, I have no good answers. It worried me with Mr. 
Tillman, Patrick Tillman, in Afghanistan, when they said he was killed 
by the enemy, and the parents pressed on and pressed on, and it turned 
out to be friendly fire.
  I am telling you, my colleagues, this is a turning point for us as 
individual Senators. I hope we have the courage to say no to the status 
quo, support the Kerry-Feingold-Boxer alternative, and also support the 
Levin alternative because they both shake it up and say, once and for 
all, we need to talk about an exit strategy. In the end, that is going 
to be the road for success.
  Thank you very much, Mr. President. I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The distinguished Senator from West Virginia.
  Mr. BYRD. I thank the Chair.
  Mr. President, today the Senate is debating two amendments on Iraq. 
The first amendment has been offered by Senator Levin. It is a 
nonbinding sense of the Congress that clearly illustrates that there 
must be a change in our policy toward Iraq. It states that it is 
neither in the American nor the Iraqi interest to maintain an open-
ended commitment of large numbers of our troops.
  Some may challenge this idea and stubbornly maintain that we must 
stay the course, no matter the cost or the consequences. I would point 
these critics to the op-ed which appeared in the Washington Post on 
Tuesday, June 20, 2006, written by Iraq's National Security Adviser. 
Here is what he said: ``The eventual removal of coalition troops from 
Iraqi streets will help the Iraqis, who now see foreign troops as 
occupiers rather than the liberators they were meant to be'' and that 
``the removal of foreign troops will legitimize Iraq's government in 
the eyes of its people.''
  The distinguished Senator from Michigan, Mr. Levin, has crafted a 
good amendment which I will support. We need a change in our Iraq 
policy.

[[Page S6248]]

Senator Levin has put his finger directly on the key issues facing our 
continued military occupation of Iraq.
  The second amendment which is being debated is an amendment by the 
distinguished Senator from Massachusetts, Mr. Kerry. His amendment 
proposes that American troops be redeployed from Iraq no later than 
July 1, 2007. Senator Kerry should be commended for offering his 
amendment. It is an important amendment, and it deserves a full debate. 
It directly addresses the most pressing issue facing the American 
people today.
  Last week the very distinguished Senator from Kentucky, Mr. 
McConnell, offered an amendment similar to that of Senator Kerry's. It 
was offered up as a sacrificial lamb, and a procedural motion was made 
to either kill the amendment or to continue debating it. I was one of 
six Senators who voted to continue debate on that amendment.
  Some may seek to ascribe my vote as a vote for the substance of 
Senator McConnell's amendment. But I shall speak for myself. As I have 
told Senator Kerry, my vote was not for the substance of Senator 
McConnell's amendment. My vote was to continue debate on the most 
important issue in our country today. My vote was in favor of the 
institution of the U.S. Senate, a temple of debate and free speech.
  Some may seek to hide from the controversial issue of Iraq, but I 
will not seek to hide from it. We Senators are sent by the people of 
our States to debate the critical issues facing our country, not to 
hide from them. My vote was in the minority on that procedural motion, 
but I stand by my vote which was in favor of debate on the momentous 
subject of Iraq.
  The amendment the distinguished Senator from Massachusetts, Mr. 
Kerry, offers will likely be voted on tomorrow, and I have spoken to 
Senator Kerry about the substance of his amendment. I know he is 
seeking a change in the administration's policy toward Iraq, which is 
acknowledged by most Americans to be a disaster. And he should be 
saluted for his courage in insisting on offering his amendment, even 
though he will be criticized--and perhaps even called unpatriotic by 
some--for speaking his mind. However, I cannot support the substance of 
his amendment.
  I do not support setting a drop-dead withdrawal date for our troops 
from Iraq. I do not believe that this is a wise policy. I have called 
time and time again for the President to begin bringing our troops 
home. Our troops cannot be brought home overnight.
  I also have concerns that this amendment is not strongly tied to the 
constitutional powers of Congress relating to the conduct of war.
  So for these reasons, for as much as I support his efforts to make a 
change in an ill-defined, open-ended, stay-the-course policy in Iraq, I 
will not support the amendment by the distinguished Senator from 
Massachusetts, Mr. Kerry.
  But there are other ways to effect a change in direction. So I rise 
today to ask that I may be given time to offer another amendment on 
Iraq.
  There is an urgent need for the U.S. Senate to consider as many 
options as we can to find an exit strategy with honor for our troops. 
Our country is polarized. The Senate is polarized. And I fear that we 
have let the usual partisan warfare put blinders, such as we put on 
horses, on ourselves and on our purpose.
  Every Member in this body, I am sure, would like to see a successful 
end to the war in Iraq. Every Member of this body on both sides of the 
aisle would like to do something that would speed the return of our 
troops home to the loving arms of their families.
  All of us, regardless of party affiliation, want to do the best thing 
for our country. And we would all do well to remember that both the 
President, the Chief Executive, and the Congress have important roles 
to play when it comes to the most critical decisions that can be made 
by any government; namely, the decision to go to war and the decision 
to come home from war.
  The American people are dismayed, as they should be, by this conflict 
in Iraq. I voted against our entry into that war. I voted against the 
invasion of that country without any provocation toward our country.
  Most assuredly, dozens of mistakes have been made and billions of 
dollars have been spent. Without a doubt, our international reputation 
has been damaged, and we are losing the support of our own people for a 
drawn-out commitment in Iraq and more and more loss of precious blood, 
precious life.
  Can we not try one more approach? Can we not? Can we not spend just a 
little more time on the consideration of a way out of Iraq? Can we not? 
Can we not? Can we not attempt to speak with one voice on the matter? 
Is that asking too much?
  I have a third way. This is a fresh approach, I believe. It returns 
Congress's rightful voice to the warmaking power, yet it avoids the 
pitfalls of usurping the executive branch's role in an ongoing war. It 
is respectful of the separation of powers, but it does outline a viable 
exit strategy for Iraq.
  The amendment I would like to offer, the amendment I would like to 
see debated on the Senate floor, is an effort to move the debate over 
the war in Iraq away from the realm of political mudslinging to the 
realm of constitutional responsibility.
  My amendment is a simple, straightforward approach to laying out a 
roadmap to bring our troops home from Iraq with honor and dignity, the 
honor and the dignity which they deserve.
  My amendment establishes the policy that the democratically elected 
Government of Iraq should assume responsibility for its own security. 
My amendment sets forth the conditions under which the congressional 
authority to maintain U.S. troops in Iraq would expire.
  This amendment is a genuinely fresh approach to unraveling the 
conundrum of how to disengage the U.S. military from Iraq. My approach 
does not attempt to micromanage the war. It is not an attempt to set 
artificial deadlines. It is not based on politically motivated 
rhetoric. It does not preempt the authority of either the President or 
the Congress. What it does do is it returns the focus of the debate to 
the role of Congress in the authorization of war. What my amendment 
does do is to reassert--yes, reassert--the role of Congress to 
authorize--or to terminate the authorization of--the use of force.
  The conditions under which the Iraq use of force authorization would 
expire are based on circumstances, not on timetables, and they include 
the following: When the Government of Iraq assumes responsibility for 
its own security; or if a multinational peacekeeping force were to 
assume responsibility for security in Iraq; or if the President 
certifies that the United States has achieved its objectives in Iraq; 
or if Congress were to enact a joint resolution to terminate the use of 
force authority.
  Mr. President, the situation in Iraq has undergone seismic changes 
since the original use-of-force authorization was granted by Congress 
in October of 2002. Since that time, our troops have completed the 
mission of removing Saddam Hussein from power and paving the way for 
the establishment of a democratically elected government in Iraq. The 
authorization under which the United States sent its military forces 
into Iraq--which I voted against--is now painfully outdated. So it is 
time to update that authorization to provide a statutory framework for 
returning our troops home, and to acknowledge that the war in Iraq does 
have an end point and is not an open-ended commitment.
  Mr. President, it is most important to understand that the amendment 
I am proposing speaks only to the intent and authority of Congress. So 
it does not--hear me now--it does not infringe upon, or in any way 
usurp, the authority of the President. No Senator has to set aside his 
or her support or opposition to the war in order to support my 
approach.
  But this amendment would send a powerful message to the people of the 
United States and to the people of Iraq, and especially to the 
democratically elected Government of Iraq. It would send the powerful 
message that the United States supports the security of Iraq but does 
not intend to become a permanent occupying force in Iraq. This is a 
message that the people of Iraq need to hear. It is a message that the 
people of the United States need to hear. It is a message that the 
people of the United States are clamoring to hear. My amendment is a 
realistic roadmap for the United States to remove its forces from Iraq 
in an orderly

[[Page S6249]]

manner--a manner consistent with our national security interests. It is 
a legally enforceable formulation that should be embraced by all who 
are truly concerned with finding a solution to the problems in Iraq, 
not just using the debate over the war in Iraq as a political football.
  Surely, we owe the over 2,500 patriotic souls who have died fighting 
for our country in Iraq a little more time on this debate. Surely, we 
can consider the matter of the conflict in Iraq for a few more hours 
for the sake of the over 18,000 U.S. troops who have been wounded in 
that country, and the unknown numbers of Iraqi innocents who have been 
killed or maimed. Surely, we can discuss this matter on a level that is 
deeper than sloganeering like ``cut and run'' or ``stay the course.''
  Mr. President, I hope our two leaders will work together to find a 
way for the Senate to debate my amendment and allow a vote on its 
merits.
  I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from South Dakota is recognized.
  Mr. THUNE. Mr. President, what is the time agreement this evening?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Virginia is allocated 40 
minutes.
  Mr. THUNE. Mr. President, on behalf of the Senator from Virginia, I 
yield myself as much time as I might consume. We have speakers coming 
down here and, as they arrive, we will recognize them.
  I do want to express my appreciation to Members on both sides who 
have participated in this debate. We have already had a very spirited 
debate. There will be others speaking throughout the course of the 
evening and again tomorrow before we ultimately vote on both of these 
amendments.
  As you know, we have in front of us two amendments. One is a sense of 
the Senate, a nonbinding resolution, the Levin amendment, and we also 
have the Kerry amendment, which has a force of law and which would 
require a withdrawal from Iraq by next summer.
  As we consider and contemplate both of those amendments, I know there 
are strong emotions that Members on both sides feel with respect to 
this issue, and clearly for good reason. I know in my own particular 
circumstance, as I travel South Dakota, I hear from people all across 
my State. I have participated, as many Senators have, in way too many 
funerals and have heard the playing of taps way too many times in the 
last year. It is that sentiment I think that makes people in this 
country very weary regarding the conflict in Iraq and the cost it has 
brought this country in terms of both blood and treasure. So as we see 
Members get up and express their thoughts on the Senate floor during 
the course of this debate, I think they are in many cases reflecting 
the sentiments of their constituents in their States, as well.
  Generally speaking, I think a sense that people have across the 
country is one of weariness with this conflict in Iraq. At the same 
time, I think we have to recognize what the stakes are in this debate 
and what the risks are as well. Clearly, as we have, I think, 
articulated--Members on our side--throughout the course of this debate, 
the stakes are high and the consequences of failure are disastrous for 
our country if we fail in this campaign in Iraq.
  I have to say that, like many Members here, I have traveled to Iraq 
on a couple of different occasions. I was there as recently as a couple 
of months ago with Senator McCain, as well as with the Senator from 
Wisconsin, Mr. Feingold, and a number of our Governors and House 
Members, representing different regions of the country. I had been 
there a year earlier and, of course, in the course of that year much 
had changed. In fact, I would have to say there had been, at that time, 
some mixed results. We had seen the outbreak of sectarian violence 
after the bombing of the shrine at Samara. But at the same time, we had 
seen vast improvements in the ability of the Iraqi security forces to 
provide for their own security. That, in my mind, was very encouraging 
because at that time about 75 percent of the battle areas were being 
policed either by Iraqi armed services or the police force, which was a 
marked improvement from the time I had been there a year before.
  Mr. President, I think it is fair to say that, by any measure, if you 
look at any significant metric in the past year or so, we have seen 
some improvements and progress made in Iraq and I think, in a 
substantial way, in the broader war on terror. If you look particularly 
at Iraq, Prime Minister al-Mailiki, just in the last couple of weeks, 
completed the formation of a new Iraqi Government, filling many Cabinet 
positions. If you look at the success our troops have had in taking out 
the terrorist leader, Musab al-Zarqawi and many of his allies in just 
the last few weeks, that is a huge blow to al-Qaida and a huge victory 
for our side in the war on terror.
  As I said earlier, the Iraqi security forces are growing in number 
every single day. Only a year and a half ago, Iraqi security forces had 
just begun to form. Today, there are 264,400 trained and equipped Iraqi 
security forces, which is more than double the number of U.S. troops 
who are serving in the region.
  The beginning of this year, 2006, the Iraqi security forces had 10 
brigades and 43 battalions that controlled areas of responsibility. 
Here, only a few months later, those numbers are nearly doubled to 18 
brigades and 71 battalions. Large- and small-scale water treatment 
facilities have been rehabilitated or constructed for an estimated 3 
million people at a standard level of service, with plans underway to 
deliver clean, safe drinking water to 5 million more. May oil 
production was over 2.1 million barrels per day.
  The U.S. Treasury Department is sending professionals to Iraq to 
provide technical support for the creation of a public finance system 
that is accountable and transparent. The State Department is 
coordinating a broad effort to support an economic policy framework 
that enhances investments, job creation, and growth.
  I have to say that that progress has occurred--and many of my 
colleagues have spoken in favor of these amendments in spite of the 
presence of Americans and our troops' efforts--due to and because of 
the efforts of our troops and their presence there. Contrary to what I 
have heard some of my colleagues on the other side say throughout the 
course of this debate, when I was in Iraq, which was as recently as a 
couple months ago, as I said, the Iraqi political leaders I talked to 
made it very clear that they thought it was important that we have a 
presence in Iraq.
  I have heard Members get up on the floor and say they have talked to 
people there and they say they want us out, and they don't want the 
door to hit us on the way out. But that is certainly not the message 
that was delivered to me and the delegation I was with when we were 
there. I also have to say that part of our mission in going there was 
to impress upon the Iraqi leadership, the political leaders in that 
country, the importance of forming a national unity government, and to 
end the sectarianism and the sectarian violence that ravaged that area 
during the time that we were there. They have made that progress in the 
last couple of months since our departure from Iraq. They have formed 
this national unity government, and they continue to make progress 
toward what I believe is a democracy inclusive of the Shiites, the 
Sunnis, the Kurds, and the various groups over there that are all 
struggling to come together behind a government and to be able to 
assume responsibility for their own governance and also for their own 
security.

  It seems to me at least that right now it would not be a good signal 
to send either to them or to our men and women who are fighting the 
good fight in Iraq that we intend to pull out at any particular time 
certain. It seems, just as a matter of policy, what we are simply doing 
when we do that is telegraphing to the terrorists our intentions, and 
they will just wait us out, that we are going to leave at some point 
and they will be able to assume control in that region. If there is a 
vacuum at some point, they will be able to step in and fill it.
  I think we are at a strategic turning point, and I think we are at 
that point due to the good work of the men and women wearing the 
uniform. We have to listen to what they are saying and what our 
commanders on the ground are saying. I don't think it is in the best 
interest of our troops or the overall campaign in Iraq for us to be 
here in Washington, DC, in a political body such as the Senate--
although clearly we have responsibilities with respect to

[[Page S6250]]

funding the troops and supporting them, giving them direction, but I 
don't think we ought to be passing judgment about when is the best time 
to pull our troops back.
  We are moving in a direction that will enable us to do that, and I 
believe that our commanders have made it clear that as they see the 
Iraqi military stand up, as the government stands up, it is only a 
matter of time before our troops will be able to stand down, and we 
will begin to draw down some of our troop strengths in the region.
  I make that point because, as I mentioned earlier, popular support is 
waning for the conflict and people are weary and they are frustrated as 
they see lives lost and they see the cost of the war, but at the same 
time I think they realize we have a mission to complete there. We 
listen to the people across the country, but it is also important to 
listen to what the troops are saying.
  Whenever I travel, when I go to Iraq, when I listen to troops who 
have returned from Iraq, when I talk with National Guard units in South 
Dakota that have been deployed there, and, frankly, even when I discuss 
with families who have lost loved ones in Iraq their thoughts about the 
work we are doing there and whether we are making a difference, I 
consistently ask the questions: Do you believe we are making a 
difference? Do you believe progress is being made? Do you believe we 
are doing the right thing?
  I try to ask those questions separate from--and especially when I am 
traveling into Iraq--the structured settings in which I would get a 
response--I wouldn't say a canned response but a response that might be 
less than completely forthright. I ask troops in different situations.
  I remember when I was in Iraq in Baghdad the last time, I got up 
early in the morning and went to the fitness center and worked out in 
the weight room with a lot of our troops and visited, interacted with 
them, and asked their opinions on issues. Clearly, there is a belief, I 
think, that the work there is hard, that the work there has been 
costly, that people would like to be back home with their families but 
at the same time who understand the stakes of what they are doing and 
believe profoundly in the mission and the work we are doing at winning 
the war on terror.
  As I said before, I think we have to, as we listen to this debate, 
keep in mind that the stakes are very high because it is not just about 
freedom and democracy in Iraq, as good as that objective may be, it is 
also about, in a broader sense, the national security of future 
generations of Americans.
  I happen to believe that the war on terror is sort of our, as they 
used to say, rendezvous with destiny, that many generations that have 
come before have had to battle evil. We had World War II and Nazism and 
all the characters of that time who wanted to kill and destroy and maim 
people. And since that time we have fought the Cold War. It has taken a 
certain amount of resolve in every one of those circumstances to 
prevail. But in either of those circumstances had we not had that 
resolve, had there not been freedom-loving people and leadership 
committed to finishing that mission, we could be living in a very 
different world.
  They met, in their generation's time, the challenge that was put 
before them to make the world a safer and more secure place for future 
generations. That was true in World War II, that was true in the Cold 
War, and that is true today in the war on terror. I believe it is our 
time and our generation's, if you want to call it struggle between good 
and evil, and we have a responsibility to the people of this country 
and to freedom-loving people everywhere to make sure we do not fail in 
succeeding, in winning the war against terror, to ensure that future 
generations do not have to live in constant fear, in constant threat, 
and perhaps dealing with thugs such as al-Zarqawi and others who want 
to do evil and want to kill, want to destroy, and have nothing but the 
worst of intentions for the people of this country and people elsewhere 
around the world.
  Mr. President, this amendment will be voted on tomorrow. I know the 
Senator from Massachusetts has time to talk about his amendment later. 
And the Levin amendment will also be voted on. I appreciate and believe 
it is appropriate for us to have this debate, especially in the context 
of the Defense authorization bill, where we are debating national 
security. This is a debate we have every year. I think it is very 
appropriate to have this discussion.
  I don't question the motivations or intentions of people who bring 
these amendments; I think just in terms of their judgment, it is wrong. 
I don't think we can telegraph to our enemies what our strategies are. 
I believe it is important we complete the mission, that we listen to 
those commanders, those generals, those troops on the ground day in and 
day out, fighting the good fight, trying to protect our citizens in 
this country and around the world and future generations from what I 
believe is a very real, very serious threat to our security as we go 
forward.
  Mr. President, I see that the Senator from Kansas is on the floor. I 
will be happy, if he is prepared at this time to make his remarks, to 
yield such time to him as he may consume. We have others who will be 
joining us in the Chamber. I, at this time, yield to the Senator from 
Kansas.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Kansas.
  Mr. BROWNBACK. Mr. President, I thank my colleague from South Dakota 
for yielding time to me on this very important topic that we are 
dealing with today, and I also thank my colleagues from Massachusetts 
and from Michigan for raising these issues.
  As Senator Thune was stating, this is an important debate. It is time 
we had this debate. It is the right vehicle for us to have this debate, 
and I think it is helpful for us to have this debate for the United 
States as we move forward.
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, can I inquire how much time remains?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The majority has 25\1/2\ minutes remaining.
  Mr. KERRY. I thank the Chair.
  Mr. BROWNBACK. Mr. President, it is time we had this debate and time 
we had this debate in front of the people of the United States and in 
front of the world. Rest assured that the terrorists are watching this 
debate. Those who seek harm for us in Iraq and in many regions of the 
world are watching this debate, and they are testing and sensing our 
sense of resolve or lack of resolve in this war on terrorism.
  They are very much playing off us and saying the weakness of the 
United States is its willingness to stay the course or its lack of 
resolve or the shifting of public opinion, and that is what they drive 
at more than anything else, seeing that the weakest part of the U.S. 
military is public opinion, U.S. public opinion, so that our forces are 
not defeated on the battlefield. We have lost valiant soldiers, but we 
win the battles. What they are targeting is weakening U.S. public 
opinion and U.S. resolve. That is what they are targeting with the 
attacks, with the IEDs, with the roadside bombs. It is not going force 
on force and saying: OK, we are going to drive Americans out of this 
portion of Iraq; we are going to keep them out of this particular area. 
Much of it is saying: Look, we know the United States. We know they are 
a democracy. They respond to public opinion. What we have to do is have 
this be costly enough to the United States in American blood that 
public opinion shifts and they pull away. And once they leave, we take 
over. So their actual target is U.S. public opinion.
  We need to disappoint the terrorists on that particular issue, that 
U.S. public opinion and U.S. resolve remains in place to see this 
through.
  We are in a decades-long struggle with terrorism. It had been going 
on since before we had the attack on 9/11. It had been going on for a 
decade prior to that. We had the attack on Khobar Towers. We had the 
USS Cole attack. We had two embassies in Africa attacked. Hit, hit, 
hit, and ineffective, feckless responses on our part I think further 
emboldened the terrorists to take this even further. Hit, no response; 
hit, ineffective response; hit, ineffective response; and then 9/11, 
and after that, there was no way you were going to stop the United 
States from responding. We said: Look, that is it, we are going and we 
are going to deal with this. We went into Afghanistan, the 
headquarters. And after that we said: Where else are terrorists working 
out of? And the war effort moved to Iraq.

[[Page S6251]]

  Let's look at it from the point of view of the terrorists. I think 
they misjudged us in thinking we wouldn't respond. We did respond, and 
we responded aggressively and we responded effectively. We sent a very 
strong message. But now if we pull out or if we set a timeframe for 
pulling out that says just wait a definite period of time, 1 year, wait 
that period of time and the United States starts pulling back, how do 
the terrorist groups read that?
  My colleague from Massachusetts would have a certain point of view on 
that; maybe others would, my colleague from Michigan. I respect the 
motivation. I am delighted we are having this debate. It is important 
we have this debate with our Nation and with the world now.
  The conclusions I draw from this are different. If we set timeframes, 
it says to them that they have us where they want, and they can start 
declaring victory in their own words saying: Look, we have them down; 
in a year's period of time, they are gone; all we have to do is wait 
that period of time.
  We have to see this through to a successful conclusion. That does not 
mean, in any respect whatsoever, that I oppose us repositioning troops, 
pulling down the number of troops in Iraq or taking our troops away 
from the Sunni Triangle and handing more of that over to the Iraqis. It 
seems to me that our timeframes, as set by our military leaders--as set 
by the military leaders--that they would be the ones to recommend 
saying it is time we can pull troop levels down.
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, will the Senator yield for a question?
  Mr. BROWNBACK. Not now. I have limited time, and I want to make this 
statement, if I may. That we can, at the appointment of our military 
leaders, start pulling our troops away from the Sunni Triangle so we 
can have the Iraqis taking over more and more of the security in more 
dangerous areas. I think that is an important thing for us to say here 
in this debate as well, that in opposing setting a timeframe for 
pulling out, we are not opposing changing tactics, or if our military 
leaders say it is time, we can start pulling troops down, let's do it. 
I want that to take place. But it should be the military leaders doing 
this, without the dictates of us saying here that we are just going to 
set an arbitrary timeframe for us to pull on out of this region. I 
think it sends the exact wrong signal, particularly at this point in 
time when we have momentum that we have gained and we have an Iraqi 
government in place.

  Frankly, through the help of this debate, we are sending a message to 
the Iraqi people and their government that the United States is not in 
this for an unlimited period of time. We do expect the Iraqis to step 
up. You have to step up in taking more of this on and moving more of 
this forward. I think this should be done on our working with and 
listening to the military leaders of what they would say would be the 
right route for us to go on this and not us setting an arbitrary date.
  This has been, in my estimation, a very good debate to have. But I 
think it is important at the end of the debate that we have a very 
strong and clear vote on this that we are staying, and we are going to 
see this through to the end. We are not dictating to the military 
leadership an arbitrary time period, and we are going to win this war 
on terrorism, period, and that we have the resolve to win this war on 
terrorism. I think that is important for us to do.
  I want to thank my colleague from South Dakota for chairing this 
debate at this point in time. I do hope that my colleagues join me 
again tomorrow in voting against this resolution with this timeframe.
  Mr. KERRY. Would the Senator yield for a question?
  Mr. BROWNBACK. If we have time on our side, but I don't know if we 
have other colleagues wishing to speak.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from South Dakota.
  Mr. THUNE. The Senator from Kansas, if he wants to yield for a 
question, I guess that is your prerogative. We have other speakers 
coming. I am hesitant to allow too much time to burn off the clock.
  Mr. BROWNBACK. I would rather reserve the balance of our time for 
other speakers.
  Mr. THUNE. Mr. President, I appreciate very much the comments of my 
colleague from Kansas, because I think he too has laid out very clearly 
what the stakes are in this debate.
  As I said earlier, we will have an opportunity to vote tomorrow on 
both of these amendments, the Levin amendment, the sense of Congress 
amendment, and then the Kerry amendment, both of which are directed at 
some sort of a timeline with respect to the conflict in Iraq. As I 
mentioned earlier, I think as we have undertaken to allow a very open 
debate on this, which, as I said before, I think is a good thing to do, 
particularly in the context of debating the Defense authorization bill, 
we are hearing from both sides some of the emotion that is felt on this 
and also some very strong opinions and views but, oftentimes, a 
different interpretation of the facts.
  I think what we need to do in this debate is try and focus on the 
facts as they exist on the ground and not sometimes as we understand 
them here from what we read in the press, but we need to rely, in my 
judgment, on those people who are day in and day out fighting the good 
fight in the theater. Our commanders, our generals, our troops who are 
conducting this operation over there are doing the Lord's work, in my 
opinion, in protecting us from terrorist threats that exist. I dare 
say, as we look at the type of threat we will face in the future, it 
seems to me, at least, that the success or failure of the operation in 
Iraq is going to bear heavily on whether we are ultimately going to 
succeed in the war on terror.
  People have argued about whether we ought to be in Iraq in the first 
place, and that is a debate where Members on the other side have said 
we shouldn't have been there, we shouldn't have gone in the first 
place. Most who are making that argument are people who supported the 
resolution to go there, and I think many of those people also realize 
as well--and I think the vote will reflect this tomorrow--that they 
have strong misgivings about us pulling out prematurely and putting in 
jeopardy the good work that has been done by the troops in that region 
already.
  So I expect tomorrow when we have this vote we will see a very strong 
vote against the Kerry amendment. I think it will reflect, hopefully, 
the will of this body at this point in time as we are making good 
progress, I think, at a very important turning point in the war in 
Iraq, the progress that has been made on the ground both with respect 
to the Iraqi security forces as well as with the Government of Iraq as 
it stands up. We want to make sure we are not telegraphing to our 
enemies that at this very point where we literally have them on their 
backs, that we are going to let them up and begin to assume many of the 
things that they were doing in the past: the killings, the planning, 
the launching of attacks against people not only in that region but 
elsewhere around the world and, in many cases, people from freedom-
loving countries and American citizens. We want to make sure that never 
happens again.
  My colleague from Alabama is here on the floor. Would the Senator 
from Alabama like to speak on this subject? We are waiting for the 
Senator from Georgia to arrive. He is not here yet, so if the Senator 
from Alabama would like to claim some time, I am certainly willing to 
yield to him. I think we have about 10 minutes left on our side if the 
Senator from Alabama would like to make some remarks.
  Mr. SESSIONS. Mr. President, I do have some remarks, and I would 
deliver those after the others have finished their time tonight if it 
is not too late, and I would just share a few thoughts at this time.

  We have been given a great heritage in our country. We have been 
given a Nation that is the greatest Nation in the world at this time. 
We have the finest military the world has ever known. We have a great 
democracy where we have full and vigorous debate.
  I was here when we debated the question of whether or not to issue 
that ultimatum to Saddam Hussein, and we knew then if he didn't accept 
it, if he didn't allow the inspectors in and if he didn't renounce 
weapons of mass destruction, we would be going to war, and that was the 
vote and we knew it and everybody discussed it. It went on for months. 
People say it was quick. It went on for months.

[[Page S6252]]

  I will tell you what I said about why we went. I looked back at my 
remarks. It was not based on primarily weapons of mass destruction. We 
were dealing with Iraq for years. We had a war with them in 1991, and 
we defeated them and sent their Army going back to Baghdad. In effect, 
Saddam Hussein sued for peace and he made a series of promises to keep 
us from following and destroying his Army completely and invading his 
country and removing him from power, and he made those commitments, and 
he did not follow them.
  There were a number of U.N. resolutions that he was in violation of. 
He rejected the international community, and an embargo had been placed 
on Iraq. The United States was attempting to enforce that embargo. 
Saddam Hussein was consistently working to get around that embargo. We 
were flying in no-fly zones and enforcing no-fly zones over Iraq. He 
was shooting at our airplanes on a daily basis, almost. We were 
dropping bombs on Saddam Hussein on a regular basis, dropping bombs 
from our aircraft.
  So the question was, as The Economist magazine said, are we going to 
quit our efforts, are we going to issue an ultimatum and be prepared to 
go to war if they do not? Their editorial said, the London-based 
Economist magazine said, our vote is for war. That was that London 
journal's opinion.
  That is the way I felt about it. Iraq was a rogue nation that had 
tremendous amounts of oil, it had a dictator prepared to use weapons of 
mass destruction, use weapons of mass destruction against his own 
people, and he was determined to break the embargo, determined to be 
able to sell his oil on the world market, not for his own people's good 
but to build up his military power, just like he did when he invaded 
Kuwait, and be the preeminent Nebakanezer of the Middle East. That was 
his goal. It remained his goal. It probably still is as long as he 
takes a breath.
  So we gave him that ultimatum, and with the support of large numbers 
of nations in the world--I believe some 60 supported us, including 
nations like the United Kingdom and Australia and others--he refused to 
comply and we commenced our military action. This Nation made a 
decision to remove him from power and we voted on it as a Senate, and 
we sent our soldiers in harm's way. We did not do that lightly. No 
great Nation which expects to be respected will send its soldiers into 
harm's way with a half-hearted commitment to them.
  When I talk to those soldiers, as I did recently at the 231st 
birthday of the United States Army over at the Jefferson Memorial, and 
I talked to those soldiers and we were discussing these kinds of 
deadlines and policies and directives to set forth plans as to how the 
war should be conducted, one of them said to me, Senator, let me tell 
you what we want. We want to win. And I have talked to families who 
lost loved ones in Iraq, and they tell me every time--it is amazing--my 
son was doing what he believed in, what he wanted to do.
  I submit we owe them the responsibility to be faithful to them and 
not to dishonor their sacrifice by cutting and running when it is not 
time to do so. I believe that very, very sincerely.
  So I would just say to my colleagues, I can see how we have 
differences of opinion, and I understand that. I remember the debate 
and I remember the vote I cast and I knew it was very serious. No 
Nation that desires its own self-respect or the respect of other 
nations can be flippant about those kinds of matters. When you make a 
commitment, you stay the course.
  Iraq has formed a new government completely now. They have a 
parliament. They have elected all their ministers. They have their 
interior and defense ministers in place. They are determined to 
continue to grow and strengthen their Army and their security forces.
  I believe they still need American help to get over that hump and be 
successful. We should not disregard the advice of our military leaders 
and set an artificial date, not connected to military and political 
reality in Iraq, for leaving Iraq. I think that would be the very wrong 
thing to do. And nothing could be more corrosive to our self-confidence 
as a Nation or to our own military than to prematurely give up on the 
opportunity we have to create a good and stable government in Iraq.
  Mr. President, I yield the floor.
  Mr. CHAMBLISS. Mr. President, could I inquire how much time is 
remaining?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Six minutes.
  Mr. CHAMBLISS. Mr. President, I rise tonight in opposition to this 
amendment. As I have thought about this over the last several days, I 
believe it is critically important that we bring this issue up for 
debate. The Senator from Massachusetts, frankly, is to be commended for 
doing so. We could have eased through this bill without having this 
debate and the American people would not have had the opportunity to 
hear where we are, what is going on, and in particular why those of us 
who think it is important that we move ahead continue to do so.
  First of all, when the President spoke to a joint session of Congress 
following September 11, he said we were going to be engaging in an 
entirely different form of military conflict than we had ever been 
engaged in before, and it was going to be a war on terror which was 
going to be a long and enduring war. He has been exactly right. We 
ultimately moved into Afghanistan, and liberated the people of 
Afghanistan. We took out hundreds if not thousands of terrorists in 
that country, and ultimately the decision was made to liberate the 
people of Iraq, and we have done that. It is about this conflict that, 
in the minds of a lot of Americans, the question is still being asked, 
How much longer is this going to go on?
  I remind the folks of America that the President did say it is going 
to be a long and enduring war. That is the case. The reason it is going 
to be a long and enduring war is because this is an unconventional war 
in every sense of the word. It would be nice if we had tanks on the 
battlefield or artillery being fired at an enemy over the hill. But we 
are never going to see that in this war on terrorism. It is being 
fought in the back alleys of Baghdad and Mosul and Tikrit, in towns 
that were foreign to anybody in America before we moved into Iraq and 
made the march to Baghdad. That is the kind of war which is going to 
continue to be fought.
  The people of Iraq know that well. They have suffered as much if not 
more than any country in that region that has had a conflict like this. 
I say that because we all remember Desert Storm and what happened in 
Kuwait. We all remember what has been happening daily in that part of 
the world, whether it is Jordan or whether it is Israel or Egypt or 
some other part of that region of the world. The people of Iraq have 
truly suffered. They understand that America has made a sacrifice, and 
they understand that, were it not for the American soldier coming in to 
liberate them, they would not be in the condition they are today, which 
frankly is a pretty positive condition--both economically as well as 
otherwise.
  Are there bad things happening? Sure. There are going to continue to 
be bad things happening. The one thing about war is there is nothing 
pleasant about it. There is nothing good about war. But at the end of 
the day, America has always stood tall in military conflicts. America 
has carried the day. America has always achieved victory, and victory 
means a democratic form of government in Iraq being formed. It means a 
unified government, which we have seen taking place in Iraq recently. 
It means taking out the bad guys, from a leadership standpoint all the 
way down. That is happening in Iraq every single day.
  Recently, we saw the takeout of their leader, Zarqawi. That happened 
in a short period of time. But were it not for the first American 
soldier to set foot in Iraq and start the motion in process, that would 
not have happened the way it did 2 weeks ago. It will happen again. 
Whoever is next in line will ultimately be brought to justice or have 
justice physically brought to them at the hands of the American 
soldier.
  We are in a situation today where we are discussing whether we ought 
to pull our troops out of there--whether we talk about next week, next 
month, or next year. In my opinion, that sends the wrong message to the 
Iraqi people. It sends the wrong message to the terrorists. And it 
sends the wrong message to the world. It is a different message from 
what the American military

[[Page S6253]]

and America itself has ever sent to any enemy with which we have been 
engaged in combat.
  We are having successes today, successes that are brought about 
because of sacrifices--in a lot of cases the ultimate sacrifice. That 
has always been the American way. While we grieve for those families 
who have made that ultimate sacrifice, they are going to be satisfied 
only when their ultimate sacrifice is rewarded with full and complete 
victory in the war on terror.
  I believe it is important that we have this debate. It is important 
that the American people understand we truly are winning this war and 
that the wins are not measured by victories on the battlefield every 
day, but the victory is being measured by winning the hearts and minds 
of the Iraqi people. The victory is being measured by the folks who are 
achieving success inside Iraq, from a military standpoint, from a 
governmental standpoint, and from an economic standpoint.
  I urge my colleagues to look at these motions very carefully, both of 
them, and that we defeat both motions.
  I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The time of the majority has expired. The 
Senator from Virginia.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I express my appreciation to the Senator 
from Georgia. He is a very valued member of the Armed Services 
Committee, as is Senator Thune, who spoke earlier, as was Senator 
Sessions.
  I think we have had a good debate. We are prepared to continue that 
debate as long as it is desired. We are here to stay. We feel very 
strongly about these issues, you know. I do not want to invade the time 
of my good friend.
  I yield the floor at this time, and I will follow him.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Massachusetts.
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, I wonder if it will be possible to let the 
Senator from New Jersey speak for about 15 minutes and then I resume 
the floor?
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, if that is with no objection, the next 30 
minutes is under the Senator's control.
  Mr. KERRY. I understand I have unlimited time at this time, Mr. 
President? There is no time limit on me?
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. There is no time limit.
  Mr. WARNER. That is correct.
  Mr. KERRY. I just yield him 15 minutes. I don't intend to talk all 
night, but I hope to have the chance to speak.
  Mr. WARNER. I hope we have a rotation.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Without objection, it is so ordered.
  The Senator from New Jersey.
  Mr. MENENDEZ. Mr. President, to decide our future in Iraq, we must 
first understand our past in Iraq.
  Frankly, I never believed this administration's false arguments about 
why we should go to war in Iraq. And I believe this administration has 
never had a strategy for success in Iraq.
  That's why I voted against the war in Iraq.
  The Bush administration led us into this war based on false premises 
and false promises.
  The Bush administration invaded Iraq without the troop numbers needed 
to complete the job.
  The Bush administration failed to provide the troops with the 
equipment they needed letting them go into Iraq without proper body 
armor or properly armored vehicles
  The Bush administration failed to create a real international 
coalition so that the United States wouldn't have to bear the highest 
cost in blood and national treasure.
  And President Bush went into the war without a plan to win the peace.
  This was a war of choice, not a war of necessity.
  The Bush administration's record in Iraq represents a massive failure 
of leadership--a massive failure of Presidential leadership.
  Let me be clear. While I did not support the war, I have always 
supported the troops on the battlefield. Our troops have succeeded in 
the tasks they were given. They have fought for freedom and security in 
the most difficult of situations. They have risked their lives to 
protect ours. And the Nation is indebted to them for their service.
  In New Jersey, over 3,169 New Jerseyans are serving in Iraq or 
Afghanistan and 71 service members with ties to New Jersey have made 
the ultimate sacrifice for our country in Iraq or Afghanistan and our 
thoughts and prayers are with them and their families. Obviously, our 
troops are committed to this call to duty. They have not questioned the 
why, or the wherefore, they have simply, honorably, and valiantly 
answered the call of their country.
  But we are all living with the consequences of this failure in 
Presidential leadership today:
  Iraq continues to explode with sectarian violence.
  Reconstruction efforts have not restored Iraq to prewar levels of oil 
production, security concerns continue to impede progress, while 
accusations of contractor corruption continue.
  We have not been able to internationalize the effort of training and 
security in Iraq because of the administration's closed-minded decision 
to keep countries from helping with reconstruction unless they 
supported the administration's decision to go to war.
  On top of the other failures, the administration refused to engage in 
real diplomacy to create regional security with Iraq's neighbors.
  The United States has spent nearly $319 billion in Iraq. Our monthly 
burn rate is over $8 billion. Over 2,500 American lives have been lost, 
over 18,500 soldiers have been wounded--many of them severely.
  And we were all horrified to hear the news just yesterday that two 
U.S. soldiers, PFC Kristian Menchaca from Houston, TX and PFC Thomas 
Lowell Tucker, from Madras, OR, were kidnapped and slaughtered by the 
insurgents.
  My heart goes out to the families of these soldiers and to all who 
have lost loved ones in Iraq.
  I believe we have paid a heavy price for the war in Iraq--in blood 
and in national treasure.
  But we must account for not only the literal cost of the war but also 
what we have not done because of the war--the opportunity cost of the 
war in Iraq.
  We also cannot forget that our fight against terrorism started where 
it should have in Afghanistan. But because of the President's war in 
Iraq, this administration then took our eye off the ball in 
Afghanistan.
  The administration never finished the job in Afghanistan, the 
birthplace of the Taliban, the home to al-Qaida, the land of Osama bin 
Laden, and the place where the attacks of 9/11 were planned.
  This was the right place to pursue the national security of the 
United States. It was in Afghanistan that the murderers of September 11 
were located. We had Osama bin Laden pinned down in the mountains of 
Tora Bora. But instead of having a large contingent of the best 
trained, best equipped, most technologically advanced military in the 
world go after him, we outsourced the job to Afghanistan warlords. The 
result? Osama bin Laden got away.
  Many of us have been horrified as we have watched the resurgence of 
the Taliban and strong anti-American sentiment in Afghanistan.
  During just the past few weeks, over 250 people have been killed in 
the upsurge in violence and we see techniques borrowed from Iraq, like 
the use of improvised explosive devices, now being used in Afghanistan.
  According to the New York Times, Pentagon officials say that 32 
suicide bombs have been exploded in 2006, which is already 6 more than 
exploded in all of 2005. Roadside bombings are up 30 percent over last 
year and the Taliban are fighting in groups triple the size of last 
year. Just this Monday, we heard reports that the Taliban used women 
and children as human shields during a fierce firefight with British 
troops. And after a deadly traffic accident involving the U.S. 
military, an anti-American riot exploded in Kabul last month. 
Meanwhile, Bin Laden makes his tapes and remains free.
  President Bush's war has also hurt us here at home. The fact is that 
because of the cost of President Bush's war at almost $319 billion, we 
cannot afford to take care of some of the basic needs of our citizens 
here at home. This administration is cutting funds for firefighters, 
for education, for our seniors, for healthcare, and for homeland 
security funding in New Jersey and New York to protect our ports and 
our transit systems. They are underfunding the very veterans who are 
securing our

[[Page S6254]]

country and who come back from war wounded or traumatized. The Bush 
administration is cutting funding to all of these people--our nurses, 
teachers, and seniors--while spending billions in Iraq every month.
  As we start a new hurricane season, I look back on Hurricane Katrina 
and I see the terrible price the people of the Gulf Coast paid when 
their National Guard troops were away in Iraq and unable to protect 
them here at home. Our homeland is simply less secure when our National 
Guard and Reserves are being kept in permanent rotation away in Iraq.
  Clearly, it is time to change the course; we need a new direction in 
Iraq.
  That's why I am supporting the Levin and Kerry amendments today.
  The Senate has already spoken saying that 2006 must be a year of 
transition. That is why the Levin amendment says that we must begin 
transitioning out troops now while still protecting our people and 
helping with security. With the Levin amendment, we make it clear that 
the time has come to change the course, rather than stay the course.
  I am also supporting Senator Kerry's amendment which takes the first 
and most important step by setting a date of July 1, 2007 to have all 
U.S. troops transition except those critical to training Iraqi security 
forces, working on specialized counterterrorism operations, and 
protecting our U.S. personnel and facilities, like our embassy.
  Let us be clear. This amendment does not say we should remove all of 
our troops from Iraq right now.
  With this amendment, we are saying that it is time for Iraqis to take 
responsibility for their own destiny.
  With this amendment, we are sending a message that over the course of 
the next year, the Iraqis must take full control of their own country, 
their own security, and their own future.
  With this amendment, we are saying that we respect the message of the 
Iraqis' own elected, sovereign government. At a time when the Iraqis 
have put in place the entire cabinet of the elected government of Prime 
Minister Maliki; at a time when the United States and coalition forces 
have trained and equipped more than 116,000 Iraqi soldiers and more 
than 148,000 Iraqi police and other security forces; at a time when 
sectarian violence has taken over terrorism as the most serious 
security threat in Iraq; at a time when 69 out of the 102 army combat 
battalions, are either soon able to take the lead or able to operate 
independently, isn't it time for the Iraqis to start taking 
responsibility for their own destiny?
  In fact, the Iraqis have made this point themselves. The Iraqi 
National Security Adviser Mowaffak al-Rubaie said in a Washington Post 
article this week:

       Iraq has to grow out of the shadow of the United States and 
     the coalition, take responsibility for its own decisions, 
     learn from its own mistakes, and find Iraqi solutions to 
     Iraqi problems, with the knowledge that our friends and 
     allies are standing by with support and help should we need 
     it.

  He also said that the eventual removal of coalition troops ``will 
help the Iraqis, who now see foreign troops as occupiers rather than 
the liberators they were meant to be'' and that ``the removal of 
foreign troops will legitimize Iraq's government in the eyes of its 
people.'' Iraqi Prime Minister Maliki supports a transfer of 
responsibility for 16 out of 18 provinces by the end of 2006 and his 
security adviser believes that we can reduce coalition forces to less 
than 100,000 by the end of this year with most of the multinational 
force gone. The Iraqis are clearly saying that they are ready for this 
transition to happen.
  A few days ago, Republican Senators made a great deal of Iraqi 
sovereignty when I, and Senator Nelson, proposed a Sense of the Senate 
amendment that urged the government of Iraq not to grant amnesty for 
those who had killed U.S. soldiers.
  We heard a lot about sovereignty.
  If the Iraqis are to be respected as a sovereign government, as many 
argued on the floor of the Senate a few days ago, shouldn't we respect 
their knowledge and wishes as it relates to the very issue of troop 
redeployment and their ability to sustain their own security?
  It is only when the Iraqis and the rest of the world know there is a 
certain timeframe for a real transition that they will make the hard 
choices, negotiations, and compromises to maintain a stable government 
of national unity. It is time for the U.S. to cap the open-ended 
commitment of U.S. forces in Iraq and to ``remove the training wheels'' 
on the Iraqi security forces. The sooner the Iraqi security forces 
believe they are fighting for their country, the sooner they help stop 
the sectarian violence. Until that happens, the fledgling Iraqi 
Government will continue to rely on U.S. forces to keep them from 
making the difficult decisions and taking tough actions. It is time for 
the Iraqis to step up to the plate.

  Clearly, it is essential to set a date certain for transition so that 
Iraqis will take responsibility for their country.
  It is also essential to set this date certain for transition so that 
the international community will start to take responsibility for 
reconstruction and security in Iraq, as well.
  The United States cannot go it alone; we must internationalize 
reconstruction, security, and create an international process to end 
sectarian violence. It is in everyone's interest to create a stable and 
secure Iraq. That is why I support the proposed Summit in Senator 
Kerry's amendment which brings together all of the players--the EU, 
NATO, the UN, and Iraq's neighbors--to come up with a plan to solve the 
political problems, to deal with the militias, and to revive 
reconstruction efforts.
  And this Summit will also deal with a key issue to Iraq's stability--
oil. Ultimately, all parties need to be brought in to the process and 
share the oil profits whether through a national fund or some form of 
revenue sharing. We cannot forget that Iraq has the fourth largest oil 
reserves in the world. The goal is to reduce insurgent attacks, improve 
security along the pipeline and create strong oversight over current 
pipeline reconstruction. The Iraqis need a stable income stream to 
restore economic stability and help pay for reconstruction and security 
so we must get oil production back above prewar levels.
  I also believe that our worldwide troop deployment must reflect our 
priorities in the fight against terrorism. Senator Kerry's amendment 
creates an over-the-horizon troop presence in case we need to deal with 
other terrorist issues or regional security issues. With the reduction 
of troops in Iraq we will be able to redeploy certain troops to other 
key areas, such as Afghanistan. And we will also be able to bring our 
National Guard and Reserves home to prevent another terrorist attack on 
our soil and to help during natural disasters.
  Let me conclude by saying that there are those who want to politicize 
the war to present the American people with a false choice--either stay 
the course by keeping our troops in Iraq or empower the terrorists by 
cutting and running. I would ask all of you not to fall into the trap 
of this false choice or simplistic solutions.
  Let me be clear, this amendment is not a simplistic choice to leave 
Iraq today and to let it fall into the hands of the terrorists.
  With this amendment, we will begin to fulfill the transition the 
Senate voted for and the Iraqis have said they intend to pursue.
  With this amendment, we are voting to leave sufficient troops in Iraq 
at the end of that year to fight counterterrorism, to finish training 
Iraqi forces, and to protect our people and our embassy.
  With this amendment, we are voting to put troops over-the horizon in 
case of other terrorist activity or regional conflict.
  With this amendment, we are voting to create regional stability and 
get the international community to the table.

[[Page S6255]]

  With this amendment, we are voting to get our National Guard home to 
keep us safe and secure in our cities and towns.
  With this amendment, we are voting to finish the job in Afghanistan.
  With this amendment, we are changing the course of events in Iraq--a 
change of course that will still meet our objectives, save American 
lives, and ensure our ability to both protect our people at home and 
meet the other challenges we have as a nation.
  Let us remember that this was a war of choice, not a war of 
necessity.
  Let us remember what this administration has told us about this war.
  Let us remember the unfound weapons of mass destruction; remember the 
missing mobile weapons labs; remember the yellow-cake uranium in 
Africa; remember Saddam's nonexistent vast stockpiles of chemical 
weapons; remember when Secretary Rumsfeld told us that, ``We know where 
the WMDs are;'' remember the non-existent link between al-Qaida and 
Saddam; remember the claims that Iraqi oil and other countries, not the 
U.S. taxpayer, would pay for the cost of reconstruction; remember when 
the administration told us that the war would cost somewhere between 
$50 and $60 billion; remember when Paul Wolfowitz said that ``it seems 
outlandish'' to think that we would need several hundred thousand 
troops in Iraq; and let us remember when President Bush told us on May 
1, 2003 that ``Major combat operations in Iraq have ended'' while he 
stood in front of a sign that said ``mission accomplished.''
  Let us remember the lies.
  So I ask: Are we willing to continue to sacrifice the lives of young 
Americans so that this same administration can stay the course, a 
course without direction, for a cause that President Bush has already 
said that he will abandon to the next president? I hope not.
  I will say again, do not fall into the political trap and rhetoric 
from those who will try to mischaracterize this amendment.
  I voted against the Iraq war when many on the other side tried to 
falsely characterize those of us who didn't believe the evidence that 
the administration presented, who thought we should work through the 
international process, who didn't believe the administration had done 
any postwar planning. For standing up for what we believed in, they 
tried to mischaracterize us as anti-American and unpatriotic. I was 
willing to take a difficult stand, and stand up for what I believed was 
right for the country and for the people of New Jersey. That is why I 
voted against the war.
  Today, with over 2,500 lives lost, almost $320 billion spent in 
national treasure, with $8 billion used each month, I know I made the 
right decision.
  The Senate has an opportunity to act now, to enact a policy worthy of 
the sacrifice of our soldiers.
  And that is why I am voting for the Kerry and Levin amendments.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Massachusetts.
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, I thank the Senator from New Jersey for a 
really excellent summary and a terrific statement about what this is 
about and what is at stake. I thank him also for in the short time he 
has been here he has really proven to be indispensable for a number of 
different debates we have had and for his work in the last few days on 
no amnesty for those who have killed Americans. It had a major impact 
on our policy. We thank him so much for that contribution.
  Mr. President, I think one of the important things that the Senator 
from New Jersey just said is let us remember what this amendment is 
really about.
  I have sat here and listened to this nondebate for a little while. 
When Senators used to be able to question each other, we used to be 
able to have a dialog on the floor. It seems to me that is the best way 
to test each other's thinking.
  What is interesting to me is that a number of Senators came to the 
floor to make these grand pronouncements about our country, about war 
on terror, about our troops. And none of us in the U.S. Senate would 
disagree that our troops are the best troops in the world and that they 
have made an extraordinary sacrifice. None of us would disagree. We are 
a great country and a great democracy. None of us disagree that we 
don't need to fight against terrorists to win the war on terror. That 
is not the issue.
  A lot of other people are getting tired of that sort of game, of 
trying to characterize things as they aren't.
  The Senator from South Dakota said that we shouldn't telegraph to the 
enemy and to the terrorists. Of course, we shouldn't telegraph to the 
enemy and terrorists. What are we telegraphing? We are there. They know 
it. They are killing our soldiers to some degree but lesser than the 
insurgency today.
  The point that people need to really focus on is the fact that what 
has happened in Iraq is not what was originally billed. This is the 
third war. It is a different war from the war we went into.
  The war that the Senator from Alabama, Mr. Sessions, described was 
the war against Saddam Hussein as an enforcement mechanism of weapons 
of mass destruction. And they weren't there. There is a whole history 
of that being about a war of choice as opposed to a war of necessity.
  That then transitioned because Zarqawi and company and a bunch of 
foreigners were attracted by the fact that we were there. We made a 
great target. So they started to use that target. And, indeed, it 
became a haven for some terrorists.
  But every single analyst who I have talked to--and I know the 
chairman knows this--says that there are about 1,000 or less of the 
foreign terrorists in Iraq. Ninety-eight percent of what is happening 
in Iraq today is Iraqi on Iraqi.
  When they come to the floor and say to us we are going to telegraph 
something to the terrorists, who are we telegraphing something to? The 
Shias who hate Sunnis, the Sunnis who hate Shias who are killing each 
other?
  What are our troops supposed to be about? Drive down the street and 
find an IED and get blown up? Wait for a suicide bomber to come into an 
outpost and kill them?
  The bottom line is that either the Iraqis are going to resolve the 
differences between Iraqis or we are going to see people dying for a 
long, long time.
  When we talk about the war on terror, let's talk about the real war 
on terror which never was in Iraq. Yes, it is now part of the war on 
terror. It has been made part of the war on terror because foreign 
terrorists have been attracted there because the American target is 
there and because they know they can feed into the sectarian violence 
and use it against us.
  What is smart if you are going to try to deal with that? How do you 
win? Do you think I want to win any less than the Senator from Alabama 
or the Senator from Georgia? I believe in winning. I believe in winning 
for America and I believe in winning for our troops, and I don't think 
this is a winning strategy. It is not a winning strategy in Iraq, and 
it is not a winning strategy in the war on terror.
  All you have to do is look at al-Qaida and what they are doing in 60 
to 80 countries around the world. Look at what happened in Somalia the 
other day? Are we dealing with that? Are we dealing with Darfur? Are we 
dealing with North Korea? It took us until this year to sit down with 
our own allies, Great Britain, Germany and France, and actually try to 
do the diplomatic work of dealing with Iran.
  For 3\1/5\ years we sat on the sidelines and allowed Iran to become 
more of a problem.
  Is that winning the war on terror?
  What about the 60 percent of the kids in Saudi Arabia and Egypt and 
Jordan and other countries that are under the age of 25, 50 percent 
under the age of 18, 40 percent under the age of 14, and the unemployed 
and uneducated and unemployable? They are going to go down to madrasas 
and learn how to hate people while the United States remains a big, fat 
target in the Middle East.
  Ask our foreign policy experts. I don't know whether it was Foreign 
Affairs or another magazine, but one of them did that just the other 
day.
  Eighty-seven percent of the people, when asked, said we are less safe 
today in the war on terror than we were; 87 percent of the experts of 
the United States, including people like General Brent Scowcroft and 
others who I know the chairman has great respect for.

[[Page S6256]]

  This is not a question of whether we want to beat terrorists. This is 
a question of whether we are doing it the right way and whether we know 
how to do this right.
  Show me in this resolution, in this amendment, where it says all 
troops out in 1 year. It doesn't. A lot of people are upset at that. 
They think it ought to, but it doesn't. Show me where it says we are 
finished altogether, and we are walking away from Iraq. It does not say 
it.
  It says we are going to leave sufficient people there to finish the 
training, to go after al-Qaida, over the horizon to have the capacity 
to be able to protect our interests in the region, and it says we will 
protect American facilities.
  This is not cut and run. This is a smart way to win the war on 
terror. Our own generals--and I know the chairman has heard it; I know 
others have heard it--know that they believe our presence is 
contributing to the problems. It contributes to the sense of 
occupation. It contributes to the--whether it is Abu Ghraib or 
Guantanamo Bay or Haditha, those all contribute to the recruitment of 
terrorists against the United States.
  Our intelligence people will tell every Member of the Senate that 
currently there are al-Qaida-trained operatives leaving Iraq, trained 
in munitions, trained in IEDs, going to Europe and elsewhere in order 
to wreak the havoc of the future.
  We are not doing the job. We are not doing the job correctly. Let's 
have a real debate, not a false debate, about something this resolution 
is not.
  Moreover, in listening to my colleagues, one of them talked about 
what his vote meant and the vote he casts to hold Saddam Hussein 
accountable. I remember what my vote was. I remember what I said in the 
Senate when I voted. I voted reluctantly based on what Colin Powell, 
Secretary of State, and others said they were going to do: Exhaust the 
remedies of inspections at the United Nations, not cut them short; go 
to war as a last resort, not as a rush; do the adequate planning, not 
ignore the State Department plan for what you do to win the peace.
  I hear colleagues come to the Senate and say: We shouldn't tell this 
administration what to do. Their record demands that we tell them what 
to do. Congress helped get us into this mess, and Congress ought to 
help get us out of it. We are partly responsible.
  I have heard my colleagues talk about troops they talk to. We all 
talk to troops. We have all talked to families. I will be honest about 
it, I hear both things. I hear troops whose families have said to me: 
Make sure my son or daughter did not die in vain. I agree with what the 
Senator from Wisconsin said earlier about that. I think anyone who 
serves their country at the call of the Nation never dies in vain.
  I have heard troops who have come back and said to me: We are making 
progress. We ought to be doing more of this, more of that, more of the 
PRTs, more of a number of different other projects. But I have also met 
a lot of troops who are coming back who believe they do not know what 
the mission is; they think the war is wrong and they think a lot of the 
troops just want to come home. That is where they are. It is a mixture.
  Our question, our judgment, is to try to see through that, try to be 
intelligent and genuine in trying to work out what is the best policy. 
I have come to the conclusion that the reason for setting a date--I was 
not there 2 years ago. Why wasn't I there 2 years ago? Because 2 years 
ago we didn't have all the elections, we did not have a referendum, we 
did not have the Constitution, we did not have an elected government, 
we had not made some of the progress, and we had not transitioned to a 
civil sectarian struggle. We then still saw things as fundamentally 
foreign jihadists. Because of all the mistakes that have been made, 
that transition is now a matter of history.
  I believe deeply, based on what I am hearing from military personnel, 
based on what I see personally, and based on my own experience where I 
fought with foreigners in another country, where we were trying to 
stand them up and get them to go out and do the job, that as long as we 
are there and prepared to do the job for them, they won't do it 
adequately. You have to push people out into that kind of situation.
  The bottom line, can we do it the way we are muddling along? 
Possibly. I heard a couple of colleagues come to the Senate and say 
there were some who have decided that this is lost and we just have to 
go. I haven't. I believe there are ways, hopefully, to pull something 
together that has a sufficiently stable government that we can go 
forward to the other issues of the Middle East.
  I will tell you this, and this I know for certain: If we make this 
successful muddling along, as we are doing now, it is going to cost us 
more lives, more limbs, and more dollars than if we did what is in this 
plan. That I know to a certainty. I also know to a certainty that 
unless we are prepared to do the diplomacy necessary, we cannot resolve 
the fundamental underpinnings of this insurgency.
  I talked to General Zinni the other day to ask his advice. He doesn't 
agree with me setting a date, so I will be upfront about that, but he 
certainly cited unbelievable dismay at the lack of adequacy of 
consultation in the region, at the lack of effort to put together a 
regional security arrangement, at the lack of diplomacy that is trying 
to resolve the fundamental differences and work bilaterally in an 
intensive way to pull people to the table to try to deal with this.
  One thing I know, when you have a 20-percent minority Sunni 
population who for 200 years has run the country and now suddenly they 
are not, but some of them are still committed to doing it, if you do 
not give them a sufficient stake, you are not going to resolve this 
problem. And, at the same time, you have the Shias who are 60 percent 
of the population who for 200 years have been oppressed by this 20 
percent minority, and they won at the ballot box because we gave them 
at the ballot box the opportunity to have power, and they want to hold 
on to it. That is natural.
  But if they want to go the full distance of what they want to do, we 
have a serious long-term problem. That is what we are supposed to 
resolve in the next few months.
  The Senator from Delaware is absolutely correct in his description of 
the tensions that have to be resolved. I disagree with the Senator with 
respect to the question of whether there is a plan. This amendment is a 
plan. It is a plan for standing up the Iraqis. It is a plan for 
creating accountability. It is a plan for shifting responsibility to 
the Iraqi Government to bolster their sovereignty and empower the 
Government in the eyes of the Iraqi people. It is a plan for how to 
begin to redeploy troops to protect our interests in the region at the 
same time as you stand up their military. And, most importantly, it is 
a plan for what you do with the Arab League, with the Secretary General 
of the United Nations, with the neighbors and with the factions in Iraq 
in order to resolve the fundamental differences. It specifically 
requires reaching a comprehensive political agreement for Iraq that 
engenders the support of Sunnis, Shias, and Kurds and ensures equitable 
distribution of oil, strengthens the internal security, disbans 
militias, revives reconstruction efforts, fulfills related 
international economic aid commitments, secures Iraq's borders, and 
provides for a sustainable Federalist structure in Iraq.

  That is a plan. And the only way to arrive at any plan, whether it is 
the Senator from Delaware or anyone else, is to pull the parties 
together and do the diplomacy necessary. Never in the 21 years I have 
been here have I seen as significant an issue of war and peace, life 
and death, as significant an absence of fundamental diplomacy as there 
is here. Never. It does not come close to the efforts of other 
generations.
  There is 200 years of American history being turned topsy-turvy. It 
is hurting us on the war on terror. When September 11 happened, the 
whole world was with us--the whole world. Newspaper headlines said: We 
are all Americans now. That was the atmosphere after September 11. And 
the whole world understood why we had to go to Afghanistan. And every 
single one of us voted for that, understood it, and supported it.
  But Iraq is different. Iraq had nothing to do with Afghanistan at the 
time, nothing to do with September 11, and everyone knows it.

[[Page S6257]]

  So why are we here talking about requiring this administration to do 
something? Why don't you think about the history. When they could have 
demanded and relied on accurate information instead of manipulated 
intelligence, they made a willful choice not to do that. They were 
wrong. Instead, they sacrificed American credibility at home and 
abroad. The result of that is the ``We are all Americans now'' was 
squandered. It disappeared.
  Ask any American citizen who travels abroad now how comfortable they 
feel as they travel. Ask any American businessman what happens to them 
when they travel in other parts of the world.
  When this administration could have given the inspectors additional 
time to discover whether Saddam Hussein actually had weapons of mass 
destruction, when they could have taken time to exhaust the patience of 
our own allies and hold them accountable to the U.N. resolutions, 
instead they just broke off and said, OK, you go your way, we will go 
ours, and they exposed America to greater cost and greater sacrifice.
  When they could have paid attention to Ambassador Wilson's report, 
they chose not to. And they were wrong. Instead, they attacked him and 
they attacked his wife to justify attacking Iraq.
  But the mistakes were not limited to that decision to invade. They 
mounted, one upon the other. When they could have listened to General 
Shinseki and put in enough troops to maintain order, they chose not to. 
When they could have listened to Larry Lindsey and others who said it 
is going to cost $200 billion, they not only chose not to listen, they 
fired him. They were wrong.
  When they could have learned from George Herbert Walker Bush, Jim 
Baker and General Scowcroft and built a genuine world coalition, they 
chose not to. And they were wrong.
  When they could have implemented a detailed State Department plan for 
reconstructing post-Saddam Iraq, they chose not to. And they were 
wrong.
  When they could have protected American forces by guarding Saddam 
Hussein's ammo dumps where there were weapons of individual 
destruction, they exposed our young men and women to the ammo that now 
maims and kills them because they chose not to act. And they were 
wrong.
  When they could have imposed immediate order and structure in Baghdad 
after the fall of Saddam Hussein, Secretary Rumsfeld shrugged his 
shoulders and said, ``Baghdad was safer than Washington, DC,'' and he 
chose not to act, he was wrong.
  When the administration could have kept an Iraqi Army selectively 
intact, they chose not to. And they were wrong.
  When they could have kept an entire civil structure functioning to 
deliver basic services to Iraqi citizens, guess what. They chose not 
to. And they were wrong, and we are paying the price today.
  They could have accepted the offers of the United Nations and 
individual countries to provide on-the-ground peacekeepers and 
reconstruction. Guess what. In their arrogance about doing it alone, 
they chose not to, and so we are alone. They were wrong.

  When they should have leveled with the American people that the 
insurgency had grown, they chose not to. Vice President Cheney even 
absurdly claimed that the insurgency was in its last throes, and he 
repeated that again just a few days ago. He was wrong.
  Now, after all these mistakes, the administration likes to accuse 
anyone who proposes a better course of wanting to cut and run. Well, 
Mr. President, we are in trouble today because of the policy of cut-
and-run--cutting and running from common sense, cutting and running 
from history, cutting and running from cultural realities, cutting and 
running from the truth, cutting and running from the best advice of our 
military. And we are paying a huge price for that today.
  Mr. President, every single one of us is determined to win the war on 
terror. But we have to ask ourselves some tough questions about where 
we find ourselves today. I wonder, as we are told by a lot of people 
that--I think the President, just yesterday or the day before, said it 
was important to have Members of the U.S. Congress who will not wave 
the white flag of surrender in the war on terror.
  I think the President of the United States ought to stop acting as 
``Campaigner in Chief'' and start being Commander in Chief and start 
bringing the Congress together and the Nation together around a real 
policy.
  I don't know anybody waving a white flag. We are debating whether or 
not there is a better way to win the war on terror.
  I respectfully say to my colleagues, if we don't begin to pay 
attention, instead of over $2 billion every couple of days--every 2 
days, I think; it is about $8 billion a week; 8 billion bucks a week--
instead of $8 billion a week going to Iraq, we could be investing and 
working on a greater Middle Eastern initiative, working on economic 
development, working on schools, working on children's issues, working 
on a future with respect to future terrorists.
  The fact is, we are not going to succeed at this if all we do is go 
out there and alienate people. I have heard from soldiers over the last 
weekend. I was with three medics who have came back, and they are all 
against the war, those three medics. They are out there in America 
right now talking to people about why they are against the war. They 
said: When you go into a house at night, and you are holding guns, and 
you are scaring people in that house, and you leave that house, they 
don't like you. You are not winning their hearts and minds.
  I cannot tell you how familiar that is to the same experience we saw 
and went through years ago in hamlets throughout Southeast Asia. It 
just does not work the way they are doing it.
  We could ask the question, legitimately: How many lives have been 
lost because of the ineptitude of this strategy? How many lives have 
been lost? And how many people have been maimed and wounded because we 
did not provide the body armor to our troops? You want to talk about 
patriotism? How many troops were killed or wounded by the shells and 
the weapons that came from the ammo dumps that we were not smart enough 
to protect? How many lives have been lost and how many limbs have been 
amputated because there were not enough troops in the beginning in 
order to provide people with the support and safety and the control of 
the country? How much bigger and more dangerous is al-Qaida today 
because we outsourced the job of capturing him at Tora Bora to Afghans 
instead of using the First Marines or the 10th Mountain Division or 
even the SEALs who were there?
  We are where we are today in this war on terror because of 
misjudgments. And I believe those misjudgments continue.
  How many times have we heard that we are turning the corner or that 
this is a moment of turning the corner, and yet momentum was lost? 
Momentum was lost after the elections. Momentum was lost after the 
passage of the Constitution. Momentum was lost in the last months while 
we waited and waited and waited for Iraqi politicians to stop playing 
around and form a government.
  I do not think our soldiers deserve that interim period, personally. 
And the question now is, how do you best protect our troops? How do you 
best secure our objectives? How do you best deal with the problem of an 
Iraq where Iraqis need to defend their own rights and interests?
  Americans cannot do it for them. Yes, we can provide backup. Yes, we 
can provide insurance against a total implosion. Yes, we can provide 
security with respect to the efforts to go after al-Qaida. And our 
amendment contemplates all of that. But it also contemplates a 
transition based on experience.
  The Iraqis needed a deadline for the transfer of authority to the 
Provisional Government. The Iraqis needed a deadline for the 
Constitution. They needed a deadline for their elections. They needed a 
deadline for their own formation of a government. They even have a 
self-imposed deadline for the transition of the Constitution in 
these next months.

  Why then, when the Iraqis themselves are saying they can take over 
their security, when the Iraqi Government itself says withdrawing 
American troops would be helpful, would we not coordinate with the 
Iraqi Government a drawdown that makes it clear that we are standing 
them up?

[[Page S6258]]

  Now, speaking of the stand-up, I thought the policy of our 
Government--how many times have we heard it from the President: ``As 
they stand up, we will stand down.'' He announced that in a speech to 
the American people. He has announced it in press conferences.
  Well, here we are. In the trips I made to Iraq, General Petraeus, and 
his now successor, showed us charts that indicated 272,000 was the goal 
to train and equip. We are now at 264,600. That is as of June 14, 2006. 
The goal was 272,000.
  Now, I think they moved the goal out to 325,000. But notwithstanding, 
how many have stood down? If the goal is to stand down as they stand 
up, and we have stood up 264,000--incidentally, in addition to the 
264,000, there are 144,000 facilities protection service personnel 
working in 27 ministries. So you have a total of almost 400,000 Iraqis 
trained and equipped. And where is the stand-down?
  I believe it is essential to accelerate this transition. That is the 
only way to reduce the targeting of our troops. It is the only way to 
invest other countries in the reality that the United States will not 
always be there, and they need to take a stake in their own region.
  Right now, because of the way they feel about this administration, 
and because we are simply there ``staying the course,'' they have no 
compulsion whatsoever to come to the table. The only way you are going 
to bring them to the table, in my judgment, is to change that equation.
  So we have a very significant, broad-based plan for an international 
diplomatic effort, beginning with bilateral, and working up, 
ultimately, through the bilateral to a summit that we know can be 
successful. That is the way in which we will invest in a new security 
arrangement for the region and protect the United States of America's 
long-term interests more effectively.
  Mr. President, I see that another colleague has come and would like 
to speak now. I just close by saying that----
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, before the Senator closes, I would like to 
say a word or two with him.
  Mr. KERRY. I would be delighted to do that.
  Mr. WARNER. You finish your closing and I will wait.
  Mr. KERRY. I would be happy to do so. I thank the distinguished 
chairman.
  Mr. President, I heard the Senator from South Dakota say that there 
are occasions when a generation faces a struggle between good and evil. 
I agree with that. There is good and there is evil in this world. And 
what radical fascist extremists are doing in the name of religion is 
evil. I know as well as anybody here in the Senate that we have to 
stand up to that. But we have to stand up to it in the best traditions 
and values of our country. We have to stand up to it in a way that 
brings people to our side and does not alienate them.
  It is incomprehensible to me that after these several years, where we 
started with ``we are all Americans'' post-9/11, and the world was at 
our side, that we have now seen radical, extreme terrorists isolate the 
United States of America in that particular part of the world. That is 
a failure of policy. And it is a failure that makes the United States 
of America less secure, not more.
  Some people have said: Well, if you tell the terrorists that we are 
leaving in a few days--whatever period of time--I remind them, we are 
not leaving altogether. We are going to leave our special forces 
personnel who are capable of taking out the terrorists.
  But the bottom line is that they are not waiting for anything today. 
We just lost two troops in the most brutal, horrible manner. They are 
not waiting now. And the fact is that unless we get Iraqis to resolve 
those issues I talked about, this will continue or even get worse.
  So ignoring all the warnings of history itself, in a moment of total 
ideological excess, this administration has managed to make the ancient 
cradle of civilization look a lot like Vietnam.
  I think there is a path forward. I think there is a better way to 
secure our interests. There is a better way to fight the war on terror. 
There is a better way to stand up to Iraq. There is a better way to 
respect their sovereignty. There is a better way to protect our troops.
  I hope the U.S. Senate will look carefully at that.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, first, I would say this has been a good 
debate. Say what you want. I listened very carefully to what you said, 
and there are certain elements with which I agree with you. You and I 
have known each other a long time. I have great respect for your 
military career, the accomplishments you have had. I think you often 
shared that with regard to my modest career.
  But I must say, I kind of bit my tongue here a few minutes ago when 
you said in our old days we used to have a colloquy and talked. I 
arrived on the floor of this Senate at around 9:30, when I first got 
here. It is exactly 12 hours now that I have been on this floor. And 
the first thing I said--and I don't want to personalize this--to the 
other side of the aisle was: Now, let's try to engage in a colloquy and 
exchange some views. I did say that since we were under a time 
constraint my questions would be charged to me, the replies from the 
other side charged to your side. It seemed to me fair enough. We had 5 
hours before us at that time. But I have to tell you, I was flatly 
turned down.

  So now, after 12 hours and your invitation to enter into a colloquy, 
I say to my good friend, you can ask me any question you wish. And I 
might start off with a question or two for you.
  Mr. KERRY. I would be delighted.
  Mr. President, let me just say to the distinguished chairman, I don't 
have a question for him because he has not said anything outrageous.
  Mr. WARNER. Beg your pardon?
  Mr. KERRY. I said, the Senator from Virginia has not said anything 
outrageous that begs a question at this point.
  But I will say this: I do understand the difficulties that the 
manager was under.
  Mr. WARNER. Well, that is history. We are here now. Why don't we make 
the best of it?
  Mr. KERRY. I know. But he had wanted more than 5 hours, as you know. 
We are where we are.
  Mr. WARNER. We are here now.
  Mr. KERRY. And I think he had more speakers than he was able to fit 
in.
  Mr. WARNER. Well, I must say, I shared that on this side, but I was 
willing to take the heat.
  Mr. KERRY. But I would be delighted to answer any questions.
  Mr. WARNER. All right. We have the opportunity, Senator. Is there 
anything you wish to ask of me? And I will ask a few of you.
  Mr. KERRY. Would the Senator not agree with me that the fundamental 
crisis of Iraq today is not particularly with Zarqawi having been 
killed and the treasure-trove of information we found--which, 
incidentally, happened because Iraqis gave Iraqis information and F-16s 
from outside came in and took him out. So there was an Iraqi component 
of that, which can still function with the setup that we are setting 
forward. But wouldn't the Senator agree, Mr. President, that the 
fundamental problem today is that 98 percent of the insurgency is Shia-
Sunni, Sunni-Shia sectarian violence, militias within the military?
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I don't know what that fraction is. But in 
discussions with senior military, clearly, they have said the 
insurgents, the foreign invaders, the others who have come in have 
dropped in terms of--somewhat--numbers of incidents. And, indeed, the 
sectarian violence--Sunni versus Shia, Kurds to some extent--has grown 
enormously. So I cannot qualify it. But the Senator is correct.
  And that leads me to my first question, because----
  Mr. KERRY. Can I just finish the question?
  Would the Senator then not agree that there are serious limits on 
what our troops can do to resolve sectarian violence?
  Mr. WARNER. Well, that remains to be seen. They are, right now, for 
example, in Baghdad, fighting side by side. A very significant number 
of Iraqi troops, together with the components of our troops, are trying 
to bring about a greater measure of stability and security in the very 
capital of this country.
  I think we should make known to those following the debate and those 
who listened to the debate with Senator Levin, Senator Levin's 
amendment was a sense of the Congress. The amendment of our colleague 
from Massachusetts very explicitly becomes law,

[[Page S6259]]

if it were adopted and eventually went into the bill and the bill 
survived the conference.
  The point I wish to make is, you are directing the President. For 
example, it says: The President shall redeploy, commencing in 2006, 
this year, United States forces from Iraq by July 1, 2007. So this is 
law. As we used to say in the old days, we are shooting real bullets 
with this one, not just a sense of the Congress.
  Throughout the debate, not only this one in the past day or two on 
this bill, but we have always, certainly, on this side, resisted 
timetables. You talk about putting together a summit. That is on page 
2, section (b), Iraq Summit: The President should work with the leaders 
of the Government of Iraq to convene a summit as soon as possible that 
includes those leaders, leaders of the governments of each of the 
countries bordering Iraq, representatives of the Arab League, the 
Secretary General of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization--I think 
that is important to have NATO in there--representatives of the 
European Union, and leaders of the governments of each permanent member 
of the United Nations Security Council, for the purpose of reaching a 
comprehensive political agreement for Iraq that engenders the support 
of the Sunnis, the Shias, and the Kurds by ensuring the equitable 
distribution of oil revenues--that is a very important point you make, 
disbanding the militias--another very important point, strengthening 
internal security, reviving reconstruction efforts and fulfilling 
related international economic aid commitments, securing Iraq's 
borders, and providing for a sustainable federalist structure in Iraq.
  Those are all important subjects, commendable goals. But first let's 
go back. It has taken the Iraqis 18 months since the first election in 
early 2005, through three elections, through the formation of the first 
permanent government. And the first permanent government is just, as 
you and I as old sailors would say, getting its sea legs. You start a 
conference like this--and I think it is a good idea--but the first 
question that is going to be asked is, can we proceed to achieve any of 
these goals if we have overhanging this the redeployment of our forces 
by July 1, 2007?
  Senator, that is a timetable. That is a concept which I and I think 
the majority in this Chamber have continuously rejected. How could you 
ask the other nations of the world to come in and begin to put their 
credit on the line, their dollars on the line, if you have this 
timetable to pull out the very foundation that is supporting such 
progress as has been achieved in the 18 months of getting the first 
government up and testing their sea legs?
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, that is a wonderful question and a very 
appropriate one. I really appreciate it. It gives me a chance to talk 
about the viability of this. First of all, may I remind the 
distinguished chairman what I just said a moment ago. We are at 
264,000. We have 144,000 more. That is 400,000 people prepared to go. 
They are in the streets now. We have 1 year to continue to work with 
them. Prime Minister Maliki has said himself that by the end of this 
year, in 16 out of 18 provinces they will be able to take over 
security. This is contemplated within the framework that the Prime 
Minister himself has adopted. This respects their sovereignty. It 
respects their capacity.
  Secondly, in my conversations with leaders in the region, as recently 
as this year, ranging from the President of Egypt to the King of Jordan 
and others, what I gleaned from those conversations is, they are 
waiting for a series of kind of diplomatic and business conference 
efforts that do get them invested and invest the whole region in an 
understanding that the United States is going to be leaving, and they 
need to begin to accept that reality.
  The longer we stay, the longer we delay their readiness and their 
need--let alone willingness--to come to the table. I respectfully 
suggest that it is within the framework of a year.
  We did the Dayton Accords in less time. Milosevic did not want to 
come to the table. President Clinton persuaded Yeltsin to create a 
pressure point that brought people there. In effect, we made things 
happen against people's will by creating the pressure. This is the same 
kind of situation.
  I say respectfully to the Senator, we have a far better chance of 
spending less money, losing less lives and being more effective in the 
war on terror if we pursue this than if we simply do what we are doing 
today.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, it might be the case, but I would be 
willing to make a modest wager with you that if you got this conference 
under way, the first thing that they would ask would be to suspend this 
timetable of July 1, 2007.
  Mr. KERRY. And if that were the case, and they were prepared to come 
to the table to resolve these issues and be part of this process, then 
the President could come back to us and we would respond accordingly. 
We are not stupid. We want to act in the best interest of our country. 
The question is, how do you begin to push people to a place where they 
realize they have to confront these realities?
  Secondly, the Senator's question makes a presumption that I just 
fundamentally disagree with and don't see in this amendment. That is if 
we pull out the foundation, I think the Senator said, we specifically 
say we arrive at a schedule coordinated with the Government of Iraq, 
leaving only the minimal number of forces that are critical to 
completing the mission of standing up Iraqi forces.
  I have asked the Senator from Virginia, what are we there for? What 
are we there to do? We are there to fight al-Qaida. We allow for that. 
We are there to stand up Iraqis for themselves. We allow that. And we 
are certainly there to protect American facilities. So what is it that 
is absent from here that would somehow pull out the foundation from 
anything?
  Mr. WARNER. I say to the Senator, I cannot see, for example, the 
governments of each country bordering Iraq suddenly beginning to rush 
in if they feel that a civil war could start. The pulling out of the 
troops, the setting of a timetable will be a signal to all of the 
various factions. I will concede it is the Shia against the Sunnis that 
is the major faction. Wait them out. Let's let the troops flow out and 
then we will topple this government with a civil war.
  It seems to me, I say to my colleague, you cannot expect these 
nations that border Iraq, the Arab League, I can't see that they would 
step up and say, we are willing to do everything. But wait a minute, 
coalition forces----
  Mr. KERRY. Let me say to the Senator, I know he doesn't want American 
troops in the middle of a civil war. I know he doesn't think that that 
is why we sent our troops there.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I share that concern, but----
  Mr. KERRY. That is where they are.
  Mr. WARNER. It is the presence of our troops today that is probably 
holding it back from becoming a civil war.
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, may I say respectfully, we will continue to 
be able to do that. Over the course of the next year, with over-the-
horizon capacity and with our ability to move in an emergency, we are 
not going away. We have plenty of troops in Kuwait. We could have 
plenty of troops over the horizon. That is not going to fall apart. The 
problem is that the tasks that the Senator is referring to, each of 
them are civilian tasks. They are political tasks. You don't need 
138,000 American troops as targets to complete those tasks when you 
have 400,000 Iraqis allegedly trained and equipped and prepared to 
defend their country.
  Let me ask the Senator: Did Iraq or did it not fight Iran for 10 
years within the last 25 years?
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I remember well that conflict because I 
was then on the Intelligence Committee.
  Mr. KERRY. And they lost a million people fighting for almost 10 
years for their country. These are the same people. Four years later we 
are still driving trucks down the street and our guys are taking IEDs. 
Are you telling me that they don't have people who can drive a truck? 
They don't have people to go out on patrol? Why aren't our people 
garrisoned and being held in reserve in case there is an implosion? 
What are we doing with our troops being the ones that have to go out? I 
don't get it. I believe there is a better way to wage this effort. That 
is what this amendment contemplates.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, we just disagree. I feel this government 
hasn't

[[Page S6260]]

been given a chance. It has only been 6 weeks. It took 18 months to get 
to where they are today. If we were to enact this into law, presumably 
the authorization bill would be signed by the President--there is a 
question whether if this is in there, he would sign it--this would go 
into law in a matter of a few months. And then suddenly to try and call 
on the rest of the world--and by the way, I certainly did not see the 
European Union trying to help form the coalition forces. Of each 
permanent member of the Security Council, the only one, Great Britain, 
stepped forward. I don't see those countries suddenly coming in and 
making the types of commitments that this paragraph requires, if we are 
going to pull out the very stability that is holding together this 
fragile government and preventing a civil war today.
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, that is a legitimate question and it 
deserves, obviously, an answer.
  Those countries, many of them, are reluctant to become engaged with 
the United States as long as they see us on the status quo path, 
because they see the same series of mistakes that I have just cited. If 
you talk to them, they will tell you, they don't have confidence that 
this administration is going to get it right or move in the right 
direction. That is why I believe you have to come in and lay out a 
path.
  In my judgment, historically, most Presidents would not want the 
Congress telling them to do this. If I were President, I wouldn't want 
them telling me to do this. But at the same time, I would hope that I 
had consulted with Congress and not been as stubborn and not made the 
series of mistakes they have so that you wind up having alienated the 
very people you need to solve the problem. If you don't have some kind 
of regional security arrangement, the situation with Iran will grow 
more serious.
  Iran loves the fact that we are bogged down in Iraq. This just plays 
perfect for Iran. And Iran has a much stronger lever over us with 
respect to its current nuclear path because they know they could wreak 
havoc with what is happening on the ground in Iraq, and that restricts 
our choices and options.
  We will be stronger in counterproliferation efforts, we will be 
stronger in our efforts against terrorism in the region, and we will be 
able to create the credibility to bring these other countries to the 
table, which they are not willing to do today, if we make this kind of 
transition. If they understand that we are acknowledging that our 
presence is a problem, they have to step up because they don't want 
regional chaos. I believe that is exactly what helps us get it done. 
That is what changes the dynamics.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I think we have covered this point. We 
will just have to agree to disagree.
  I would draw your attention to the clause where you say consultation 
with the Congress is required. Here we are, basically on the eve of the 
August recess which starts the first week in August. We come back here 
as a Congress for maybe 30 days or 5 weeks in September. Then leave 
again for elections. You say:

       The President shall consult with the Congress regarding the 
     schedule for redeployment and shall submit such schedule to 
     Congress as part of the report required . . .

  You know, we know how this institution works. We have been here for 
two decades apiece. I say, if the President were to devise a 
redeployment schedule to meet 2007, when do you think the Congress 
might swing into action and take such responsibility, as implied here, 
through the consultation process? I presume Congress could take an 
action to stop it. You are talking about July 1, and I don't see the 
Congress acting on such a proposal in a timely manner.
  Mr. KERRY. Well, if that is all that gets in the way of this, Mr. 
President, I am confident we can find expediting language or other 
language that would resolve it.
  But I will tell you, Congress is going to be dealing with this issue 
next year at this time if we don't change this policy. Like it or not, 
we are going to be here debating it one way or the other.
  Mr. WARNER. That may be true, but I will ask another question. Drop 
down to paragraph 3, ``maintenance of over-the-horizon troop 
presence.'' ``The President should maintain an over-the-horizon troop 
presence to prosecute the war on terror and protect regional security 
interests.''
  Where would those troops, in all likelihood, be put?
  Mr. KERRY. Most likely in Kuwait, Qatar, the Gulf States, if you work 
out a security arrangement.
  Mr. WARNER. That would require a substantial amount of installations 
to be constructed.
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, we already have--as the Senator knows, we 
have been there and there are a number of pretty substantial facilities 
already in Kuwait, and there are others regionally, in my judgment; and 
that is the purpose of this arrangement, to prepare to work on an 
accommodation, providing it was in the context of a larger security 
arrangement. What I have learned--and again, we all talk to people and 
try to learn as much as we can.
  General Zinni was saying to me the other day that he believes the 
Gulf States are particularly interested in some kind of a regional 
security arrangement because they are threatened by the instability and 
by the questions about Iran and the challenge to the oilfields and so 
forth. That is precisely the kind of issue that has to be arrived at, 
initially bilaterally and ultimately through this international 
conference.
  I know the Senator was willing to bet something a little while ago. I 
am not sure we should do that in the Senate, but I would certainly bet 
my reputation that, one way or the other, we are going to be ultimately 
having to engage in this kind of multilateral diplomacy to resolve 
these issues. The sooner we get about it, the better we will be in 
fighting this war on terror.
  Mr. WARNER. I caution my colleague because that is saying to this new 
Iraqi Government that you are going to fail.
  Mr. KERRY. No, sir. About the regional security, I said we will need 
ultimately to deal with the question of Iran, the oilfields, the 
instability in the region. I think the greater Middle East is going to 
require this kind of focus and attention one way or the other.
  As I said during the debate a moment ago, I am not somebody who 
suggests that we cannot make this still work out somehow. I am not in 
that school. But I do know that on the current path, it is going to 
cost more lives, more money, and it is going to cost us prolonged loss 
of relationship and reputation within the region and is going to set us 
back in terms of other interests we have. This can be done more 
effectively, and that is what I am here to argue for. How do we protect 
our security interests more effectively? How do we advance our safety 
and security in the world? How do we win the war on terror more 
effectively and stand Iraq up more effectively? I believe setting the 
date accomplishes all of those things.
  Mr. WARNER. You have to admit that July 1, 2007, is a timetable; am I 
not correct?
  Mr. KERRY. Yes, for the beginning of the transition. But as it makes 
very clear, if you get to 2 months before the end, or 3 months, and you 
can see the progress being made, and there is another month or so that 
a certain number of troops need to be stood up, or whatever, we allow 
that--the ability of the President to make that determination. If it is 
done in the best traditions of the Congress, it will be done with the 
consultation of the various committees and the Congress itself. And 
then you would have the kind of unity in the pursuit of this policy 
that is absent today or we would not have had this debate for the last 
several days. I know the chairman believes this----
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, the Senator is operating on a premise that 
if this became law and the President issued a timetable, suddenly the 
level of violence would begin to be lowered considerably.
  Mr. KERRY. No, sir, I am not making that presumption, Mr. President. 
I am saying that unless you resolve the fundamental political tension--
the Shia don't have oil revenues. They want a strong Iraq with a 
central government. The Shia are well taken care of. The Kurds are 
happy in the north; they want to be left alone. They have oil revenues. 
So you have Kirkut as a major issue you have to resolve ultimately. But 
you have this fundamental tension between whether you are going

[[Page S6261]]

to have this federal loose-knit structure which the Shia want, with 
certain individuals with strong designs on future political power in 
that region, or whether you are going to have a manageable entity. That 
is why the former counsel for Foreign Relations and Senator Biden and 
others have joined in this idea of partition. The only way you are 
going to get there--and I don't think it is a particularly viable 
option--is through this kind of international conference. If you don't 
ultimately have a resolution by the parties politically, you are going 
to have a civil war. They have a few months under their own 
Constitution to try to resolve these things. That is going to be 
unavoidable.

  I am not suggesting that the violence is going to suddenly vanish. 
The question is, How are you ultimately going to take away the 
rationale for the folks who are engaging in it? As I said, there are 
five different groups, and we are not dealing very effectively with it. 
You have criminal activity, you have Baathists, you have insurgents, 
Iraqi insurgents, and you have al-Qaida, and you have each of them that 
requires a different approach. Our military is not the answer to any of 
them, except al-Qaida. Al-Qaida, we can continue to prosecute with unit 
145 operations and other things, and we can make that happen.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, if you say the violence is not going to 
stop if this became law, if this becomes law, we have to make a 
movement in reduction in 2006. That is in there. There has to be a 
commencement. You would not wait and send out a platoon on Christmas 
Eve. You mean a significant drawdown, leaving only 6 months in the 
following year to get the bulk of the forces out. And if we start 
moving those troops, I tell you that will engender a higher level of 
violence and lead possibly to a civil war.
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, I respectfully disagree. We have a civil 
war today, to begin with. We have a civil war today. People are being 
killed in the dead of night, shackled in handcuffs, beheaded, found in 
basements; kids are being hauled out of buses every day. The number of 
sectarian incidents is many times what it was just months ago, a year 
ago, 2 years ago. Now, how are you going to resolve it?
  I don't think there is any Member of the Senate who voted to send our 
troops to be in the middle of a civil war. Our troops are there to 
bolster the Government. We are there to support that Government's 
ability to make it on its own. How are they going to do that? By 
standing up these 400,000 security people. The faster they understand 
they have to go out and do it, the faster the violence is going to 
subside. Either they make it or it ``ain't'' makeable because we cannot 
make it for them. That is the bottom line that people have to 
understand.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I say to my colleague that I agree 
fundamentally with the premise that the Iraqi people, in the final 
analysis, are the ones who are going to be able to bring about their 
own measure of democracy and enable this Government to exercise 
sovereignty.
  Other Senators want to participate, so I will soon yield. I know both 
of us have had the opportunity to serve in the military. There is 
nothing more painful than the loss of a brother member of the service. 
I don't know about you, but it has been difficult for me today to 
contain my absolute outrage about what happened, Mr. President, to 
these two young soldiers who raised their right arms and volunteered 
for this service in Iraq, to have been captured and brutally mauled and 
executed.

  You know, I would say a rough calculation is that we probably have 
had about a million and a quarter Americans--that is, our brave men and 
women in uniform and many civilians from the departments and agencies 
of our Government, including a number of American contractors--who have 
contributed to where we are today in this new Government standing up 
and beginning to exercise the powers of sovereignty.
  I say to my good friend, given that heavy investment, the risks taken 
by over a million and a quarter of our citizens, to send out a signal 
now--and it is a timetable, Senator--that July 1, 2007, barely 12 
months from now that we would probably have under your formula--I ran a 
calculation--you are going to leave some behind for training and some 
for logistics, but basically I would say the fighting forces are out. 
Some may be pre-positioned in other countries nearby. There is a clause 
in here requiring a report as to how soon they can come back to the 
continental limits of the United States. That is going to send a 
signal, and that worries me, that all these people who made these risks 
and contributions are going to sit back and say, right at the threshold 
of really the first rays of hope to get this problem solved, we send 
this type of signal.
  What did you feel when we lost these two individuals? I know you felt 
it probably as badly as I did. I cannot understand why they could be 
saying over there that, see what we did, we beheaded two, and what did 
the Congress do? It passed this law that said our troops would be 
redeployed by July 1, 12 months from today.
  Senator, timing in life is everything. The timing for this concept 
you have has not arrived, I say to my good friend.
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, there are few people in the Senate for whom 
I have more respect and affection than the Senator from Virginia. We 
have known each other a long time, and we have traveled together. I am 
grateful to him for the respect and consideration he has shown for this 
debate this evening.
  When I heard those two guys were captured, my heart sank because I 
immediately envisioned the worst. The worst happened. I thought about 
them throughout that time period, until they were found. I was not 
surprised that they were brutalized in the most horrific, disgraceful 
way, and may I add--and I know the Senator knows this--in ways that 
contravene every law of warfare. But I believe we have a better chance 
of honoring what they went there for and what all of our soldiers have 
died for, given something for, if we adopt a policy of reality.
  Mr. President, let me say to the Senator that I went to serve in 
Vietnam in 1968. There was turmoil in this country. Remember the 
Chicago convention, remember McCarthy, and Bobby Kennedy had been 
killed in June. In fact, I arrived back in Long Beach, CA, at the dock 
after the first deployment in the Gulf of Tonkin the night he was 
killed. It was the first radio words we heard. I remember that turmoil 
over the war. I remember Richard Nixon running for President with a 
secret plan for peace. I remember how people invested in the concept of 
peace. Years later, we read in Robert McNamara's book how he knew, as 
Secretary of Defense, while he was sending troops over there, that we 
weren't going to be successful. Now, from 1968 until 1975, when we left 
in that dramatic helicopter moment off the embassy, almost half of the 
people who died were lost in that period of time--for a policy that our 
leaders knew wasn't working.
  I am not going to be a Member of the Senate in good standing and in 
good conscience and support a policy in Iraq that I believe is going to 
add people to whatever Iraqi memorial will be created, at a time where 
I am convinced this isn't going to work for them and it is not going to 
work for the Iraqis. I believe we have a moral responsibility to those 
soldiers who died to do our best to get it right, and I just don't 
believe staying the course, more of the same, is getting it right.
  If you don't resolve the differences between Shia and Sunni where 98 
percent of this fight is taking place, we are stuck. And I believe it 
is only by pushing the process, by demanding something of everybody in 
the region, by demanding something of the Iraqis who are in uniform 
that we are going to properly defend the honor of those who served. We 
defend it by getting it right.
  And may I add, we also defend it by honoring those who come back. 
There is a $6 billion shortfall in current services in our VA budget. 
That is just unacceptable.
  We have a big job to do. I look forward to working with the Senator 
to do it.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I will conclude. The Senator from 
Massachusetts and I have had this conversation about that period of 
history before. We will have it again and again. I recall, I went to 
the Pentagon in February 1969 and was there for 5 years in the Navy 
Secretariat. As the Secretary of the

[[Page S6262]]

Navy, the Senator always said I was his boss. He has been very 
respectful about that.
  I remember when his Silver Star came through our Secretariat at that 
time. I went back and checked for accuracy, and it was accurate, I say 
to the Senator. He knows that, and I know that.
  I thought many times about that period, and I recall that the then-
Secretary of Defense, Melvin Laird, came to the conclusion that we had 
to begin a program of Vietnamization and begin to look toward bringing 
our troops home. I remember that, and the rest is history.
  I share those concerns. I, like the Senator from Massachusetts, every 
day, particularly in my responsibility as chairman of the Armed 
Services Committee, worry about these men and women in uniform. Like 
the Senator, I visit the hospitals, go to the funerals when it is 
appropriate for me to do so. I share that burden. I think most of our 
colleagues do. I happen to know that our President shares those 
burdens.
  Mr. President, I say to the Senator, my friend, there is a time for 
everything, and I feel ever so strongly that we have to give this new 
government more time to try and exercise that sovereignty before we 
take the very dramatic steps that the Senator from Massachusetts has 
set forth in this amendment, which I say not as a buzzword, but there 
is that timetable.
  I do not think the other nations will come in. I do not think we 
could bring to bear the resources elsewhere in the world in the 
timetable that is laid down here.
  There is one other point that we should consider, and that is we are 
there with a coalition of forces. I see no mention--maybe I didn't read 
it carefully--but no mention of what would Great Britain think if we 
were to take this somewhat unilateral action as the Senator proposes? 
What would Poland, what would the other nations think? They don't have 
the measure of the troops of quantity and so forth, but they are there 
in spirit.
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, they are drawn down. There is a huge debate 
in Great Britain. They are prepared to draw down. They are ready.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I admire the courage of the Prime Minister 
of Great Britain. The Senator from Massachusetts has seen it, and I 
have seen it. We are political figures, he and I. We understand when we 
see another leader. He has stood with our President and our President 
has stood with him, unlike any two leaders of the United States and 
Great Britain since really Roosevelt and Churchill. It is remarkable 
what those two men have done.
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, if I can just say, again, I repeat, this 
plan is a plan to be successful. It is a plan to strengthen all of our 
efforts in the war on terror. I have been to Great Britain. I have met 
with the leaders there. I know there are people there who believe we 
can do a better job in the war on terror, and I know they know the 
price they are paying for standing by us at this moment.
  I believe this is a better way to actually fight the war on terror 
than we are doing today. If you accept that premise, you approach this 
differently. I think a lot of other countries believe it, too. All you 
have to do is look at the record of what is happening with respect to 
countries in the region, the number of incidents, the number of 
terrorists, the increase of al-Qaida. You can run down the list. Al-
Qaida is in 60 to 80 countries. Osama bin Laden is still running around 
the mountains of northwest Pakistan or Afghanistan.
  The fact is, one of the reasons we saw happen what happened probably 
is that it is a quick statement by the folks out there that: You may 
have got Zarqawi, but we are still around.
  The fundamental problem remains the same. The Iraqis will not 
tolerate foreign jihadists--jihadists, actually I have been told, is 
not a great way to refer to them because it actually confers more of a 
God-given effort to them, and they don't deserve it. They are 
terrorists, they are just foreign terrorists, and we ought to quit 
giving them jihadists. But the fact is, they are not going to 
survive in Iraq if these security forces take hold and the Government 
stands up.

  I believe, as the Senator does, that we want that Government to stand 
up. I think the best way to stand it up is shift the responsibility to 
it. And from all indications, they believe that, too. National Security 
Adviser al-Rubaie wrote in the Washington Post that we ought to 
withdraw the American troops; it will help us in the streets of Iraq. 
Prime Minister Maliki says they are prepared to take over.
  He said: You could probably have well under 100,000 troops by the end 
of this year, and we are talking about a year from now.
  This is reasonable beyond compare, and besides, it allows the 
President to make the decision of what we need to finish standing them 
up. A lot of people object to that, but I think it is smart. And it 
allows us to continue to use special forces against al-Qaida. That is 
exactly how we got Zarqawi.
  I think this is, as I said many times--incidentally, Secretary Melvin 
Laird broke a 30-year silence and wrote in ``Foreign Affairs'' that we 
have to get our forces out of there and reduce the numbers because they 
are contributing to the occupation and to the insurgency. All you have 
to do is talk to any leader in the region and they will tell you we are 
working as our own worst partner by this large presence of American 
troops which is acting as a poster recruitment for terrorism.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, we will conclude. I just say if we had 
more time, I would want to enter into another chapter of debate with 
the Senator on what would be the consequences if we saw failure; if 
this program of his, no matter how well conceived and how 
conscientious, were to trigger that failure, what would be the 
consequence.
  The fact that this country could revert to a haven for further 
training of al-Qaida and terrorists from all over the world----
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, that is why we maintain over-the-horizon 
capacity. That is why we allow the finishing of the training of the 
Iraqis to stand up.
  Look, whether it is the plan of the President or this plan, both of 
them are operating on some element of faith that hopefully the 
Government is going to stand up. If it doesn't, we all got a problem. 
What we have here is one resolution--I keep hearing people come to the 
floor and saying they are definitely against an indefinite presence in 
Iraq, but they are indefinitely against being definite about it. You 
can't have it both ways. Either you are going to push this process or 
we are locked in the current paradigm.
  Does my colleague think the current paradigm is going to do it? It 
may, but I am saying this for the last time: If it does, it will be at 
a greater cost in American life; it will be at a greater cost in 
dollars; it will be at a greater cost to the war on terror; it will be 
at a greater cost to our reputation in the region; and I believe there 
is a better way to get this done.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I say to my colleague, I think this has 
been a very worthwhile colloquy between us. I must say on this side, 
there are 55 who are going to stand tall and unify with no dissension 
on tomorrow at the time of the vote.
  At this time, can I inquire as manager of the bill if there are other 
Senators desiring to speak?

  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, there are. Senator Harkin wants to speak 
for a few minutes. I know Senator Feingold wants to speak.
  Mr. WARNER. I am prepared to remain here as long as is necessary.
  Mr. KERRY. Senator Feingold, I understand, will not, but Senator 
Harkin wishes to speak.
  Mr. WARNER. On this side, I see my colleague from Alabama, although 
he has had some opportunity, but very limited opportunity.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Who seeks recognition?
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I think I have the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. The Senator from Virginia has the floor.
  Mr. WARNER. I am trying to accommodate Senators. I ask my friend, if 
he desires to speak, can he advise the manager of the bill how much 
time he would like?
  Mr. HARKIN. I am not certain how much time I want. Who is next in 
line? Are we going back and forth?
  Mr. WARNER. We are going back and forth, and I am about to relinquish 
the management of the bill to my good friend from Alabama.

[[Page S6263]]

  The parliamentary situation is we remain on the bill, and debate can 
continue on the bill. We are not going to try and have time 
constraints. We are trying for the benefit of this infrastructure that 
has to remain in place and such Senators who may be listening to 
determine who would like to speak and for what period of time. That is 
all I am trying to ascertain.
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, I think the only speaker remaining on our 
side now is the Senator from Iowa.
  Mr. WARNER. Can the Senator from Iowa advise the chairman as to how 
much time?
  Mr. HARKIN. Mr. President, I looked over my remarks, and I say to the 
chairman, probably 20 minutes, I suppose. It depends if I go off.
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, does the Senator from Alabama desire some 
time also?
  Mr. SESSIONS. Mr. President, I say to the chairman, 20 to 30 minutes.
  Mr. WARNER. Good. I relinquish the management of this bill to the 
Senator from Alabama and such time that Senator Sessions and Senator 
Harkin may require. I thank all for their participation.
  Mr. KERRY. Can we enter into a unanimous consent agreement so we know 
what is happening?
  Mr. WARNER. I think that will be advisable.
  Mr. KERRY. Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that the final, 
concluding comments this evening be made by the Senator from Alabama, 
followed by the Senator from Iowa, at which time I believe the Senate 
will adjourn; is that accurate?
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I think that is a reasonable request.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Without objection, it is so ordered.
  The Senator from Alabama.
  Mr. SESSIONS. Mr. President, before the chairman leaves, I want to 
tell him how much I appreciated his analysis and summary of where we 
are. He noted that we may have had as many as a million or more people 
at one time or another investing their very lives in a successful 
operation of this country, and we have just gotten a government up and 
they have just elected a Defense Minister a few weeks ago and an 
Interior Minister.
  Based on the long chairmanship and leadership of the Senator from 
Virginia in the Senate and as former Secretary of the Navy, let me ask 
the Senator again: Does he think that we would be creating grave risks 
that are not necessary by a precipitous withdrawal at this time?
  Mr. WARNER. Mr. President, I think this chairman has resonated with 
debates for months on this issue of timetables. I say to my good friend 
from Massachusetts, as I stated in our colloquy here, clearly by 
setting forth a terminal date there is a timetable, and that, in my 
judgment, is a very destabilizing thing. It sends a signal that perhaps 
the United States has less than the will and the commitment, as clearly 
expressed by our President many times, most recently upon his return 
from his trip to Iraq just days ago, that we are there to help the 
Iraqi people achieve their goals.
  Now we expect from them a level of cooperation to move, hopefully, 
most swiftly to establish a full range of sovereignty and the 
responsibility that goes along with that. All I have asked repeatedly 
is give them a chance to do that. We have 18 months in the making of 
this permanent unified Government. Give them a chance. I think that is 
the President's desire--I know it is.

  Mr. SESSIONS. I remember when we were there just a few months ago.
  Mr. WARNER. Yes, that is correct.
  Mr. SESSIONS. Before this permanent government was in place, and I 
remember you and Senator Levin, along with Senator Salazar and others--
--
  Mr. WARNER. The Senator from Wyoming, and Senator Bingaman was with 
us.
  Mr. SESSIONS. Yes. And I remember you telling the leader of Iraq at 
that time that they were being challenged and they had to step up and 
assume responsibility.
  Mr. WARNER. That is right.
  Mr. SESSIONS. It is not as if they haven't been told that. And they 
assured us at that time that they understood that, and they felt that 
responsibility deeply. Is that the impression you got?
  Mr. WARNER. That is absolutely correct. I will even go a step 
further. I said: The American people have a strong voice in this, and 
the elected representatives in Congress listen to those voices. You 
need only look at the expressions being put forth today.
  But leadership requires reassuring our people, reassuring the Iraqis, 
reassuring the consortium of nations of the coalition, reassuring all 
others that this fight in Iraq portends the next half century of the 
history of that region. If it fails, who knows where the end of the 
strife will come in that region--the possible destabilization of one of 
the largest concentrations of energy in the world, which suddenly 
begins to impact in many ways on the quality of life here at home and 
throughout the world. That whole infrastructure could be challenged if 
this Nation devolves into a vicious civil war and anarchy follows and a 
haven for terrorism follows. We cannot let that happen.
  I just said to my good friend, timing is everything. The time for 
this amendment has certainly, in my judgment, not come, and a timetable 
is not a good signal to send out. I yield the floor, and I thank my 
colleague.
  Mr. SESSIONS. Mr. President, I have one more question I want to ask 
my colleague. I remember--I personally have a vivid recollection of 
being in a meeting, our delegation was, just a few months ago in 
Baghdad, with the Sunni leader. Do you remember the insecurity he felt 
about whether our Nation would remain in Iraq? He made a commitment to 
join with this Government, and some of his Sunni people didn't agree 
with that. He realized that a precipitous withdrawal which he had heard 
something about in the media could jeopardize the ability of that 
country to hold together, and maybe even jeopardize his own life 
because he had stepped up and invested himself in trying to create a 
good and decent democratic government. Do you remember that discussion?
  Mr. WARNER. I remember it very vividly. Senator Levin was there. He 
questioned these individuals quite thoroughly, as did I, and as did 
you. And it is clear there is an unfortunate dichotomy that the Sunni 
people are, in large measure, responsible for those areas--al Anbar and 
Baghdad--where this great instability and insurrection takes place 
today. At the same time, I think the Sunnis should recognize that it is 
the participation of the United States and the other coalition partners 
that gives them the security against the majority of the Shiites who 
could revolt in such a way and challenge them and their future.
  So let us hope that this government, which is a unity government with 
Sunni representation, can take hold. But it must be given the 
opportunity to send its roots down, to gain its stability and give it a 
chance. This amendment, in my judgment, would send the wrong signal and 
strip them of that chance.
  Mr. SESSIONS. Mr. President, I want to thank the Senator for his 
comments and his leadership. It has been a privilege to be a part of 
this debate. I listened to this debate that has gone on tonight, this 
discussion between he and the distinguished Senator from Massachusetts, 
who is most eloquent. But I would just say to Senator Warner that your 
remarks tonight are worthy of the valor and the courage and the 
fidelity of the troops we have sent forth into harm's way, and I am 
honored to serve with you on the Armed Services Committee.
  Mr. President, looking at the resolution that Senator Kerry has 
proposed, I would just make a couple of summary comments. No. 1, he has 
a date in which the vast majority of our troops, virtually all combat 
forces, under this amendment would be out by next summer, whether or 
not that is the right thing militarily. At the same time, he proposes 
that we have some sort of regional conference, and that this regional 
conference would meet somewhere while we are pulling out troops. And it 
is going to meet and decide what is going to happen in Iraq. I would 
just say that is not the way the world works.
  Does anybody here think if we get a group of nations in that region 
to gather somewhere and meet and talk about Iraq, while we pull out 
troops, and violence escalates, that they are just going to pass a 
resolution, and somehow these terrorists, these Baathists are going to 
stop their fighting? Does anybody think that? I wish it were so.

[[Page S6264]]

  Wouldn't it be wonderful if we could just get the nations in that 
region to go off somewhere and have a conference in Rome or London or 
Paris and have a vote about Iraq and the war would all end and there 
would be peace and we could just take our soldiers out and these other 
nations who are concerned about it, and if things get bad in that 
country of Iraq, they are just going to send their troops in and fix 
it? We really have to be more clear in our thinking about these issues.
  That is not going to happen. That is fantasy land, let me say, with 
all seriousness. I wish we could do that. Wouldn't it be wonderful if 
we could. Would it were so, they would just step up, the other nations 
in the region, and take over and fix this problem for us. And wouldn't 
it be nice if we could just have some sort of conference in Iraq and 
bring in the hostile parties and sit them down at a table and just 
reach an agreement? Wouldn't it be nice if we could do that? I wish it 
were so. I wish the enemy we faced was not the kind of enemy that when 
their new top leader captures two American soldiers, he personally 
brags about brutalizing them as he kills them. Wouldn't it be nice if 
the enemy we faced were more principled than that? Wouldn't it be 
better?
  But I am afraid the reality is different. I am afraid the reality is 
that we are facing a radical terrorist enemy that knows it can't win a 
war conventionally, knows it can't win a vote of the people so 
therefore they have settled upon an asymmetric method of warfare to 
utilize whatever destructive capacity they can generate, even the 
suicide of women and children to carry out their diabolical ends, and 
they are going to continue that. Mr. President, it is the kind of 
threat that we are just going to have to face, and we are going to have 
to strengthen this Iraqi Government.

  I heard it said that we can never be involved in a civil war. Well, 
we were there and we talked about whether there was a civil war, and I 
think those of us who understand in terms of the United States of 
America what a civil war is, that is not a civil war in Iraq. But there 
is a high level of violence, a higher level of violence than we cannot 
accept and the Iraqi people cannot accept. We know that. It is not 
quite the same thing as a civil war. But that conflict can be brought 
under control. I believe we are on the verge of bringing it under 
control, but it will not be easy.
  Some say we haven't done anything like this before. Well, how about 
Bosnia? Wasn't that a brutal sectarian war that we had to send forces 
into? What about Kosovo? Wasn't that basically a civil war that we sent 
our troops into? It hasn't been settled perfectly today, but both of 
those countries are having some stability. They don't have strong 
governments, frankly. I have been somewhat disappointed in how Kosovo's 
Government has come together, but at least it is a peaceful country and 
operating in a fairly decent way. So to say that we can't help make a 
difference when there is sectarian violence by the utilization of 
American forces, I think, is wrong. We have done it before, and we can 
do it again.
  I would say to my colleague, the Senator from Massachusetts, he has 
just had a litany of criticisms of the conduct of this war. I wonder 
what he would have said were he in the Senate during the Civil War. 
With all the problems and the years that went by, and General Lee with 
smaller forces defeated repeatedly the larger forces, what would the 
Senator from Massachusetts be saying about that? Would he be saying: We 
need to pull back our troops? And what about World War II and all of 
the problems we had, and World War I for example? Senator Warner just 
gave me on the trip I referred to recently a book about World War I, 
and I just completed it. We lost 18,000 people killed in 1 day at the 
Battle of Meuse, Argonne, in World War I--18,000 in 1 day.
  I have talked to Alabama families who lost children in Iraq. We have 
lost 2,500 in Iraq in the time that we have been there, and that is a 
grim number. Every one of those losses represents the best kind of 
people this country can produce, and my heart breaks for those 
families. But the cost of freedom has always been high, and our 
interests in fighting a war on terrorism is high, and we have to be 
smart about it. We have to be careful about it. We have to have a 
debate in this country, and that is all right. But I would say again 
that I was very proud of this Senate when we voted a few days ago on 
the original Kerry amendment to have the troops out by the end of this 
year, and it was voted down 93 to 6. Presumably, he may have 
accumulated some more votes now for moving the date to 6 months later, 
but I suspect he will not have a whole lot of votes for that because it 
is just not good policy.
  We have a country that has only really formed on a permanent basis in 
the last few weeks. The Prime Minister was elected just a couple of 
months ago. His last Cabinet members were just recently selected. They 
were voted on by the Parliament, elected by the people. Millions of 
Iraqis have gone out and voted three times now.
  So this Government, the real Government, not a transitional or 
interim government, but the real Government, fully elected by the 
people, has only been in office a few weeks. And the enemy knows that 
if this Government is successful, their message of violence and hatred, 
extremism, oppression of women, they know those visions, those ideas 
they have that they want to impose on the people will be lost, and they 
don't want that to happen. And they are doing everything they possibly 
can to win the war in Iraq.
  The Iraqi Army and the Iraqi police are taking far more casualties 
now than the Americans are. They are out front in many provinces in 
Iraq. They are conducting military operations on a regular basis by 
themselves. Sometimes we go together; sometimes we have embedded 
Americans with the Iraqi forces. They are stepping up. But they are not 
ready yet. Their military is not there yet. It is not as fully equipped 
and it is not as fully trained. They don't have the confidence and the 
chain of command, their logistics are not where we would like them to 
be compared to a modern American Army. And they can be vulnerable to 
these kinds of terrorist attacks by which small groups of the military 
can be overrun or attacked and it can destabilize that country right 
now.
  So I think the best course is to listen to our military leaders as we 
decide how and whether to conduct our military operations there.
  I remember being with GEN John Abizaid, commander for CENTCOM, the 
combatant commander for this region of the world. He has been involved 
in this closely. He speaks Arabic. He grew up for a number of years in 
the Middle East. He understands this area. He has been a student of it. 
He is a brilliant general. He told me on an airplane back when people 
were saying: We need to send in more troops--he said: No, we don't 
need--in his opinion--he said: We don't need to send in more troops. We 
need to train up the Iraqi forces so we can reduce our presence.
  I say that to you, Mr. President, because I want the American people 
to know that the combatant commander, the one who is giving the advice 
to President Bush, does not believe in excessively maintaining forces 
in Iraq. He understands that it would be better if we could reduce 
them.
  But he also understands the challenges that exist in Iraq today.
  That is why his recommendation is that we not have a resolution like 
this. And General Casey likewise, it is his recommendation that we not 
have a resolution like this.
  I thought about the idea that somehow we can have, as one Senator 
said, an accelerated redeployment, or really a date for withdrawal, 
under Senator Kerry's amendment. Will this pullout, cut-and-run 
mentality, help us and help the Iraqis defeat al-Qaida? Really? If we 
pull out right now, will that help the Iraqis defeat the al-Qaida 
forces? Will it help reduce sectarian violence?
  I wish it were so. I wish we could pull right out and they would all 
be nice and we wouldn't have any more fighting.
  Would it help reduce the criminality in the country? Would it help 
strengthen and provide confidence to those members of the new Iraqi 
Government? Or would it increase their nervousness, would it increase 
their insecurity, at a time when we need to get that government off to 
a good start and, as Senator Warner said, send their roots into the 
soil for stability?
  Would it help establish the police force if we just pulled out? A lot 
of

[[Page S6265]]

Iraqis are signing up every day to be policemen. They have become 
targets of the terrorists on a regular basis. But I think they are 
provided confidence and comfort to know the American military is there 
to support them. Right now I do not believe there is enough strength in 
the Iraqi military, in the context of the Iraqi people, to survive a 
precipitous withdrawal. I think it could destabilize them. Maybe not, 
but I think there is a real likelihood of it.
  I just would say we ought to think carefully about what our generals 
have told us.
  The amendment submitted by Senator Kerry, I think, goes too far. I do 
not believe a conference, a meeting in any capital city anywhere in the 
world is going to settle the conflict in Iraq. I do not believe pulling 
our troops out is going to reduce the threats in Iraq. I believe what 
we have to do is do what General Abizaid and General Casey have told 
us; let's maintain our presence, let's draw it down as rapidly as we 
can, but let's do it consistent with the raising up of a legitimate 
military and police force in that country. And let's do what we can to 
strengthen and create credibility in the Iraqi Government.
  You should never tell your enemy what your plan is. You should never 
give him a guaranteed plan of withdrawal or any other plan that you are 
going to execute, particularly when you are dealing with an asymmetric 
enemy like these terrorists.
  Clausewitz warned of this type of war planning and making your 
intentions known. He said this ``the essence of the defense''--think 
what these terrorists are about. They are defending their dream of a 
terrorist-dominated state.
  Clausewitz says:

       The essence of the defense is waiting: waiting until the 
     attacker clarifies his own intentions; waiting until the 
     balance of forces shifts; waiting for any improvement in the 
     defender's situation, whether from the culminating process 
     described above, from outside intervention, from mobilization 
     of his own resources, or from some chance development. Time 
     is almost always on the side of the defender.

  Our Nation is on the offensive in the war against terror and we have 
been blessed that, since 9/11, we have not had another attack on our 
homeland. Who would have thought that possible? Certainly people were 
afraid to get on an airplane for weeks afterwards. They wouldn't go to 
shopping malls. We have been blessed to have gone this far without 
another attack.
  The terrorists are using every desperate act they can to break the 
will of the Iraqis and our U.S. forces and our U.S. political system. 
This would undercut the foundation of our military efforts. So victory 
must be tied to results and victory is what we must have--not an 
amendment calling for redeployment measured in days or hours.
  President Bush has established a strategy for a victory in Iraq that 
is condition-based, not based on arbitrarily selected dates.
  Why not December 31? Why not April 1? Why not July 4? It is not a way 
to make a strategy in a military situation. The President's strategy 
focuses, rather, on the accomplishment of specific objectives.
  President Bush has said:

       Victory will come when the terrorists and the Saddamists 
     can no longer threaten Iraq's democracy, when the Iraq 
     security forces can provide for the safety of their own 
     citizens, and when Iraq is not a safe haven for terrorists to 
     plot new attacks on our Nation.

  The President knows Iraq must stand up and do its part. In his most 
recent visit to Iraq the President urged the Iraqis to ``seize the 
moment and we, the United States, will help them succeed. When America 
gives a commitment, America keeps its word.''
  He said:

       If the United States of America leaves before this Iraqi 
     government can defend itself and sustain itself and govern 
     itself, it will be a major blow to the war on terror.

  I certainly would agree with that, as Senator Warner has so 
eloquently stated.
  Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld explained why a time-phased plan 
for redeployment is wrong. He said:

       Once you start doing that, then you are stuck with a number 
     and a date and it just doesn't do any good. The decision to 
     withdraw is based [must be based] on conditions on the 
     ground.

  Some supporting this amendment and others who are calling for this 
exit strategy of time-phased withdrawals stake their claim on past 
experiences in other conflicts. This global war on terror is different. 
The enemy here has not surrendered. He does not wear a uniform. He is 
not sequestered in a country bounded by borders. He has not signed a 
peace accord and he has not given up his arms.

  He, unlike Vietnam, is sworn to attack this country if he is 
successful and emboldened and gets his hands on the wealth of the Iraqi 
oil. Will our country be safe? Will they stay in Iraq and not continue 
to attack us, as they have, if the terrorists take over their country? 
He fights in an asymmetric fashion unlike any we fought before, and we 
cannot put our people and our allies at risk by shirking our 
responsibilities in any way that will undermine the opportunity that we 
have to have a victory and a stable government in Iraq.
  Our generals on the ground understand this and have offered their 
perspectives on what impact this type of time-phased redeployment would 
have on the Iraqi situation. I know we have had people here who have 
served. Senator Warner has served in World War II and Korea. Senator 
Kerry served in Vietnam. But what about General Abizaid, Commander of 
the U.S. Central Command? He has given his life to the service of the 
military and in that region of the world. He has overall responsibility 
for Operation Iraqi Freedom, and he recently spoke to Prime Minister 
Maliki and said:

       The Iraqi people don't want to go back to the 6th century. 
     The Afghanis don't want to live under the rule they 
     experienced under the Taliban. They don't want bin Laden to 
     win. There is clear preference expressed by the people in 
     both Iraq and Afghanistan to vote. The fact that they voted 
     is their way of reaching out to the future.

  General Abizaid warns of leaving the region without proper conditions 
on the ground with respect to the terrorists in that all they, the 
terrorists. He says:

       All they do is destroy and kill and try to grab headlines. 
     They believe by doing that they can gain time and eventually 
     the coalition will leave. And when we leave there will be 
     states vulnerable to their ideology.

  General George Casey--he is the commander of all our forces in Iraq--
recently said this:

       I think as long as the Iraqi security forces continue to 
     progress and as long as this national unity government 
     continues to operate that way and move the country forward, I 
     think we are going to be able to see continued gradual 
     reductions of coalition forces over the coming months and 
     into the next year.

  That is his prediction. Somehow I have the vision of, out in the 
country, the dogs we used to have. You would get in the car and drive 
down the road and the dog would chase after the car, thinking somehow, 
I guess, that it made the car run off, that the car was afraid of it. I 
think sometimes some in this body are afraid we are actually going to 
be able to draw down troops in the next year or so. They think if they 
can just pass a resolution mandating it, then they can claim credit for 
it.
  General Casey's comments do mention the force reduction, but he ties 
the reduction to the status of the development of the Iraqi security 
forces and the national unity government's success.
  This amendment, the Kerry amendment, calls on the President to begin 
a deployment, beginning in 2006, in stark contrast to the best judgment 
of the most senior United States commanders in Iraq. Who should we 
listen to? General Abizaid and General Casey, I submit.
  U.S. Ambassador Zalmay Khalilzad, whom we met in Iraq a few weeks 
ago, said the formation of the government, with crucial involvement 
from Saddam's once dominant fellow Sunnis is a great sign of progress. 
He states:

       I believe that with the political changes taking place--the 
     emphasis on unity and reconciliation, with effective 
     ministers . . . that conditions are likely to move in the 
     right direction that would allow adjustment in terms of the 
     size, composition and mission of our forces.

  In closing, I would like to highlight the recent comments by the man 
entrusted with advising Prime Minister Maliki on the national security 
of the new Iraqi democracy and what his items are concerning a time-
phased reduction in U.S. forces.
  Mowaffak al-Rubaie, the recently approved Iraq minister for national 
security, expressed his concerns in the Washington Post. I believe it 
was today or yesterday. He stated:


[[Page S6266]]


       There has been much talk about a withdrawal of U.S. and 
     coalition troops from Iraq, but no defined timeline has yet 
     been set. There is, however, an unofficial roadmap to foreign 
     troop reductions that will eventually lead to total 
     withdrawal of U.S. troops. This roadmap is based, not just on 
     a series of dates but, more important, on the achievement of 
     a set of objectives for restoring security in Iraq.

  I want to conclude by saying how proud I am of our military. I was 
pleased that the original Kerry amendment was voted down 93 to 6. I 
think by moving that date forward 6 months, the vote is not going to 
change very much.
  I know Senator Levin has offered an amendment. I will just say this 
about it. I serve with Senator Levin on the Armed Services Committee. I 
am sure he is trying to reach some sort of compromise, some sort of 
unifying amendment for the Democratic side. I am really sort of 
disappointed at it, because I don't think, if adopted, it will serve 
any purpose and could cause much mischief and be misinterpreted.
  I urge my colleagues to vote against both amendments, and I yield the 
floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Under the previous order, the Senator from 
Iowa is recognized.
  Mr. HARKIN. I thank the President. I apologize to the President for 
having to sit there at this late hour. It wasn't my doing. But I did 
want to speak on this issue. It is one of major importance, and one 
about which I have not spoken on the Senate floor previously. So I beg 
the indulgence of the Chair at this late hour.
  Mr. President, on May 3, I introduced a resolution in the Senate that 
offered a clear break from our current counterproductive course in Iraq 
allowing our Armed Forces to return to their focus to defeating the 
terrorists who attacked us on September 11, 2001.
  The resolution would do three things.
  First, it states that the United States should not maintain a 
permanent military presence or military bases in Iraq.
  Second, it states that the United States should not attempt to 
control Iraq's oil.
  And, third, it states that the United States Armed Forces should be 
redeployed from Iraq as soon as practicable after the completion of 
Iraq's constitution-making process, or December 31 of 2006, whichever 
comes first.
  My resolution is identical to the resolution introduced in the House 
of Representatives by Representative Mike Thompson of California with 
at least six Republican cosponsors. As far as I know, it is the only 
Iraqi resolution introduced that has bipartisan support. So I 
introduced the same measure here in the Senate.
  I continue to believe that only this resolution offers a clear, 
unambiguous, principled stand--a stand that can produce the results 
that we all want.
  Only when the Iraqi Government faces a firm timetable for U.S. 
redeployment will it have the incentive to resolve its internal 
differences and stand on its own two feet.
  And only when our government faces a firm timetable will it make 
urgent policy changes necessary to right our course in Iraq.
  President Bush has it exactly backwards. He said that our Army will 
stand down only as the Iraqi Army stands up. The truth is that the 
Iraqi Army and government will stand up only when it is clear that the 
American military is committed to standing down by a date certain.
  My resolution is a clear, unambiguous statement of our intention to 
move beyond the strategic blunder of Iraq which has distracted us from 
the fight against those who attacked us on September 11. Only such a 
clear break will allow us to recommit our military and intelligence 
resources to the unfinished task of crushing al-Qaida and capturing or 
killing Osama bin Laden.
  We need this new decisive direction because President Bush is 
unwilling to change his current policies in Iraq which are manifestly a 
failure.
  Let us be clear. Staying the course effectively means stay forever. 
It means to stay and pay and stay and pay and stay and pay.
  Already we have paid with more than 2,500 dead and more than 18,000 
wounded. We will continue to pay a terrible price in terms of lives and 
treasure, not only to the end of President Bush's term but well into 
the term of his successor and beyond. And for what? For a failed 
approach in Iraq that in the judgment of a large majority of national 
security experts is damaging America's national security and making us 
less safe.
  Because I believe we need a new direction, I will vote for both the 
Levin-Reed amendment and the Kerry-Feingold-Boxer amendment.
  I commend my friend and my colleague, Senator Kerry, for his 
leadership on this issue. I was here this evening listening to him. I 
listened to his colloquy with the Senator from Virginia. I think it is 
clear that Senator Kerry is on the right course. Also, Senator Levin, I 
believe is also on the right course. So I will support both, and I do 
so because I believe that both are better than what we have now.
  But I also want to be clear that neither one is going to pass. We 
know that. So we shouldn't agonize over which one we can support. It 
doesn't matter what we do; it won't become law.
  So why are we doing this? We are doing it because we must put 
pressure on the President. We do it because we need to speak for the 
American people who are way ahead of us, way ahead of the President, 
way ahead of the White House, and way ahead of the Congress on this 
issue. They know what we are doing in Iraq--costing $7 billion a month, 
$9 million an hour, 2,500 dead, 18,000 maimed and injured--they know it 
is wrong. They know we have been misled into this war.
  My position is simply that anything we can do to give voice to the 
American people that will hopefully pull the President back to a more 
rational, reasonable and sane policy, anything that will do that I will 
support.
  I realize that some, including the President's top political adviser, 
are eager to politicize this issue in an election year. They can't wait 
to frame this as a debate between those who support our troops and 
those who want to retreat, between those who want to fight and those 
who want to surrender.

  This is outrageous, and it is false. It is the same inflammatory 
demagoguery that tore our country apart during the Vietnam war. Just as 
we were misled into the Vietnam war, so we were in Iraq. All you have 
to think is weapons of mass destruction equals the Tonkin Gulf. Weapons 
of mass destruction is to Iraq what the Tonkin Gulf was to Vietnam. 
Both misled us into a drastic, terrible war.
  Just as the Nixon administration was bent and misused intelligence to 
fit a preconceived belief on Vietnam, so would President Bush in Iraq. 
Just as we heard the arguments in the early 1970s about Vietnam, that 
we have to fight the Communists there or we will be fighting them here, 
now we hear that we have to fight the terrorists in Iraq before we 
fight them here.
  Just as we said in Vietnam we will have to support the government 
because it is a free government elected by 80 percent of the people, so 
now we hear the same thing about Iraq and terrorists.
  The echoes are resounding about what we hear from this administration 
and their policies for Iraq and what we heard for Vietnam.
  Let us be clear about what I think this debate is really about. It is 
about charting a smarter, more focused offensive against the terrorists 
who attacked us on September 11. It is about acknowledging that Iraq 
did not attack us on September 11, but that our invasion and occupation 
of Iraq has been a costly distraction from our fight against those who 
did attack us.
  It is about giving the government in Iraq incentives to get its act 
together; to overcome sectarian divisions and stand up a viable, self-
sustaining army.
  This debate is about acknowledging that staying the course is no 
virtue if the course we are on is demonstrably wrong. Indeed, it is 
about acknowledging that staying the course means stay and pay. Stay 
and pay. It means that our Armed Forces will continue to stay and pay 
dearly with more than 20,000 already killed, maimed, and wounded. For 
our beleaguered taxpayers, it means stay and pay more of their hard-
earned tax dollars and the debt that is being piled on for our children 
and grandchildren to pay--$350 billion already on Iraq and counting.
  The men and women of our Armed Forces deserve better than this.
  Instead of putting bumper-stickers on our cars saying ``support our

[[Page S6267]]

troops,'' let us actually support our troops. Let us give them some 
hope for a way forward from the current stalemate and quagmire.
  They have brilliantly completed the task they were sent to Iraq to 
accomplish. Saddam Hussein's dictatorship has been deposed. We are 
certain that Iraq does not possess weapons of mass destruction--and 
never did. And the Iraqi people have a constitution and a 
democratically elected government.
  To our troops goes great credit. They have achieved these things 
despite a series of disastrous decisions by their civilian leaders here 
in Washington.
  President Bush himself has acclaimed the installation of a permanent 
Iraqi Government as a historic ``turning point.''
  So the question is, why aren't our troops returning? Why are we still 
in Iraq with no commitment whatsoever even to a graduated redeployment?
  Why has President Bush stated that we will be in Iraq at least 
through the end of his administration and into his successor's 
administration?
  Why are we building what appears to be permanent military bases?
  Why are we in the process of building a gigantic new United States 
embassy in Baghdad that will span 104 acres, the size of nearly 80 
football fields?
  What message does it send when the House Republican leadership 2 
weeks ago insisted on stripping from the emergency supplemental 
appropriations bill Senate-passed language asserting that we will not 
build permanent bases or attempt to control Iraq's oil? We passed that 
in the Senate. The House Republicans took it out.
  What message does that send to the insurgents and al-Qaida and the 
terrorists who would do us harm? None of these things give the 
impression that the United States plans on winding down our military 
and civilian presence or relinquishing our grip on Iraq.
  To the contrary, it is easy to see how ordinary Iraqis as well as 
people across the world view this as the behavior of a conquering power 
that has no intention of leaving. Unfortunately, this perception 
creates continuing resentment. It feeds anti-Americanism. It continues 
to give powerful fuel to the insurgency, both in terms of motivation 
and recruitment, and it puts our American Armed Forces at greater risk.
  It has now been more than 3 years since President Bush's speech on 
the flight deck of the USS Abraham Lincoln. On that occasion, with a 
giant banner behind him a claiming ``Mission Accomplished,'' President 
Bush said triumphantly, ``Major combat operations in Iraq have ended.''
  But today, 133,000 troops remain on the ground. President Bush again 
and again has signaled that the U.S. military presence in Iraq is open-
ended and of indefinite duration.
  This has given rise to suspicions that the United States has long-
term designs on Iraq and its oil and deprives the Iraq Government of 
the incentives to resolve its internal divisions and stand on its own 
feet.
  With the war in Iraq now in its fourth year, it is clear that the 
present course is not a strategy for success. It is a strategy for 
continued stalemate and stagnation.
  As I said, stay the course means stay and pay. Stay and pay. One-
third of a trillion dollars we have spent so far and counting.
  Indeed, I fear that stay the course also means stay forever--and this 
sends exactly the wrong signal. It stokes the insurgents who believe 
that the U.S wants a permanent military presence in Iraq.
  Don't think for a second that they do not know and they aren't 
putting out the word that the Republican leadership in the House 2 
weeks ago stripped the language out of the Senate bill which stated 
that we were not going to have permanent bases and we will not control 
their oil. Don't think for a minute that they haven't broadcast that, 
that they aren't using that as a recruiting tool. Of course they are.
  When President Bush says it will be through his administration and 
into his successor's administration before we decide what to do in 
Iraq, that is a powerful recruiting tool for the insurgents and the 
terrorists.
  Our open-ended commitment to stay in Iraq as long as it takes has had 
the effect of taking away any incentive for the Iraqi Government to 
resolve its internal division and get its act together.
  Parliamentary elections were held way back in early December. Has 
Baghdad descended into vicious sectarian violence? It took the Iraqis 
nearly 7 months to chose a prime minister and to fill all the 
ministries.
  Now, as the Iraqis face a deadline for U.S redeployment, there is no 
way they would have squandered 6 months before forming a government, 
nor would the Iraqis be dragging their feet in standing up a viable, 
self-sustaining army and police force.
  I just heard the Senator from Alabama quoting a general. A lot of 
generals have been quoted around here. I guess I can quote a general 
too. How about General Casey, our commander in Iraq, who told the 
Senate last September. He said:

       Increased coalition presence feeds the notion of 
     occupation, contributes to the dependency of Iraqi security 
     forces on the coalition [and] extends the amount of time that 
     it will take for Iraqi security forces to become self-
     reliant.

  Last September, General George Casey said that.
  BG Donald Alston, the chief U.S. military spokesman in Iraq, put it 
this way:

       I think the more accurate way to approach this right now is 
     to concede that . . . this insurgency is not going to be 
     settled . . . through military options or military 
     operations. It is going to be settled in the political 
     process.

  Nor, I must add, is there a military solution to most of the critical 
problems confronting Iraq--sectarian strife, out-of-control crime, 
rampant corruption, widespread unemployment, chronic shortages of 
electricity and water and gasoline, and on and on. There is not a 
military solution to that; it is a political solution.
  The Iraqi people also believe that a redeployment of U.S. forces 
would give a boost to the political process. According to a recent poll 
conducted by the University of Maryland, more than 80 percent of Iraqis 
want U.S. forces to leave Iraq. When asked what the impact of a 
withdrawal of U.S. troops would be, large majorities of Iraqis believe 
that insurgent attacks will decrease, sectarian violence will decline, 
and the sectarian factions in Parliament will be more willing to 
cooperate. That is what a majority of Iraqis believe. Yet somehow this 
administration believes differently.
  We all hope the Sunni, Shia, and Kurdish leaders are sincere in their 
stated desire to avoid an all-out civil war. Prime Minister Maliki has 
formed a national unity Cabinet. As I said, President Bush has hailed 
this new Government as a turning point. We hope that is the case. But 
whether or not Mr. Maliki is willing or able to make good on his 
pledges, it is certainly time for a turning point in U.S. policy in 
Iraq.
  The coming months must be a period of transition to full Iraqi 
sovereignty. It is time to hand off security responsibilities to the 
Iraqi Army and police, to redeploy most of our U.S. Armed Forces from 
Iraq by the end of this year. This strategic redeployment must involve 
converting our vast military presence on the ground in Iraq to a quick 
reaction force, staged in countries bordering Iraq, countries that 
share our interest in a stable Iraq and that view our military presence 
in the region as a stabilizing force.
  This substantial over-the-horizon force would be used to strike at 
al-Qaida and its affiliates whether in Iraq or elsewhere. These forces 
would be able to respond in a timely manner, as they did 2 weeks ago in 
targeting and killing Al-Zarqawi.
  I would expect, as our troops withdraw from Iraq, this would free up 
U.S. forces to combat the resurgence of the Taliban in Afghanistan. 
Other troops would be available to send to the emerging terrorist 
threats in countries such as Somalia, Sudan, and Yemen, which threaten 
to become major breeding grounds for terrorists.
  The harsh fact is that the Iraq war has led to a decline in the 
overall readiness of U.S. ground forces. It has decimated our capacity 
to put large numbers of boots on the ground were we to face an 
emergency elsewhere, such as on the Korean peninsula.
  At a Senate hearing last year, GEN Richard A. Cody, Army vice chief 
of staff, said:

       What keeps me awake at night is what will this all-
     volunteer force look like in 2007?

  He stated this in the context of a discussion about whether we could 
sustain

[[Page S6268]]

the operational tempo of deployments at the rate we have had since the 
beginning of the Iraq war. For all the military superiority we 
displayed in the invasion of March 2003, 3 years later, a guerilla 
conflict is grinding away at our military manpower and equipment.
  We need to redeploy from Iraq in order to reset and reequip the 
force--ground forces in particular--so they are prepared for a more 
focused campaign against the terrorists who attacked us and continue to 
threaten us.
  At the same time we are redeploying our Armed Forces, we need to 
foster sustained diplomatic engagement, working with Middle Eastern 
nations to facilitate rival Iraqi factions in reaching a political 
settlement. Iraq's neighbors have a profound stake in this stability, 
but they currently have no incentive to get involved. Once it is clear 
that the United States is leaving, those nations will be highly 
motivated to facilitate a coming together of the factions within Iraq.
  Some say that U.S. forces in Iraq are the only thing that stands 
between the Sunnis, Shiites, the Kurds, and all-out civil war. I 
disagree. It is the ongoing presence of U.S. forces and the prospect 
that we will be in Iraq as a babysitter for years to come that has 
delayed progress on the political front. It is the ongoing presence of 
U.S forces and statements by this President that we will be there for 
as long as it takes, it is actions such as were taken by the House 
Republicans in stripping that language out we put in that said we are 
not going to have permanent bases, we are not going to control the 
world, it is those actions which have delayed progress on the political 
front and have given the insurgents the narrative, the story, the 
recruiting tool they need.

  Our presence in Iraq is a propaganda victory and recruiting tool for 
the insurgency in Iraq and for Islamic extremists around the world. The 
insurgents and jihadists are threatened by the overwhelming perception 
in the Arab world that the U.S. military is an occupying force, that we 
are building what appears to be permanent bases, that our continuing 
presence in Iraq is all about controlling oil.
  Meanwhile, let's be clear on what continuing our current policy of 
stay and pay will entail. The Congressional Research Service reports 
that we are now spending $6.4 billion a month in Iraq, up sharply from 
last year. That is $9 million an hour every hour of every day. And we 
are doing so at a time when our budget, the budget put through by the 
Republicans who control the Congress, is slashing funds for education, 
cancer research, health care, other essential needs at home. The budget 
this year will mean we have 1,100 fewer research grants from the 
National Institutes of Health than we had 3 years ago. That is the path 
we are on. We have spent a grand total of about $350 billion in Iraq.
  As I have said, more than 2,500 troops have been killed, 18,000 
wounded. More than 8,500 of the troops are wounded so seriously they 
were listed as wounded in action, not to return to duty. Are we going 
to stay and pay for another 3 years, spending another $300 billion, 
sacrificing more American troops, with more killed, more maimed and 
injured for life? Is that what we mean by supporting the troops? Is 
that what we mean, to stay more, with more killed, more maimed? Why in 
the world would we want to stay on a course that is so clearly 
counterproductive, so clearly a failure?
  Last week, the Center for American Progress and Foreign Policy 
Magazine released the results of their survey of more than 100 of 
America's top terrorism and national security experts from across the 
ideological spectrum. The results show fewer than 2 in 10 believe the 
United States is winning the war on terror; 87 percent believe the war 
in Iraq has had a negative impact on our national security. So 87 
percent of the top 100 national security experts around America say 
Iraq has had a negative impact on our national security.
  Last Thursday, the Department of Defense issued a highly partisan 
``debate prep book,'' designed to help Republicans defend the war in 
Iraq. Likewise, the President and Vice President are staying the course 
with their endless happy-talk about progress in Iraq, about how 
democracy is on the march. But the facts on the ground tell a different 
story. I believe we should base our policy choices not on happy talk 
but on facts on the ground.
  Clearly, by preemptively attacking Iraq, we have committed a major 
strategic error in the larger war against the terrorists who attacked 
us. Simply put, we took our eyes off the ball. We deferred our military 
and intelligence resources away from Afghanistan, away from the hunt 
for bin Laden. The consequences were plain to see. It is no coincidence 
today the Taliban has powerfully resurfaced in southern Afghanistan 
despite President Bush's claim on September 27, 2004, that ``the 
Taliban no longer is in existence.'' Say again? As fighting in 
Afghanistan has intensified over the past 3 months, the United States 
has conducted 340 airstrikes in Afghanistan, more than twice as many as 
the 160 airstrikes carried out in the war in Iraq during the same 
period.
  Meanwhile, while we have been distracted in Iraq, al-Qaida-like 
Islamic fighters have retained control of the Somalia capital of 
Mogadishu and have dealt a major blow to our counterterrorism efforts 
in the horn of Africa. Nor is it a coincidence that Osama bin Laden is 
still at large, still directing al-Qaida operations, still encouraging 
jihadists around the world.
  Nearly 5 years ago, before a joint session of Congress, President 
Bush pledged he would ``bring Bin Laden to justice or bring justice to 
bin Laden.'' That was 5 years ago. President Bush has done neither. 
Instead, he allowed bin Laden to escape and has gotten the U.S. 
military bogged down in a civil war in Iraq--a huge strategic gift not 
only to bin Laden but also to Iran. Not only has our open-ended Iraqi 
entanglement taken the heat off the terrorists who attacked us on 
September 11, it has given them a propaganda victory and, as I said, a 
major recruiting tool. The sooner we acknowledge the strategic blunder 
and take steps to reverse it and the sooner we redeploy our military 
and strategic assets to confront our real enemies, the better off we 
will be.
  The resolution I introduced setting a firm timetable for redeployment 
of U.S. troops from Iraq is about accelerating the emergence of Iraq as 
an independent nation willing to stand on its own feet. But it is also 
about the unity and security of the American people. This misbegotten, 
misguided, mismanaged war is dividing our Nation. I already mentioned 
how the President's top political strategist is planning to inflame 
passions in the war on Iraq in the months between now and the election. 
Again, I state, it is eerie, eerie how defenders of the Iraq policy, of 
our policy in Iraq are sounding exactly like defenders of Nixon's 
policies in Vietnam.
  It is eerie how the defenders of Bush's policies in Iraq are sounding 
like the defenders of Nixon's policies in Vietnam in the early 1970s. 
Back in 1972, Nixon and his defenders were saying that we were winning 
the war, that we must stay the course. And guess what. They were saying 
we must not cut and run, that we must prop up the ``democratic 
government'' in Saigon, which was, of course, elected, as you know, by 
80 percent of the people, and on and on and on.
  I can remember a time when I sat in a room with a group of 
Congressmen in Saigon, listening to then-President Thieu tell us that 
we must stay in Vietnam and fight the communists there or we would be 
fighting them in the Philippines and in Japan and on our doorstep.
  What do we hear now? We have to fight them over in Iraq or we will be 
fighting them here. Eerie, as I said. Eerie.
  Quite frankly, I say today President Bush is saying almost the exact 
same things that Richard Nixon said, and he has no more credibility 
than Richard Nixon did.
  Likewise, back in 1972, President Nixon and his supporters were 
arguing that withdrawal would undermine U.S. credibility in the world. 
But as LTG William Odom, Director of the National Security Agency under 
President Reagan, states in a current issue of Foreign Policy 
magazine--I want to quote him--

       A rapid reversal of our current course in Iraq would 
     improve U.S. credibility around the world.

  I am going to repeat that. LTG William Odom, Director of the National 
Security Agency under President Reagan, in the current issue of Foreign 
Policy magazine, said:


[[Page S6269]]


       A rapid reversal of our current course in Iraq would 
     improve U.S. credibility around the world.

  General Odom went on to say:

       [I]nvading Iraq was not in the interests of the United 
     States. It was in the interests of Iran and al Qaeda. For 
     Iran, it avenged a grudge against Saddam [and left Iran as 
     the strongest power in the Persian Gulf]. For al Qaeda, it 
     made it easier to kill Americans.

  That is not me. That is LTG William Odom, Director of the National 
Security Agency under President Reagan.
  Beyond dividing our country, our endless, open-ended presence in Iraq 
has distracted our Government from urgent priorities, as I have said, 
in health care, education, law enforcement, and even a smarter approach 
to the very real terrorist threats of today and tomorrow.
  The men and women of our Armed Forces have sacrificed greatly. I 
don't know why it is that because they have sacrificed so greatly--and 
the fact is, the Commander in Chief told them what to do, and they did 
it. So what. So to honor them, to honor what they have done in Iraq, we 
stay longer? We sacrifice more of our young people? We have more who 
are maimed for life? To honor them, we drain the Treasury of more of 
our dollars from taxpayers? Is that what it means to support our 
troops? I don't think so. I do not believe so.
  I believe to support our troops is to do exactly what LTG William 
Odom said: A rapid reversal of our current course in Iraq.
  It is time to allow the political process to go forward in Iraq. It 
is time to give Iraqi politicians greater incentive to bridge their 
differences and take responsibility for their country's future.
  It is time to bring home as many troops as possible, consistent with 
force protection requirements.
  It is time to redeploy as many as necessary to successfully pursue 
and crush bin Laden and al-Qaida and to protect our vital interests 
around the world.
  President Bush tells us to be patient. He says Iraq will become a 
flourishing democracy that will spread the flame of freedom across the 
entire Middle East. But, with due respect to President Bush and to Vice 
President Cheney and Defense Secretary Rumsfeld, they have been 
consistently wrong--disastrously wrong--in all their predictions with 
regard to Iraq.
  Before the invasion, Vice President Cheney said that Iraq had 
``reconstituted nuclear weapons.'' Secretary Rumsfeld said he knew 
exactly where Saddam was storing his weapons of mass destruction. And, 
as I noted 3 long years ago, President Bush said that major combat 
operations were over, mission accomplished.
  Many of President Bush's people assured us that the war would be 
self-financed thanks to Iraq's oil--Paul Wolfowitz.
  Vice President Cheney said, more than a year ago, that the insurgency 
was ``in its last throes.''
  Just yesterday, at the National Press Club, Vice President Cheney 
defended and repeated his claim that the insurgency is in its last 
throes.
  I guess if you repeat something often enough--will people believe it? 
Listen to what Abraham Lincoln once said: You can fool some of the 
people all the time. You can fool all the people some of the time. But 
you can't fool all the people all the time.
  Mr. Cheney, you may have fooled some people. The American people are 
not buying it any longer.
  I could go on and on with this litany of false assertions--prediction 
after prediction that turned out to be 100 percent wrong.
  There are those who say: But if we leave, there may be civil war in 
Iraq. As I have stated, I think the longer we stay, there will be more 
sectarian strife, more insurgency. But to be honest, I can't tell for 
sure what the likely outcome will be. How can anyone tell what the 
likely outcome will be, when we can't trust what the administration is 
telling us, when we can't trust, any longer, the intelligence as it is 
being given to us by the administration? We can't tell for sure.
  So at this point, President Bush has not only spent his political 
capital, I think he has squandered the last shred of credibility when 
it comes to Iraq. Specifically, as I said, with regard to America's 
departure from Iraq, I think the President has it backwards. He says 
our Army will stand down only as the Iraqi Army stands up. The truth is 
that the Iraqi Army and Iraqi Government will stand up--make the hard 
political decisions--only when it is clear that the American military 
is committed to standing down by the end of this year.
  So I repeat, I will vote in favor of both the Levin-Reed amendment 
and the Kerry-Feingold amendment. As I said, anything is better than 
what we have now, even though I think both could go further in setting 
a clear, decisive new direction. I stand by my conviction--and the 
wording in my resolution, the same as was introduced in the House by 
Representative Mike Thompson, with at least five if not six Republican 
cosponsors--that it is time to set a firm timetable for redeploying our 
troops from Iraq and redoubling our fight against those who attacked us 
on September 11. Only this new course will produce the results we all 
want, both on the ground in Iraq and in the campaign against al-Qaida 
and rebuilding, reconstituting our forces and rebuilding and reuniting 
the people of our country.
  Mr. President, I yield the floor.
  The PRESIDING OFFICER. Who seeks time?
  The Senator from Missouri.
  Mr. TALENT. Mr. President, I thank the Senate for allowing me to 
explain briefly, this evening, why I will be voting to stay the course 
in Iraq until the progress we are making there now ripens into complete 
victory. And I want to put that conflict in context.
  The United States is in a war against a transnational army of 
fanatical extremists who routinely use terror against civilians its a 
weapon. The terrorists began attacking us before September 11. They 
attacked us in the 1980s and in the 1990s, when they bombed Khobar 
Towers, attacked the USS Cole and our embassies abroad, and first tried 
to bomb the World Trade Center. Our government did not recognize the 
threat and did not respond vigorously until after they escalated the 
war by the attacks on September 11.
  We know who the terrorists are--an interlocking network of highly 
trained, deadly, and adaptive terrorist organizations funded largely by 
the Saudi Wahabbists and Iran. We know what their goals are from the 
al-Zawahiri letter which was intercepted in July of 2005. They want, 
first, to radicalize Islam by converting, suppressing, or killing those 
Muslims who resist their twisted and extreme interpretation of that 
religion. They want to exclude the principles of enlightenment thought 
from Islamic countries and set up a series of Taliban-like caliphates 
throughout the Muslim world. Those regimes would be run by religious 
thought police who would ruthlessly suppress free expression, religious 
dissent, social pluralism, political activity, and women's rights. We 
know that such regimes are possible; one existed in Afghanistan before 
America intervened, and another exists in Iran today.
  We know the tactics they will use. The terrorists are patient, in the 
sense that they think generationally. They infiltrate mosques and they 
feed off the discontent and hopelessness many young Muslims feel. They 
see Western democracies as weak and feckless; they hope that with time 
and intimidation they can control the policies of these countries. They 
hope to gain control of sources of energy on which the West depends. 
And, the terrorists want to acquire weapons of mass destruction. Since 
they have no national base and no concern whatsoever for innocent human 
life, traditional means of deterrence--the threat of a counterattack--
would be unlikely to prevent the terrorists from using such weapons 
should they get them.
  The point is that the terrorists are trying to achieve these goals, 
and they are not going to stop voluntarily. There is no conceivable 
acceptable accommodation we could reach that would cause them to leave 
us alone. We must therefore counter their efforts, and to be effective 
we must fight on three ``fronts,'' as it were, at once: we must rebuild 
our intelligence and covert operations capability, we must deprive the 
terrorists of national bases of support, and we must work with 
mainstream Islam around the world to show Mideast Muslims in particular 
that there is a future for them in the principles of liberal democracy.
  The operation in Iraq is a central part of all three of these 
``fronts.'' Our

[[Page S6270]]

goal there was, first, to remove Saddam Hussein. His regime was an 
organic threat to world peace; he had twice invaded his neighbors and 
was systematically violating the commitments he made after Desert 
Storm. He had harbored and trained terrorists; more fundamentally, he 
was a tyrant who wanted weapons of mass destruction and was obstructing 
the war against the terrorists.
  Second, the United States, in cooperation with mainstream Iraqi 
leaders from all parts and ethnic groups in the country, is building a 
multi-ethnic democracy in Iraq that will be a strong ally in the war on 
terror and will confront and confound the vision of the terrorists for 
the Muslim world.
  The terrorists know how important the struggle in Iraq is to the 
overall war. That is why they are trying so hard to disrupt the new 
government. Yet they are not succeeding. The sacrifice and hardships 
endured by all the soldiers and families whose loved ones are serving 
in Iraq have resulted in major achievements for the Iraqi people.
  In the 3 years since Iraq was liberated, the Iraqi people have 
assumed sovereignty over their country, held free elections, drafted a 
democratic constitution, approved that constitution in a nationwide 
referendum, elected a permanent representative under the new 
constitutional framework, and formed a government with representatives 
from all sections and religious groups within the country.
  The Iraqi Government has become more capable of providing essential 
services to its people. The 2005 per capita GDP was more than double 
the 2003 amount, and exceeds the prewar 2002 amount by more than 30 
percent. There are over 100 independent newspapers and magazines, 44 
commercial television stations, and 72 commercial radio stations now 
operating in Iraq.

  America continues to actively fight the terrorists, while building 
and training capable and effective Iraqi security forces, which 
eventually will take the lead in the fight and take responsibility for 
the safety and security of their citizens. Over 250,000 Iraqi security 
forces have been trained and equipped, which is an increase of 123,500 
troops from January 2005. In addition, there are now more than 100 
ground combat battalions of Iraqi military and special police forces 
conducting operations against the insurgency.
  I do not begrudge anyone their discontent with how some of our 
operations have been conducted in Iraq. There have been mistakes.
  The administration underestimated how long it would take to stabilize 
the Sunni triangle; our active duty army is too small and this has 
strained Reserve components; we have relied too much on technology and 
not enough on intelligence in counteracting the improvised explosive 
devices. Wars are messy and failures are inevitable; yet the Bush 
administration has had the authority for the last 5 years, and I do not 
blame anyone for holding the administration accountable for the 
operational mistakes that have been made.
  Yet I do ask everyone to recognize that this war is serious and 
necessary and must be won. I believe the decision to invade Iraq was, 
whatever mistakes have been made operationally, the only possible 
strategic choice. President Clinton was, quite properly, building the 
case for action against Saddam during his last years in office, even 
before the attacks on 9/11. I was in the House at the time and I 
remember clearly that Secretary Albright, Vice President Gore and the 
President himself repeatedly warned that Saddam was a major threat. In 
short, the war in Iraq, like the global war on terror of which it is a 
part, is America's war, which we must fight and win to protect our 
safety and freedom and to preserve from violence and oppression 
hundreds of millions of innocent people around the world. And we will 
win it, despite the mistakes, provided that we do not let strategic 
incoherence, partisan politics, or personal disaffection with the 
administration divide or discourage us.
  For many of us, the hardest thing about war is not the physical or 
monetary sacrifice. It is the burden of having to confront unpleasant 
realities, choose consistently from unpalatable options, and sacrifice 
objectives that apart from the war would justifiably claim a priority. 
But if we really do value freedom, safety, pluralism, and justice, we 
must all resolve that we will shoulder this burden for as long as it 
takes. Our service men and women are doing their duty magnificently, 
and will continue doing it until they have won. They have shown by 
their sacrifice how much they value the safety of their families and 
the freedom of their country. We need to back them up.
  That means, among other things, resolving to stay and fight in Iraq 
until the battle is won. To pull out now or to set an artificial 
timeline on withdrawal--especially after the victories of the last few 
weeks--would imperil everything the sacrifice that our service men and 
women has gained. It would encourage the enemy to struggle even more 
tenaciously and ruthlessly in the hope that America could be made to 
quit. It would demoralize our friends and it would convince those who 
have yet to take sides that the United States cannot be trusted to keep 
its commitments.
  I want to encourage everyone about the progress we have made. We are 
winning, not just in Iraq, but in the larger global war on terror. We 
have allies now we didn't have 5 years ago--in Pakistan, Afghanistan, 
and Iraq--and we have cooperation and support throughout the Muslim 
world that a few years ago would not have been possible. The operation 
against Zarqawi shows the value of our alliance with the new Iraqi 
Government and the increasing sophistication of our intelligence. In 
short, there is no question that the United States, with its coalition 
partners, has the power to win in Iraq. The question is whether we have 
the resolution to win.
  Most wars are combat operations with psychological components. Wars 
against terrorists might better be described as psychological 
operations with combat components. They are struggles between leaders, 
peoples, and ``narratives'' of the world. By that, I mean ways of 
looking at or judging the worth of human beings and the fundamental 
principles of human society. I know the American people have the 
strength and resolution to prevail, as they have prevailed in similar 
struggles for freedom throughout our history. I know our ``narrative'' 
of the world--our belief in the inherent dignity and equality of all 
human beings--is right and strong. I trust our leaders will be resolute 
in the struggle as well, and that by its votes tomorrow, the Senate 
will signal that we too have confidence in the success of our efforts, 
the worth of our sacrifice, and the justice of our cause.
  Mr. FRIST. Mr. President, today, as we resumed consideration of the 
Defense authorization bill, we have debated two very important 
amendments on U.S. policy in Iraq.
  After the votes on the minimum wage amendments offered by Senators 
Kennedy and Enzi, there were 5 hours of debate on the amendment on Iraq 
offered by Senators Levin and Reed. Following this debate, Senator 
Kerry offered his amendment.
  These amendments would call upon the United States to cut and run 
from Iraq, just when the Iraqi Government and the Iraqi people need us 
the most. It is important for all of us to fully understand the 
dangerous implications of a premature withdrawal from Iraq.
  If we withdraw from Iraq before the Iraqi Government and the Iraqi 
people are capable of defending their new democracy, the terrorists 
would see this as a vindication of their strategy of intimidation and 
violence. This would only embolden them to challenge us, as well as our 
friend and allies, elsewhere in the Middle East, around the world, and 
even right here at home.
  While the new Governmment in Iraq is making substantial progress 
every day, it is not fully ready to defend itself and provide security 
for the Iraqi people. If we were to cut and run before Iraq can defend 
itself, the violence in Iraq would certainly increase. The terrorists 
could be expected to mount even deadlier attacks against the new Iraqi 
Governmment and innocent Iraqi civilians. Chaos would result. Bloody 
civil war would almost certainly follow, as terrorists and rival 
militias tore the country apart. In the process, they would kill 
thousands of innocent Iraqis.
  In addition, the very unity of Iraq--a unity that we along with our 
coalition partners and the Iraqi people have worked so hard and 
sacrificed so much to secure--would be destroyed.

[[Page S6271]]

  Sectarian violence would tear the country apart. It would split Iraq 
into segments controlled by terrorists or ethnic and tribal militias. 
This would allow the terrorists to achieve one of their highest 
priorities: to turn Iraq into a safe haven for terrorists and a base 
from which to launch attacks against our friends and allies in the 
region and even the American homeland.
  The terrorists affiliated with bin Laden and Zarqawi have clearly 
stated their aim of overthrowing moderate governments throughout the 
Middle East. We therefore would have to worry about close friends that 
have cooperated with us in the global war on terror, such as Jordan, 
being transformed into terrorist regimes. The violence and instability 
that the terrorists seek to sow in Iraq would spread throughout the 
Middle East.
  The terrorists have also demonstrated a strong interest in acquiring 
weapons of mass destruction for use as the ultimate terrorist tool. 
They seek to obtain these weapons and use them against innocent 
civilians. Given the presence in Iraq of many of Saddam Hussein's 
former weapons scientists, an Iraq under the control of terrorists 
likely would become a safe haven for the covert production of chemical 
and biological weapons.
  President Bush has repeatedly stated that the potential combination 
of terrorism and weapons of mass destruction poses the greatest threat 
to the United States. The destruction of 9/11 would pale in comparison 
to the devastation terrorists could inflict with weapons of mass 
destruction produced in Iraq and covertly slipped across Iraq's porous 
borders.
  Cutting and running from Iraq would allow the threat posed by the 
combination of terrorism and weapons of mass destruction to 
materialize. This is an unacceptable risk to the American people, and 
we simply cannot allow that to happen.
  It is clear that those calling for an early withdrawal of American 
troops from Iraq fail to understand the potentially catastrophic 
implications of their proposal. Cutting and running before Iraq can 
defend itself would pose unacceptable risks to all Americans.
  We, our coalition partners, and the Iraqi people have come too far. 
We cannot turn back now. We must stay until the job is done.
  I look forward to today's debate on these amendments, and I urge my 
colleagues to speak out against the strategy of cutting and running 
from Iraq. It is a strategy that guarantees failure. And failure in 
Iraq is not an option.
  Mr. LEAHY. Mr. President, I am pleased to join my colleague Senator 
Bond in discussing S. 2658, the National Defense Enhancement and 
National Guard Empowerment Act of 2006. A version of this 
groundbreaking legislation has been adopted by the Senate as an 
amendment to the fiscal year 2006 Defense authorization bill.
  Our amendment would tangibly strengthen our national security by 
giving the National Guard more of a voice in decisionmaking and in 
ensuring that our Nation is able to optimally tap the enormous 
experience and capabilities that exist within the National Guard.
  Today's Guard is a 2lst century military organization that is 
carrying its weight and more in Afghanistan and Iraq, as well as here 
at home, whenever disaster strikes. But today's Guard is needlessly 
frozen in a 20th century Pentagon organization chart. The implications 
of that show up in everything from the Guard's depleted equipment 
stockpiles, to training and staffing and mission decisions. Our 
amendment clears away some institutional cobwebs to let the National 
Guard be the best it can be.
  The Bond-Leahy amendment specifically increases the rank of the chief 
of the National Guard from lieutenant general to full general. It will 
ensure that the deputy commander of U.S. Northern Command come from the 
ranks of the National Guard. Additionally, the bill makes the National 
Guard a joint activity of the Department of Defense, giving the 
National Guard greater latitude to talk around the Pentagon. Finally, 
the Guard would be given greater ability to identify gaps in 
capabilities in our States' ability to respond to emergencies at home.
  This amendment differs somewhat from the baseline legislation that 
Senator Bond and I introduced earlier this year. The amendment does not 
include a requirement that the chief of the National Guard sit on the 
Joint Chiefs of Staff, and we also removed the provision that would 
give the National Guard separate budget authority. We heard some strong 
objections from other members about these two provisions, and, as 
chairs of the wide-reaching Senate National Guard Caucus, we wanted to 
do the best we could to accommodate every Guard supporter.
  However, we still strongly believe in the importance of opening to 
the chief of the National Guard Bureau a position on the Joint Staff 
and of giving to the Guard more general flexibility in procuring 
equipment to match the needs of its missions. We will fight for these 
provisions another day.
  Given that we have dropped the core objections that some have raised 
against Guard empowerment, there was absolutely no reason that any 
member of the Senate could oppose this legislation. This amendment is 
about fairness and effectiveness. It is about fairness in that it makes 
sure that the National Guard is not treated like a stepchild in key 
budget and policy deliberations. Giving greater institutional standing 
to the Guard makes it a lot harder for the Guard to get short-thrift in 
these discussions.
  Our amendment is about effectiveness in that it will improve the use 
of the Guard in homeland security matters, which is becoming quite a 
regular phenomenon. The National Guard is being used regularly in a so-
called title 32 status to increase security and provide military 
disaster response. Under this status, the Guard serves under command 
and control of the Nation's Governors, with Federal financing. In 
addition to the recent Southern Border mission, the National Guard 
served spectacularly during Katrina in this way, providing one of the 
most effective responses to that disaster. By allowing the National 
Guard to talk regularly across the Department of Defense and to work 
closely with the States to identify gaps, our amendment takes advantage 
of the knowledge of the members of the National Guard to help plug 
holes in our homeland defense. And we make this whole process for 
activating the Guard in title 32 far smoother.
  The National Guard is critical to the Nation's defense on a number of 
levels. We must have the trust and confidence in this force to give 
them more responsibility. At the same time, we simply cannot have a 
repeat of the ill-advised recommendations from the Army and the Air 
Force that sought to slash the National Guard personnel levels. The 
Army wanted to cut the Army Guard by more than 17,000 troops and the 
Air Guard by almost 14,000. These proposed cuts made absolutely no 
sense.
  We need to turn this dynamic around. We cannot keep asking the Guard 
to do more for the country, and then force it to justify its existence. 
The National Guard needs institutional standing and leadership 
commensurate with its missions and capabilities.
  Our National Guard stands willing to do even more to protect the 
country, and this amendment will give them a key tool to help them 
contribute to the Nation's defense.
  I thank my colleagues and friends, the chair and ranking members of 
the Senate Armed Services Committee, for their support of this 
amendment. We cannot afford to let our Guard down.
  Ms. MIKULSKI. Mr. President, I rise in support of the Levin-Reed 
amendment on U.S. policy in Iraq. Before I continue, I would like to 
say a word about our troops and their families. We owe our brave 
servicemembers and their families a debt of gratitude for their 
selfless service and great sacrifice in Iraq, over the last 3 years. 
Members of our Armed Forces are at this moment deployed in harm's way, 
many on their second or third deployment. They and their families 
should know they have our wholehearted support and gratitude, with 
deeds, not just with words. Our troops need to know, what is our exit 
strategy?
  In October 2002, as the Senate debated giving the President authority 
to invade Iraq, I asked whether our troops would be greeted with land 
mines or parades. Three years later, we know the answer. Our forces 
have faced a violent insurgency and terrorist attacks that have claimed 
the lives of 2,500 brave American servicemembers. We went to war with 
Iraq, but today we find ourselves at war in Iraq. After 3 years, it is 
time for a new approach.

[[Page S6272]]

  Mr. President, 2006 must be a year of transition in Iraq. We want 
Iraqis to lead, so we can leave. It is important for Iraqis to take 
ownership of Iraq. They must provide for their own security, take 
charge of economic development, and restore civic order. Iraq is 
beginning to move in the right direction, but our open-ended presence 
is keeping them from making faster progress.
  That is why I am proud to support this amendment, which calls on the 
President to begin reducing U.S. troop levels in Iraq by the end of 
2006. This amendment gives us a plan for a phased, structured 
withdrawal of our troops so Iraqi forces can take control of their 
country in an orderly way.
  This is not about cut and run. This is about getting out of the way 
so Iraqis can run their own country. Iraqi security and police forces 
are getting stronger by the day, and the U.S. commander in Iraq, 
General George Casey, thinks it will be possible to reduce the U.S. 
presence in Iraq by as many as 30,000 troops by the end of 2006.
  Iraqi National Security Adviser, Mowaffak al-Rubaie, has said that 
the removal of foreign troops will legitimize Iraq's Government in the 
eyes of its people. In an excellent article in the June 20, 2006 
Washington Post, he details the ``road map'' for restoring security in 
Iraq and reducing the presence of foreign troops. The road map's 
objectives are similar to the benchmarks for withdrawal of U.S. forces 
outlined last year in legislation offered by Senator Warner and Senator 
Levin, which I supported.
  Here is what Mr. Rubaie said can be done: ``With the governors of 
each province meeting these strict objectives, Iraq's ambition is to 
have full control of the country by the end of 2008. We envisage the 
U.S. troop presence by year's end to be under 100,000, with most of the 
remaining troops to return home by the end of 2007.'' He went on to say 
that ``. . . the removal of foreign troops will legitimize Iraq's 
government in the eyes of its people. . . . [T]he draw-down of foreign 
troops will strengthen our fledgling government to last the full four 
years it is supposed to.'' Mr. Rubaie concluded, ``Iraq has to grow out 
of the shadow of the United States and the coalition, take 
responsibility for its own decisions, learn from its own mistakes, and 
find Iraqi solutions to Iraqi problems, with the knowledge that our 
friends and allies are standing by with support and help should we need 
it.'' We salute and support the position the Iraqis themselves are 
taking. This is what the Levin-Reed amendment does. Iraqis want full 
control of their country by the end of 2008, and we should help them 
toward that goal.
  We need to ensure that an adequate number of Iraqi Army battalions 
can operate independently to defeat the insurgency and protect Iraq's 
borders, and we must ensure an adequate number of Iraqi police and 
security units are trained and equipped to maintain law and order. The 
Iraqi Government is committed to meeting these benchmarks as quickly as 
possible.
  Mr. President, our brave men and women are serving with great honor 
in Iraq. Their service has paved the way for democratic elections and 
for the formation of a new unity government. We are all tremendously 
proud of their accomplishments and grateful for their sacrifice. It is 
time for the Iraqi Government to stand up, so our troops can begin to 
stand down
  Mr. BINGAMAN. Mr. President, I rise today to speak about an amendment 
that I intended to offer to the Defense Authorization bill to address 
the situation in Guantanamo Bay, Cuba.
  The amendment would have required that the United States charge, 
repatriate, or release individuals held at Guantanamo within 180 days 
of the enactment of the Defense Authorization bill. If for some reason 
the Government failed to comply within the timeframe provided under the 
amendment, the Department of Defense would have to provide a report 
regarding why they have not complied. The amendment would not have 
closed Guantanamo, and nothing in the amendment would have required the 
Government to release individuals who are a threat to our national 
security.
  I think this is a reasonable approach. These are all options that the 
President has said that he is moving forward on. I have decided, 
however, not to offer my amendment at this time for a number of 
reasons. First, given the looming cloture vote, it is clear we will not 
have time to have a full and open debate on this issue. I believed that 
this is an important issue that deserved more time. I have also been 
advised by other Senators that they need additional time to study the 
proposal.
  I strongly believe that the indefinite imprisonment of persons 
without charges is inconsistent with the traditions and values of the 
United States, and that it will continue to cause difficulty in our 
relations with other nations, including the allies that we rely on in 
confronting the threat of terrorism.
  As President Bush said on June 14, 2006:

       No question, Guantanamo sends a signal to some of our 
     friends--provides an excuse, for example, to say the United 
     States is not upholding the values that they're trying to 
     encourage other countries to adhere to.

  I think the President is right.
  According to an article in today's Miami Herald, Retired Army GEN 
Barry McCaffery, who recently visited Guantanamo, said: ``We are in a 
political and legal mess that is beyond belief'' and political leaders 
need to fix the ``legal schizophrenia'' that exists by continuing to 
hold individuals at Guantanamo.
  I completely agree, and it is my hope that the Senate will afford 
time to debate this issue in the near future.
  Mr. KENNEDY. Mr. President, America has long been a beacon of human 
rights and democracy in the world. But Guantanamo demonstrates the 
administration's disrespect for the rule of law.
  The administration is trying to have it both ways. They claim the 
detainees at Guantanamo are prisoners of war and thus should be held 
until the end of hostilities. At the same time they refuse to treat 
them as prisoners of war under the Geneva Conventions.
  In the first gulf war, the International Committee of the Red Cross 
said that our Nation's compliance with the Geneva Conventions was the 
best of any country in any conflict in the history of the conventions. 
Sadly, this administration has presided over the steepest and deepest 
fall from grace in our Nation's history.
  The administration did not give the detainees the field hearings 
required under article 5 of the conventions, when the information 
relating to their capture was most readily available. Over 2 years 
later, the administration created combatant status review tribunals to 
substitute for the field hearings they should have held.
  It is no surprise that it is often very difficult to find the 
necessary evidence. Yet the administration doesn't even try. The Boston 
Globe recently reported that 34 detainees convinced officials that 
overseas witnesses would provide relevant testimony. But in every 
case--every case--the administration said the witnesses could not be 
found. Yet in three days, Boston Globe reporters found three out of 
four witnesses--one of whom is teaching right here at the Pentagon's 
own National Defense University.
  The shocking ease with which the Boston Globe located these witnesses 
suggests that the Government didn't make an effort to find them and 
raises serious questions about the administration's good faith in 
dealing with the detainees at Guantanamo. We have an even greater 
obligation to make sure we have a strong case now, since we have 
already kept these people for so long.
  The administration not only ignored the law when it came to ensuring 
that these people were properly classified, but it also failed to give 
them the proper treatment.
  The Geneva Conventions clearly state the standard for humane 
treatment of prisoners of war:

       No physical or mental torture, nor any other form of 
     coercion, may be inflicted on prisoners of war to secure from 
     them information of any kind whatever. Prisoners of war who 
     refuse to answer may not be threatened, insulted, or exposed 
     to unpleasant or disadvantageous treatment of any kind.

  This administration threw out the golden rule that had served us so 
well for so long. Instead, they adopted new rules that allowed cruel 
tactics such as waterboarding, use of military dogs, and stress 
positions. The administration consistently overruled the objections of 
experienced military personnel and those who represent American 
interests abroad, including Alberto Mora, the former general counsel of 
the Navy.

[[Page S6273]]

  As Secretary of State Colin Powell warned the White House, ``It will 
reverse over a century of U.S. policy and practice in supporting the 
Geneva Conventions and undermine the protections of the law of war for 
our troops.'' Senior Defense officials were warned that changing the 
rules could lead to so-called ``force drift,'' in which, without 
clearer guidance, the level of force applied to an uncooperative 
detainee might well result in torture.
  But these wise words fell on deaf ears. Officials at the highest 
levels of the administration viewed the rule of law as inconvenient and 
quaint. As Lawrence Wilkerson, former chief of staff to Secretary 
Powell, said, ``I don't think, in our history, we've ever had a 
presidential involvement, a secretarial involvement, a vice-
presidential involvement, an attorney general involvement in telling 
our troops essentially carte blanche is the way you should feel.''
  There is little doubt that some of those detainees are cold-blooded 
killers intent on harming Americans. They should be charged for their 
crimes and locked away. But far too many were swept up in raids by the 
Afghans and turned over to the Americans for reward money. Some were 
seized from the streets of Africa, Thailand, or Europe. As Jay Hood, 
the former commander of Guantanamo, said, ``Sometimes we just didn't 
get the right folks.''
  The terrorists don't obey the Geneva Conventions. But we can't win 
the war on terror by stooping to their level. We do not win by 
repudiating the very ideals our soldiers are fighting for. We win by 
setting an example--by doing unto others as we would have them do unto 
us.
  My colleagues on the other side of the aisle have argued that we need 
to hold these people until the end of the war on terror.
  We have created legal and literal black holes where detainees are 
being held without hope of receiving due process or fair and humane 
treatment, and that is nothing short of a travesty. We criticize such 
tactics in repressive regimes for doing exactly that. It is the height 
of hypocrisy. It violates the basic principles on which our Nation was 
founded. Indefinite detention is not the American way. We need to 
restore our standing in the eyes of the world as a beacon of human 
rights, and the best way to start is by closing Guantanamo.
  I understand the Senator from New Mexico was unable to get sufficient 
time to debate his amendment and will not insist on a vote. I hope that 
he will continue to fight for its adoption, and I urge my colleagues to 
support the Bingaman amendment when it is offered again.
  Mr. BIDEN. Mr. President, I rise today to discuss a matter that has 
tremendous potential to decrease cancer deaths among the millions of 
military dependents and retirees served by the TRICARE health program. 
I am talking about colonoscopy, a medical procedure used very commonly 
to screen for colon cancer. Medical specialists tell me that 
colonoscopy is the most accurate test for detecting colon cancer at the 
very earliest stages, when it is highly treatable.
  As my colleagues on the Senate Armed Services Committee are aware, I 
have been very concerned that DOD's TRICARE medical plan hasn't covered 
colonoscopy to screen for colon cancer in average-risk beneficiaries 
over age 50, even though both Medicare and the Federal Employees Health 
Benefit Program did so. Instead, DOD's policy has been to pay for 
screening colonoscopy to detect colon cancer only for a very narrow 
group of high-risk individuals. This limitation meant that many of our 
military retirees and dependents have not been able to get access to 
this sensitive cancer screening test, and as a result, they may well 
have been subject to adverse health consequences from delayed cancer 
detection.
  I called this omission to the attention of the committee and 
introduced legislation to rectify the situation. I was pleased to be 
joined in these efforts to fix this problem by Senators Mikulski and 
Bingaman.
  Mr. President, I am pleased to say today that DOD has done the right 
thing by modifying the TRICARE criteria for screening colonoscopy so 
that all average-risk TRICARE beneficiaries over age 50 have access to 
this important cancer screening test. This new policy, which is 
retroactive to procedures performed since March 15, 2006, is good news 
in the ongoing battle against colon cancer, and I would hope that DOD 
would disseminate widely the news of the availability of this important 
preventive service.
  Mrs. FEINSTEIN. Mr. President, I am pleased to join my colleagues 
Senators Boxer and Bingaman in introducing an amendment to the Fiscal 
Year 2007 National Defense Authorization Act concerning the Park 
Service's management of Santa Rosa Island within the Channel Islands 
National Park.
  I remain deeply concerned about a provision in the House version of 
the Defense authorization bill regarding the future use of Santa Rosa 
Island.
  Under a binding court settlement, non-native deer and elk must be 
removed from the island by 2011. The House language would prohibit the 
Park Service from eliminating this non-native herd by providing for a 
4-year period of intensive hunting beginning in 2008.
  The Park Service is firmly opposed to the House provision. Nor, to my 
understanding, did the Department of Defense ask for the language.
  I am particularly concerned that the House provision would waste 
taxpayer dollars and deny public access.
  The taxpayers paid approximately $30 million to acquire Santa Rosa 
Island in 1986 to restore its native ecology and provide public access.
  In addition to the $30 million, the previous owners agreed to what 
would seem to be a fair deal: they were permitted to keep hunting and 
grazing on the land through 2011. A court settlement in the late 1990s 
removed the cattle immediately but reaffirmed that the non-native deer 
and elk would have to be removed by 2011.
  Now, under the House provision, the prior owners will be able to 
continue charging $16,000 or more for their privately operated hunting 
trips. Even though the Government purchased the island from them for 
$30 million in taxpayer money, they would get to keep essentially 
everything they had before and that is simply not in the public 
interest.
  As I said earlier, I strongly oppose the loss of public access to the 
island. This is the public's land. It is a national park, and the 
public should be able to visit it.
  But these privately operated hunting trips require the closure of 90 
percent of the island to the public for 4 to 5 months of the year, even 
sometimes during peak season.
  Now while the House language doesn't specifically say this, I 
understand one of its purposes was to provide hunting opportunities for 
disabled veterans. Yet it should be pointed out that in California 
today, there are already nine military installations that permit 
hunting five that can accommodate disabled service members.
  Two of these military installations, Camp Pendleton and Vandenberg 
Air Force Base, are adjacent to the Channel Islands National Park, and 
allow disabled veterans to hunt a variety of animals including deer, 
waterfowl, quail, feral pigs, small game, and coyote.
  All together there are over 100 U.S. military installations where 
hunting is permitted, over 70 of which are currently accessible to 
disabled servicemembers and veterans.
  Consequently, I strongly believe that the Park Service should 
continue managing this National Park for the benefit of the general 
public.
  It is simply unfair to the taxpayers to allow a provision in the 
House version of the Defense authorization bill to impede on the 
public's right to access the island.
  Mr. FEINGOLD. Mr. President, I am pleased to join with the Senator 
from Vermont, Mr. Jeffords, in offering the Military Family Support Act 
as an amendment to S. 2766, the fiscal year 2007 Defense authorization 
bill. This amendment would bring a small measure of relief to the 
families of our men and women in uniform as they seek to maintain a 
sense of normalcy here at home while their loved ones are deployed in 
service to our country. Our ongoing large-scale deployments in Iraq 
continue to demand so much from our men and women in uniform and their 
families. Passing this amendment is the least we can do.
  As part of the predeployment process, military personnel with 
dependent

[[Page S6274]]

children or other dependent family members, such as elderly parents who 
require care, designate a caregiver for their dependents. This person 
will act in the deployed personnel's place to provide care for these 
family members during the period of deployment. The caregiver could be 
a spouse, parent, sibling, or other responsible adult who is capable of 
caring for, and willing to care for, the dependents in question.
  The Jeffords-Feingold amendment would create two programs to provide 
additional leave options for persons who have been designated as 
caregivers. The first program would require the Office of Personnel 
Management, OPM, to create a program under which Federal employees who 
are designated as caregivers could use accrued annual or sick leave, 
leave bank benefits, and other leave available to them under title 5 
for purposes directly relating to or resulting from their designation 
as a caregiver.
  This amendment would also encourage the Secretary of Labor to 
establish a voluntary program under which private sector companies 
would create similar programs for their employees and to solicit 
participation from private sector companies. I commend the many 
employers around the country for their understanding and support when 
an employee or a family member of an employee is called to active duty, 
and I hope that companies in Wisconsin and around the country will 
participate in this voluntary program.
  In addition, our amendment would require the Government 
Accountability Office to report to Congress with an evaluation of both 
the OPM program and the voluntary Department of Labor program. It is my 
hope that this evaluation will demonstrate the utility of such a leave 
program for designated caregivers and that these pilot programs could 
then be expanded to the designated caregivers of additional deployed 
military personnel.
  This amendment builds on a measure that I introduced last year, S. 
798, the Military Families Leave Act. That bill would provide a similar 
benefit to military families by allowing eligible employees whose 
spouses, parents, sons, or daughters are military personnel who are 
serving on or called to active duty in support of a contingency 
operation to use their Family and Medical Leave Act, or FMLA, benefits 
for issues directly relating to or resulting from that deployment. 
These instances could include preparation for deployment or additional 
responsibilities that family members take on as a result of a loved 
one's deployment, such as child care. I also introduced this bill 
during the 108th Congress.
  Let me be clear, that the Jeffords-Feingold amendment does not amend 
the FMLA in any way. In fact, FMLA benefits are specifically exempted 
from the types of leave that can be used by designated caregivers for 
purposes directly related to or resulting from their caregiver 
responsibilities. While I believe that the FMLA could serve as the 
basis for providing additional leave opportunities for designated 
caregivers, opposition in some quarters to the original FMLA makes this 
a difficult proposition. I am proud to have been a cosponsor of this 
landmark law, and I believe that the FMLA continues to provide much 
needed assistance to millions of workers around the country as they 
seek to care for their own serious health condition or that of a family 
member or as they welcome the birth or adoption of a child. I will 
continue to support this law and efforts to ensure that the vital 
benefits that it provides are not eroded.
  The Military Family Support Act is endorsed by the National Guard 
Association of the United States, NGAUS, the National Military Family 
Association, NMFA, the Enlisted Association of the National Guard of 
the United States, EANGUS, the Military Officers Association of 
America, MOAA, and the National Partnership for Women and Families.
  I thank the Senator from Vermont, Mr. Jeffords, for his work on this 
important measure, and I thank the chairman and ranking member of the 
Senate Armed Services Committee for agreeing to accept this amendment
  Ms. SNOWE. Mr. President, I rise in support of this amendment to the 
2007 Defense authorization bill which I cosponsored with my esteemed 
colleague from California, Senator Barbara Boxer. I also thank my other 
colleagues who have joined us in cosponsoring this amendment.
  It is my strong belief that all prisoners of war who die in captivity 
should be eligible for the Purple Heart, regardless of the cause of 
death, for they all will have paid the ultimate price. Approximately 
17,000 prisoners of war--including fine servicemembers from my own 
great State of Maine--have died while in captivity since December 7, 
1941--the start of World War II. More than 8,100 Korean war 
servicemen--46 from Maine--and more than 1,800 Americans--14 from 
Maine--remain unaccounted for from Vietnam.
  In rightful honor of all our prisoners of war, I am proud to be co-
offering this amendment to the DOD authorization bill that would bestow 
the Purple Heart upon those Americans who perished while held captive 
as a result of starvation, disease, or maltreatment. Currently, only 
prisoners of war who die during their imprisonment of wounds inflicted 
by an instrument of war--such as a gunshot wound or intentional 
poisoning--are eligible for posthumous Purple Heart recognition. Those 
who die of starvation, disease, or other causes during captivity are 
not.
  How can we say that anyone who dies at the hands of our enemy doesn't 
deserve this mark of respect and honor from a grateful nation--whether 
they make the ultimate sacrifice on the battlefield or behind barbed 
wire? They fought for America and died at the hands of our enemy--what 
more do we need to know and what more could they have given than their 
very lives? They and their families have earned this honor.
  The intent of this amendment is to correct this injustice by 
requiring the President, our Commander in Chief, to review the current 
circumstances establishing eligibility for the Purple Heart and advise 
Congress on modifications to the criteria for the Purple Heart award, 
which I strongly believe should take into account such inhuman war 
tactics as the deliberate withholding of medical treatment for injury 
or disease by enemy forces.
  Last month, the House Armed Services Committee adopted their version 
of the Honor Our Fallen Prisoners of War Act--which had 216 
cosponsors--during committee markup of the Defense authorization bill. 
The Honor Our Fallen Prisoners of War Act has been endorsed by a number 
of prominent military and veterans organizations, including the 
American Legion, Veterans of Foreign Wars, Military Order of the Purple 
Heart, Korean War Veterans Association, National League of POW/MIA 
Families, and the Tiger Survivors.
  The posthumous awarding of the Purple Heart Award to members of the 
armed services who died while in captivity or died due to injury or 
illness incurred while in captivity would be of only some comfort to 
the next of kin of these fine service men and women. I sincerely hope 
that the Senate Armed Service Committee will follow suit by taking 
similar action as the House and adopt this legislation

                          ____________________